Mango Educator Edition™
Spanish
Unit 2
Course Guide
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MA NGO LA NGUA GES All rights reserved.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Chapter 2: At Home
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Chapter 4: Dating
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscapes
Chapter 7: Shopping
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
Chapter 9: Leisure Time
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Vocabulary Review
Phrase Review
Cultural Notes
Grammar Notes
2
3
21
38
57
78
106
127
154
175
193
208
244
314
319
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Personas y Animales
Chapter 1: People and Animals
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Address Family Members Using Kinship
Words
Comment On Pets
Talk About Personality Types
Be Introduced to the Diminutive Form
Be Introduced to the Pronoun "Who" and
Number Agreement
Practice the Possessive Structure
Use Articles with Possessive Pronouns
Use Comparatives
Conversation
English
Spanish
¿De quién es esta foto?
Whose photo is this?
(deh kyehn ehs EHStah FOHtoh)
Es mía. Y esta es mi familia.
It's mine and this is my family.
(ehs MEEah ee EHStah ehs mee fahMEElyah)
¿Quién es él?
Who is he?
(kyehn ehs ehl)
Él es mi hermano y es mayor que yo.
He's my brother and he's older than me.
(ehl ehs mee ehrMAHnoh ee ehs mahYOHR
keh yoh)
Se parece a mi papá, ¿no?
He looks like my dad, doesn't he?
(seh pahREHseh ah mee pahPAH noh)
¡Sí! Se parecen mucho.
Yes! They look a lot alike.
(see seh pahREHsehn MOOchoh)
Y, ¿de quién son estos?
And, whose are these?
(ee deh kyehn sohn EHStohs)
Son mis mascotas, los pájaros, Dina y
Popis. Dina es más pequeña que Popis.
They are my pets, the birds, Dina and Popis. Dina
is smaller than Popis.
(sohn mees mahsKOHtahs lohs PAHhahrohs
DEEnah ee POHpees DEEnah ehs mahs
pehKEHnyah keh POHpees)
Son lindos, ¿no?
They're cute, aren't they?
(sohn LEENdohs noh)
¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros!
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
4
¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros!
No! I don't like birds!
(noh noh meh GOOStahn lohs PAHhahrohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
5
Who is in this photo? ¿Quién está en esta foto?
English
Spanish
¿Quién está en esta foto?
1
Who is in this photo?
2
who
3
Remember that the verb está is used for "you are" (formal) as well as "he / she / it is" when
referring to temporary states of being.
4
photo
5
this photo
6
Did you say "*este foto?" Even though this noun ends with -o, it's a feminine word. This is
because just like the English word photo, foto is short for fotografía (photograph), which as you
can see ends with an -a. So, the next time you use it, remember to change the adjective
accordingly!
7
in this photo
8
father
9
In Latin American countries, kids use endearing forms of kinship terms, like pá, papi, or papá
instead of padre (father), and má, mami, or mamá instead of madre (mother). It is also very
common to hear the use of diminutive forms--varied forms of word endings showing endearment
or relative size. In Mexico you will frequently hear -ito / -ita as in papito and mamita, and -cito
/ -cita for words that end with a consonant: corazón (heart) would be corazoncito.
10
dad
11
mom
12
He is my dad and she is my mom!
13
uncle
14
He is not my dad! It's my uncle Carlos.
15
to know
16
I know
(kyehn ehsTAH ehn EHStah FOHtoh)
quién
(kyehn)
foto
(FOHtoh)
esta foto
(EHStah FOHtoh)
en esta foto
(ehn EHStah FOHtoh)
padre
(PAHdthreh)
papá
(pahPAH)
mamá
(mahMAH)
¡Él es mi papá y ella es mi mamá!
(ehl ehs mee pahPAH ee EHyah ehs mee
mahMAH)
tío
(TEEoh)
¡Él no es mi papá! Es mi tío, Carlos.
(ehl noh ehs mee pahPAH ehs mee TEEoh
KAHRlohs)
saber
(sahBEHR)
sé
(seh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
6
English
Spanish
No sé.
17
I don't know.
18
ma'am
19
In Spanish when you want to be polite, show respect or to address a woman you don't know, you
can use the word señora (ma'am). The same also applies for addressing men, except of course
you would say señor (sir). These more formal terms can also be used in place of the words
woman and man. For example, instead of saying, "La mujer a mi derecha" (The woman on
my right) you can say, "La señora a mi derecha."
20
I don't know who this woman is!
21
cousin
(noh seh)
señora
(sehNYOHrah)
¡No sé quién es esta señora!
(noh seh kyehn ehs EHStah sehNYOHrah)
primo
(PREEmoh)
Él es mi primo Lucas. Mi prima María
está a la derecha.
22
He is my cousin Lucas. My cousin Maria is to
the right.
23
Did you remember to change primo to prima in order to agree with the gender of Maria?
24
(ehl ehs mee PREEmoh LOOkahs mee
PREEmah mahREEah ehsTAH ah lah
dehREHchah)
She is Ana's cousin.
Ella es la prima de Ana.
(She is the cousin of Ana.)
(EHyah ehs lah PREEmah deh AHnah)
25
Did you notice the Spanish possessive construction? The -'s is not used to show possession in
Spanish. Instead you place the noun in possession before de followed by the possessing noun.
For example, "Juan's dad," would be el papá de Juan, literally, "the dad of Juan" and "Maria's
house," is la casa de María (the house of Maria).
26
You already know how to say uncle in Spanish, tío. Now, try applying the gender rule you have
learned to this word in order to answer this next slide.
27
aunt
28
Remember how to say "that" as in, "I believe that I have a high fever" (Creo que tengo fiebre
alta)? Keep this in mind for the next slide.
29
For this next challenge, try replacing "woman" with another word in order to sound more polite.
tía
(TEEah)
Él es mi tío y la señora que está a la
izquierda es mi tía.
30
He's my uncle and the woman that is to the
left is my aunt.
31
Who are they?
32
Did you notice that quién changed to quiénes? This is because it has to agree with the subject
of the sentence, which is plural. So, you say ¿Quiénes son ellos? (Who are they?), but ¿Quién
es él? (Who is he?).
33
siblings
(ehl ehs mee TEEoh ee lah sehNYOHrah
keh ehsTAH ah lah eesKYEHRdthah ehs
mee TEEah)
¿Quiénes son ellos?
(KYEHnehs sohn EHyohs)
hermanos
(ehrMAHnohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
7
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
8
English
Spanish
34
Did you notice that the plural form of hermano (brother) is used to refer to siblings
(hermanos)? This is the same for parents (padres), uncles (tíos) and grandparents
(abuelos). To form these words you simply use the masculine plural forms. Also, in Spanish
tíos can refer to your uncles (all males) or even your aunt and uncle.
35
They are my siblings.
36
For this next challenge remember that the verb has to agree with the subject of the sentence in
number, that is, plural or singular, as well as gender. Do you remember the plural form of estar?
37
Who is here in this photo?
38
family
39
It's my family.
40
parents
41
Do you recall that in Spanish, it is not common to say "This is ...," and then the name, to
introduce a person? Instead we say "He is ..." or "She is...," and then the person's name or
relationship to the person introducing them. The same applies to the plural form. Whereas in
English it is perfectly fine to say, "These are my parents," in Spanish you would say, "They are my
parents" (Ellos son mis padres).
42
These are my parents, my brother, and my
sister.
43
grandfather
44
Recall how father is padre, and parents is padres, brother is hermano and siblings is
hermanos. Keeping this pattern in mind, try your hand at this next one.
45
grandparents
Ellos son mis hermanos.
(EHyohs sohn mees ehrMAHnohs)
¿Quiénes están aquí, en esta foto?
(KYEHnehs ehsTAHN ahKEE ehn EHStah
FOHtoh)
familia
(fahMEElyah)
Es mi familia.
(ehs mee fahMEElyah)
padres
(PAHdthrehs)
Ellos son mis padres, mi hermano y mi
hermana.
(EHyohs sohn mees PAHdthrehs mee
ehrMAHnoh ee mee ehrMAHnah)
abuelo
(ahBWEHloh)
abuelos
(ahBWEHlohs)
Ellos son mis abuelos, mi abuelo Pedro
y mi abuela María.
46
These are my grandparents, my grandfather
Pedro and my grandmother Maria.
47
It is very common in Latin America for extended family members to live together. Many times
mom, dad, children, grandparents, and even aunts, uncles and cousins will live in the same
home.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
9
(EHyohs sohn mees ahBWEHlohs mee
ahBWEHloh PEHdthroh ee mee
ahBWEHlah mahREEah)
Whose is this bird? ¿De quién es este pájaro?
English
1
2
Spanish
¿De quién es este pájaro?
Whose is this bird?
(deh kyehn ehs EHSteh PAHhahroh)
whose
de quién
(of who)
(deh kyehn)
3
Did you notice that even when saying "whose" you use the possessive construction and put de
(of) before quién (who)?
4
Whose is it?
5
bird
6
this bird
7
hamster
8
By now, you already know that the "h" in Spanish is silent. You have learned the words hospital,
hermana, and hongos. But, did you notice that the "h" in the word hámster is pronounced?
This is just an exception to the silent -h rule because hamster is a word that was borrowed from
English.
9
so
10
nice
11
so nice
12
¿De quién es?
(deh kyehn ehs)
pájaro
(PAHhahroh)
este pájaro
(EHSteh PAHhahroh)
hámster
(HAHMStehr)
tan
(tahn)
lindo
(LEENdoh)
tan lindo
(tahn LEENdoh)
¿De quién es este hámster tan lindo?
Whose is this nice hamster?
(deh kyehn ehs EHSteh HAHMStehr tahn
LEENdoh)
(Of who is this so nice hamster?)
pelo
13
hair
14
You will also hear people use the word cabello instead of pelo. They both mean hair and are
interchangeable.
15
furry
16
I don't know. My hamster isn't so furry.
17
dog
(PEHloh)
peludo
(pehLOOdthoh)
No sé. Mi hámster no es tan peludo.
(noh seh mee HAHMStehr noh ehs tahn
pehLOOdthoh)
perro
(PEHrroh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
10
English
18
What a nice dog!
19
my brother's dog
20
Spanish
¡Qué perro tan lindo!
(keh PEHrroh tahn LEENdoh)
el perro de mi hermano
(ehl PEHrroh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)
the dog in the photo
el perro de la foto
(the dog of the photo)
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh)
21
In English we wouldn't use a possessive construction to create this phrase, but in Spanish you
can! You can actually use either the possessive construction, el pájaro de la foto, literally
"the bird of the picture," or you can use a phrase similar to how we would say it in English, el
pájaro que está en la foto (the bird that is in the picture). However, the first example is
shorter and more commonly used.
22
It's not my brother's.
No es de mi hermano.
(noh ehs deh mee ehrMAHnoh)
¡El perro de la foto no es de mi
hermano!
23
The dog in the photo is not my brother's!
24
The dog in the photo is not my brother's!
Whose is it?
25
the dogs
26
Los is the plural form of the masculine article, el. You may remember this from los Estados
Unidos (the United States). And, las is the plural form of the feminine article, la.
27
long
28
long hair
29
mine
30
It's not mine.
31
The dog with long hair is not mine.
32
For this next slide imagine that you are talking about your female cat, Fifi.
33
Mine has long hair.
34
You might have said, *Mía tiene pelo largo. This is almost correct. However, Spanish requires
the use of "the" before possessive pronouns like, mine, yours, his, and so on.
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs deh
mee ehrMAHnoh )
¡El perro de la foto no es de mi
hermano! ¿De quién es?
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs deh
mee ehrMAHnoh deh kyehn ehs)
los perros
(lohs PEHrrohs)
largo
(LAHRgoh)
pelo largo
(PEHloh LAHRgoh)
mío
(MEEoh)
No es mío.
(noh ehs MEEoh)
El perro con pelo largo no es mío.
(ehl PEHrroh kohn PEHloh LAHRgoh noh
ehs MEEoh)
La mía tiene pelo largo.
(lah MEEah TYEHneh PEHloh LAHRgoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
11
English
35
36
Spanish
corto
short
(KOHRtoh)
short haired
de pelo corto
(of short hair)
(deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)
El de pelo corto.
37
The short haired one.
38
You probably noticed that in order to say, "The short haired one" we didn't actually say the word
"one." For sentences of this type, "one" is implied by the use of the singular article, el. Or, if the
noun is feminine, la.
39
small
40
My dog is the small, short haired one.
41
cat
42
spot
(ehl deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)
pequeño
(pehKEHnyoh)
Mi perro es el pequeño de pelo corto.
(mee PEHrroh ehs ehl pehKEHnyoh deh
PEHloh KOHRtoh)
gato
(GAHtoh)
mancha
(MAHNchah)
¿De quiénes son estos gatos con
manchas?
43
Whose are these cats with spots?
44
Did you remember to change de quién to the plural form de quiénes?
45
I'll bet you can figure out how to form the feminine word for gato! Use it in the following slide.
(deh KYEHnehs sohn EHStohs GAHtohs
kohn MAHNchahs)
Esta gata es de Lucía. Se llama
Princesa.
46
This is Lucy's cat. Its name is Princess.
47
It is very common to see at least one pet in Latin American homes. People seem to enjoy the
companionship of a dog, cat, or even a bird or hamster. And if you happen to visit a home in the
countryside, you'll find that people also have horses as pets!
(EHStah GAHtah ehs deh looSEEah seh
YAHmah preenSEHsah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
12
I don't like animals. No me gustan los animales.
English
Spanish
No me gustan los animales.
1
I don't like animals.
2
I like
3
I don't like
4
animal
5
Remember, in Spanish to make the plural of a noun that ends with a consonant, you have to add
"-es" to the end of the noun. Let's give it a try!
6
animals
7
Before you try to put it all together you should be aware that this construction requires the use of
the article before animales.
8
Did you say, *"No me gusta los animales."? Almost! You have learned that the verb always
agrees with the subject of the sentence in person and number, and though it might seem
different here this is actually still the case. Gustar, and a few other verbs like it which you will see
in a later chapter, look as if they agree with the object, e.g., los animales, but I assure you, los
animales is actually the subject of the sentence, and me is the indirect object. No me gustan
los animales can actually be translated as, "The animals are not likeable to me." So here you
can clearly see that "the animals" is the subject and "to me" is the indirect object. So, me gusta
(I like) changes to the plural form me gustan and the correct answer is, No me gustan los
animales.
9
I like dogs.
10
Do you like my cat? His name is Botas.
11
you like
12
pet
13
Do you like my pet?
14
You don't like them?
15
Did you remember to use the plural form of te gusta?
(noh meh GOOStahn lohs ahneeMAHlehs)
Me gusta.
(meh GOOStah)
No me gusta.
(noh meh GOOStah)
animal
(ahneeMAHL)
animales
(ahneeMAHlehs)
Me gustan los perros.
(meh GOOStahn lohs PEHrrohs)
¿Le gusta mi gato? Se llama Botas.
(leh GOOStah mee GAHtoh seh YAHmah
BOHtahs)
te gusta
(teh GOOStah)
mascota
(mahsKOHtah)
¿Te gusta mi mascota?
(teh GOOStah mee mahsKOHtah)
¿No te gustan?
(noh teh GOOStahn)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
13
That boy doesn't look like your brother!
¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano!
English
Spanish
¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano!
1
That boy doesn't look like your brother!
2
to look like
3
he looks like
4
doesn't look like
5
boy
6
that boy
7
that boy looks like
8
that boy doesn't look like
9
your brother
10
The use of nicknames is very common in many Latin American countries. And in many cases,
nicknames are adjectives that describe the person's appearance. For example, chico (small),
pequeño (small), or chaparro (short) are commonly used to refer to a young boy. And chica,
pequeña, or chaparrita (notice the diminutive form) are used to refer to a young girl.
11
best
12
best friend
13
He looks like my best friend.
(EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah
too ehrMAHnoh)
parecerse a
(pahrehSEHRseh ah)
se parece a
(seh pahREHseh ah)
no se parece a
(noh seh pahREHseh ah)
niño
(NEEnyoh)
ese niño
(EHseh NEEnyoh)
ese niño se parece a
(EHseh NEEnyoh seh pahREHseh ah)
ese niño no se parece a
(EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah)
tu hermano
(too ehrMAHnoh)
mejor
(mehHOHR)
mejor amigo
(mehHOHR ahMEEgoh)
Se parece a mi mejor amigo.
(seh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHR
ahMEEgoh)
¡Qué linda foto! Esta señora se parece
a mi mejor amiga.
14
What a nice photo! This woman looks like my
best friend.
15
Did you remember to use the feminine form of lindo because foto is a feminine word? And what
about "best friend"? Did you get it right and say, mejor amiga?
16
brown hair
(keh LEENdah FOHtoh EHStah
sehNYOHrah seh pahREHseh ah mee
mehHOHR ahMEEgah)
pelo castaño
(PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
14
English
Spanish
17
She doesn't look like my mom. My mom has
brown hair.
18
blond
19
my dad's blond hair
Ella no se parece a mi mamá. Mi mamá
tiene pelo castaño.
(EHyah noh seh pahREHseh ah mee
mahMAH mee mahMAH TYEHneh PEHloh
kahsTAHnyoh)
rubio
(RROObyoh)
el pelo rubio de mi papá
(ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH)
El pelo rubio de mi papá se parece al
pelo de mi hermano.
20
My dad's blond hair looks like my brother's
hair.
21
For, "looks like my brother's hair," you may have said *se parece a pelo de mi hermano.
This is close. However, Spanish requires the use of the article el before pelo. Also, any time you
have a before the masculine article el these two words will combine to form al.
22
I look like
23
Who do I look like?
24
If you said, ¿Quién me parezco? you were almost correct! Next time remember that the
structure is parecerse a and you have to use a whenever you use the verb parecerse. In a
question, this preposition a moves to the beginning of the sentence. So, you say, ¿A quién me
parezco?
25
thin
26
tall
27
Do you remember that alto also means high?
28
I don't look like Juan. He is tall and thin.
29
you look like
30
Who do you look like?
31
fat
32
as fat as
33
(ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH
seh pahREHseh ahl PEHloh deh mee
ehrMAHnoh)
me parezco a
(meh pahREHSkoh ah)
¿A quién me parezco?
(ah kyehn meh pahREHSkoh)
delgado
(dehlGAHdthoh)
alto
(AHLtoh)
No me parezco a Juan. Él es alto y
delgado.
(noh meh pahREHSkoh ah hwahn ehl ehs
AHLtoh ee dehlGAHdthoh )
te pareces a
(teh pahREHsehs ah)
¿A quién te pareces?
(ah kyehn teh pahREHsehs)
gordo
(GOHRdthoh)
tan gordo como
(tahn GOHRdthoh KOHmoh)
The Spanish equivalent of the English structure "as...as" (like the expression, "He is as tall as…")
is tanto...como. So, when talking about qualities, you only have to add the adjective to this
structure. Therefore, you will say: No soy tan alto como él (I'm not as tall as him) or Ella es
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
15
tan delgada como yo (She is as thin as I am).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
16
English
Spanish
No soy tan delgado como él.
34
I'm not as thin as him.
35
Try using the endearing form of abuelo for this next slide.
(noh soy tahn dehlGAHdthoh KOHmoh
ehl)
Me parezco mucho a mi abuelito. Pero
no soy tan gordo como él.
36
I look a lot like my grandpa. But I'm not as fat
as he is.
37
short
38
You previously learned corto as "short." Corto is used to refer to the short length or duration of
something, while bajo refers to a short stature.
39
daughter
(meh pahREHSkoh MOOchoh ah mee
ahbwehLEEtoh PEHroh noh soy tahn
GOHRdthoh KOHmoh ehl)
bajo
(BAHhoh)
hija
(EEhah)
40
My daughter looks a lot like me, but she isn't
as short as me.
41
mean
Mi hija se parece mucho a mí, pero ella
no es tan baja como yo.
(mee EEhah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah
mee PEHroh EHyah noh ehs tahn BAHhah
KOHmoh yoh)
malo
(MAHloh)
42
I look like my brother. But I'm not as mean as
he is!
43
Who does Maria look like?
44
her
45
her aunt
46
She looks like her aunt Clarisa.
Me parezco a mi hermano. ¡Pero yo no
soy tan malo como él!
(meh pahREHSkoh ah mee ehrMAHnoh
PEHroh yoh noh soy tahn MAHloh
KOHmoh ehl)
¿A quién se parece María?
(ah kyehn seh pahREHseh mahREEah)
su
(soo)
su tía
(soo TEEah)
Se parece a su tía Clarisa.
(seh pahREHseh ah soo TEEah
klahREEsah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
17
Your dog is calmer than mine.
Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío.
English
Spanish
Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío.
1
Your dog is calmer than mine.
2
calm
3
calmer than
4
The comparative structure (as in, "calmer than...") is represented in Spanish by using más...que
(more...than). For example, "thinner than" is más delgado que and, "fatter than" is más
gordo que.
5
calmer than mine
6
Did you remember to use the article el before the possessive pronoun mío?
7
yours
8
My dog is fatter than yours.
9
fun
(too PEHrroh ehs mahs trahnKEEloh keh
ehl MEEoh)
tranquilo
(trahnKEEloh)
más tranquilo que
(mahs trahnKEEloh keh)
más tranquilo que el mío
(mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehl MEEoh)
tuyo
(TOOyoh)
Mi perro es más gordo que el tuyo.
10
11
(mee PEHrroh ehs mahs GOHRdthoh keh
ehl TOOyoh)
divertido
(deebehrTEEdthoh)
the most fun
el más divertido
(the more fun)
(ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh)
Benito es el perro más divertido.
Benito is the most amusing dog.
(behNEEtoh ehs ehl PEHrroh mahs
deebehrTEEdthoh)
(Benito is the more fun dog.)
todo
12
all
13
of all
14
the most amusing of all
15
Did you say, *el más divertido de todo? The structure de todo, when used with
comparatives like "most" and "more," is always plural, even when the noun you are talking about
is singular. You can think of it as anticipating or carrying an implied plural noun: Mi perro es el
más divertido de todos (los perros) (My dog is the most amusing of all (the dogs)). Just like
other adjectives in Spanish, todo must agree in gender with the noun it modifies.
16
Don't forget number and gender agreement for this next challenge!
(TOHdthoh)
de todo
(deh TOHdthoh)
el más divertido de todos
17
(ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh deh
TOHdthohs)
¡Mis mascotas son las más divertidas
de todas!
My pets are the most amusing of all!
(mees mahsKOHtahs sohn lahs mahs
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
18
deebehrTEEdthahs deh TOHdthahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
19
English
Spanish
Este gato es más malo que el mío.
18
This cat is meaner than mine.
19
I believed
20
was (for permanent states of being)
21
Era" is the past tense of "ser," which you already know is the more permanent form of "to be."
Era is used to refer to the nature of something or things that are more permanent like
characteristics, in the past tense.
22
23
24
(EHSteh GAHtoh ehs mahs MAHloh keh
ehl MEEoh)
creí
(krehEE)
era
(EHrah)
I thought he was
creí que él era
(I believed that he was)
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah)
the shortest
el más bajo
(the more short)
(ehl mahs BAHhoh)
the shortest in the family
el más bajo de la familia
(the more short of the family)
(ehl mahs BAHhoh deh lah fahMEElyah)
25
I thought he was the shortest in the family.
26
old
27
I thought he was the oldest in the family.
28
young
29
No. He's the youngest.
30
older
31
Tomas is older than me.
32
the oldest
33
I'm not the oldest.
Creí que él era el más bajo de la
familia.
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BAHhoh
deh lah fahMEElyah)
viejo
(BYEHhoh)
Creí que él era el más viejo de la
familia.
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BYEHhoh
deh lah fahMEElyah)
joven
(HOHbehn)
No. Es el más joven.
(noh ehs ehl mahs HOHbehn)
mayor
(mahYOHR)
Tomás es mayor que yo.
(tohMAHS ehs mahYOHR keh yoh)
el mayor
(ehl mahYOHR)
Yo no soy el mayor.
(yoh noh soy ehl mahYOHR)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
20
Isn't it? ¿No?
English
Spanish
¿No?
1
Isn't it?
2
Tag questions in Spanish are easy! Anytime you want to end a statement with a little tag question
(like, "Isn't it?" or "Doesn't he?") all you have to do is add ¿No? to the end of your statement. Let's
practice.
3
She looks a lot like me, doesn't she?
4
This is your pet, isn't it?
5
She's blond, right?
6
You may also hear Es rubia, ¿verdad?, which literally means, "She's blond, true?" We will look at
this tag question a little later in the course. For now just know that either way is fine.
(noh)
Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no?
(EHyah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah mee
noh)
Esta es su mascota, ¿no?
(EHStah ehs soo mahsKOHtah noh)
Es rubia, ¿no?
(ehs RROObyah noh )
La mía es la más alta de todas, ¿no?
7
Mine is the tallest of all, isn't she?
(lah MEEah ehs lah mahs AHLtah deh
TOHdthahs noh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
21
Chapter 2: At Home
Chapter 2: At Home
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Describe What Color Something Is
Refer to General Places
Refer to Rooms and Locations in a House
Use Location and Relational Words
Learn to Combine the Preposition De and the
Article El
Practice Possessive Pronouns and Number
Agreement
Practice the Position of Adjectives
Use the Personal Pronoun Clitics -me, -le,
and -te
Conversation
English
Spanish
Bienvenida. Pase, por favor. ¿Me permite
su abrigo?
Welcome. Come in, please. May I take your coat?
(byehnbehNEEdthah PAHseh pohr fahBOHR
meh pehrMEEteh soo ahBREEgoh)
Gracias. Su casa es hermosa. Me encanta
esa lámpara roja de allá.
Thanks. Your house is beautiful. I love that red
lamp over there.
(GRAHsyahs soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah
meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah deh ahYAH)
Gracias. Permítame mostrarle la casa.
Thanks. Allow me to show you the house.
(GRAHsyahs pehrMEEtahmeh mohsTRAHRleh
lah KAHsah )
Esa es la sala de estar y esas puertas dan
al patio.
This is the living room and through those doors is
the patio.
(EHsah ehs lah SAHlah deh ehsTAHR ee
EHsahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)
Este pasillo da a la cocina y los cuartos
están en el segundo piso.
Down this hall is the kitchen and the bedrooms
are on the second floor.
(EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnah
ee lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHn ehn ehl
sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
Su casa es muy acogedora.
Your house is very cozy.
(soo KAHsah ehs mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
¡Muchas gracias!
Thank you very much.
(MOOchahs GRAHsyahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
22
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
23
Welcome! ¡Bienvenido!
English
1
Welcome!
2
Welcome!
3
Spanish
¡Bienvenido!
(byehnbehNEEdthoh)
¡Bienvenida!
(byehnbehNEEdthah)
Come in.
Pase.
(Pass.)
(PAHseh)
¡Bienvenido! Pase por favor.
4
Welcome! Come in please.
(byehnbehNEEdthoh PAHseh pohr
fahBOHR )
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
24
Let me take your coat. Permítame su abrigo.
English
1
Spanish
Let me take your coat.
Permítame su abrigo.
(Allow me your coat.)
(pehrMEEtahmeh soo ahBREEgoh)
2
to allow
3
allow me
4
coat
5
hat
6
Let me take your hat, please.
7
scarf
permitir
(pehrmeeTEER)
permítame
(pehrMEEtahmeh)
abrigo
(ahBREEgoh)
sombrero
(sohmBREHroh)
Permítame su sombrero, por favor.
8
9
(pehrMEEtahmeh soo sohmBREHroh pohr
fahBOHR)
bufanda
(booFAHNdah)
May I take...?
¿Me permite?
(Will you allow me?)
(meh pehrMEEteh)
May I take your scarf?
¿Me permite su bufanda?
(Will you allow me your scarf?)
(meh pehrMEEteh soo booFAHNdah)
10
Did you notice the meaning would be the same for both Permítame su bufanda and ¿Me
permite su bufanda? These two ways of asking, "May I take...?" have the same meaning and
are used interchangeably. When using the question form, all you do is detach the ending -me,
move it to become the first word of the question, and change the "a" at then end of the verb to
"e." Permítame (Allow me.) becomes ¿Me permite? (Will you allow me?).
11
bag
12
bolsa
(BOHLsah)
purse
bolsa de mano
(hand bag)
(BOHLsah deh MAHnoh)
13
You may also hear cartera or even just bolsa (bag) used to mean purse. Throughout this
course we will use bolsa in sentences to mean purse.
14
to put away
15
Let me put your bag away here.
16
thing
guardar
(gwahrDTHAHR)
Permítame guardar su bolsa aquí.
(pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soo
BOHLsah ahKEE)
cosa
(KOHsah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
25
English
Spanish
sus cosas
17
your things
18
Did you say, *su cosas? Just like almost every other word in Spanish, possessive pronouns, like
tu (your) , su (his / her / its and your "formal"), and mi (my), must also agree in number with the
subject of the sentence. This is why the correct answer is sus cosas.
19
Let me put your things away.
20
to bring you
21
to bring you something
(soos KOHsahs)
Permítame guardar sus cosas.
22
(pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soos
KOHsahs)
traerle
(trahEHRleh)
traerle algo
(trahEHRleh AHLgoh)
something to drink
algo para tomar
(something for drink)
(AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)
Permítame traerle algo para tomar.
23
Allow me to bring you something to drink.
24
As a guest, you will see that it is very common for Latin American hosts to offer you a drink or
something to eat. In some countries it can be considered somewhat rude to refuse this when it is
offered to you. In others, you will just surrender to the insistence of the host!
25
Let me bring you something to eat.
26
allow me
27
Let me put your coat there.
(pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh
PAHrah tohMAHR)
Permítame traerle algo para comer.
(pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh
PAHrah kohMEHR)
permíteme
(pehrMEEtehmeh)
Permíteme guardar tu abrigo allí.
(pehrMEEtehmeh gwahrDTHAHR too
ahBREEgoh ahYEE)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
26
Your house is very cozy.
Su casa es muy acogedora.
English
Spanish
Su casa es muy acogedora.
1
Your house is very cozy.
2
cozy
3
very cozy
4
house
5
your house
6
beautiful
7
Your house is beautiful.
8
Your house is very beautiful and cozy.
9
wood
10
wood table
11
In Spanish, to talk about the materials things are made of, you use the same construction that is
used for possessives. For example, mesa de madera is literally "table of wood."
12
What a beautiful wood table!
13
floor
14
red
15
red floor
16
Did you notice the word order? When using descriptive words, you generally place the noun
before the adjective that describes it.
17
pretty
(soo KAHsah ehs mwee
ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
acogedora
(ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
muy acogedora
(mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
casa
(KAHsah)
su casa
(soo KAHsah)
hermosa
(ehrMOHsah)
Su casa es hermosa.
(soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah)
Su casa es muy hermosa y acogedora.
(soo KAHsah ehs mwee ehrMOHsah ee
ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
madera
(mahDTHEHrah)
mesa de madera
(MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)
¡Qué hermosa mesa de madera!
(keh ehrMOHsah MEHsah deh
mahDTHEHrah)
piso
(PEEsoh)
rojo
(RROHhoh)
piso rojo
(PEEsoh RROHhoh)
bonito
(bohNEEtoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
27
English
Spanish
Me gusta el piso rojo. Es muy bonito.
18
I like the red floor. It's very pretty.
19
paint
20
In Spanish, pintura can refer to paint or a painting. Don't worry, the context will help you
determine which meaning is being used!
21
blue
22
blue paint
23
ceiling
24
(meh GOOStah ehl PEEsoh RROHhoh ehs
mwee bohNEEtoh)
pintura
(peenTOOrah)
azul
(ahSOOL)
pintura azul
(peenTOOrah ahSOOL)
techo
(TEHchoh)
blue paint on the ceiling
pintura azul del techo
(blue paint of the ceiling)
(peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehl TEHchoh)
25
Did you notice how de and el combined to become del? Anytime the preposition 'of' (de),
comes before the masculine article el, they combine to become one word, del. If you think about
it, it makes sense. Try saying *de el. Doesn't it just come out as del anyhow?
26
I like the blue paint on the ceiling.
27
color
28
wall
29
What a nice color on the walls!
30
yellow
31
light
32
light yellow
Me gusta la pintura azul del techo.
(meh GOOStah lah peenTOOrah ahSOOL
dehl TEHchoh)
color
(kohLOHR)
pared
(pahREHD)
¡Qué lindo color en las paredes!
33
(keh LEENdoh kohLOHR ehn lahs
pahREHdthehs)
amarillo
(ahmahREEyoh)
claro
(KLAHroh)
amarillo claro
(ahmahREEyoh KLAHroh)
Me gusta el color amarillo claro de la
mesa.
I like the light yellow color of the table.
(meh GOOStah ehl kohLOHR
ahmahREEyoh KLAHroh deh lah MEHsah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
28
Can I show you the house?
¿Puedo mostrarle la casa?
English
Spanish
¿Puedo mostrarle la casa?
1
Can I show you the house?
2
to show
3
Notice how we changed "to bring" (traer) to "to bring you" (traerle) by adding -le to the end of
the word. Keep this pattern in mind when you attempt the next challenge.
4
to show you
5
show you the house
6
Can I show you...?
7
There is no comparison to Latin America when it comes to hospitality. Latin American people
enjoy giving time and attention to their guests. And, the entire host family will be proud of
showing you around their house to make you feel at home. So, be ready to enjoy hospitality and
also keep you ears wide open as Latin Americans also like to share their thoughts and feelings
with their guests!
8
living room
9
It is very common to hear people refer to la sala de estar as just "sala" or even "el living."
"Spanglish" is very common in Latin America, and this is not the only borrowed word you are likely
to hear.
10
Can I show you the living room?
11
Did you say ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? That's correct! However, there is more
than one way to say this. When asking a question with verbs that end with -le, -te, or -me, you
have the option of moving this personal pronoun ending to the front of the question. So you can
say, ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? or ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? Both
sentences have the same meaning!
12
kitchen
13
I can show you the kitchen.
14
Keep in mind how we changed "to explain" (explicar) to "to explain to me" (explicarme) when
attempting this next slide.
15
to show me
16
you can
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)
mostrar
(mohsTRAHR)
mostrarle
(mohsTRAHRleh)
mostrarle la casa
(mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)
¿Puedo mostrarle...?
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh)
sala de estar
(SAHlah deh ehsTAHR)
¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?
(leh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah SAHlah
deh ehsTAHR)
cocina
(kohSEEnah)
Puedo mostrarle la cocina.
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah
kohSEEnah)
mostrarme
(mohsTRAHRmeh)
puedes
(PWEHdthehs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
29
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
30
English
Spanish
¿Puedes mostrarme...?
17
Can you show me...?
18
garden
19
Can you show me the garden?
20
to show you
21
I want to show you...
22
For the next slide, try to use the informal person marker -te at the beginning of the sentence.
23
I want to show you the house.
24
Now try the same thing with this negative sentence.
25
I can't show you the kitchen.
26
Did you say, *Te no puedo mostrar la cocina. or something similar? With negative
sentences, the negation always comes at the very beginning. So, the correct answer is, No te
puedo mostrar la cocina. Of course you could also say, No puedo mostrarte la cocina.
In either case, the negative element always comes first.
27
Come in. I want to show you the kitchen.
(¿PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh...?)
jardín
(hahrDTHEEN)
¿Puedes mostrarme el jardín?
(PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh ehl
hahrDTHEEN)
mostrarte
(mohsTRAHRteh)
Quiero mostrarte...
(KYEHroh mohsTRAHRteh)
Te quiero mostrar la casa.
(teh KYEHroh mohsTRAHR lah KAHsah)
No te puedo mostrar la cocina.
(noh teh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah
kohSEEnah)
Pase. Quiero mostrarle la cocina.
(PAHseh KYEHroh mohsTRAHRleh lah
kohSEEnah )
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
31
I love that red lamp. Me encanta esa lámpara roja.
English
Spanish
Me encanta esa lámpara roja.
1
2
3
I love that red lamp.
(meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah)
to love
encantar
(to enchant)
(ehnkahnTAHR)
I love
Me encanta.
(It is enchanting to me.)
(meh ehnKAHNtah)
lámpara
4
lamp
5
red lamp
6
that red lamp
7
Did you remember to change ese to esa and rojo to roja in order to agree with the gender of
lámpara?
8
over there
9
(LAHMpahrah)
lámpara roja
(LAHMpahrah RROHhah)
esa lámpara roja
(EHsah LAHMpahrah RROHhah)
allá
(ahYAH)
Me encanta esa lámpara roja de allá.
I love that red lamp over there.
(meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah deh ahYAH)
(I love that red lamp from there.)
nos encanta
10
we love
11
dining room
12
your dining room
13
We love your dining room.
14
We love your house! It's very beautiful.
15
on top of
(nohs ehnKAHNtah )
comedor
(kohmehDTHOHR)
su comedor
(soo kohmehDTHOHR)
Nos encanta su comedor.
(nohs ehnKAHNtah soo kohmehDTHOHR)
¡Nos encanta su casa! Es muy hermosa.
16
(nohs ehnKAHNtah soo KAHsah ehs mwee
ehrMOHsah)
sobre
(SOHbreh)
on the table
sobre la mesa
(on top of the table)
(SOHbreh lah MEHsah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
32
English
Spanish
17
"On" can be translated different ways in Spanish: sobre, en, and encima de. For example, "las
flores en la mesa," "las flores sobre la mesa" and "las flores encima de la mesa" can
all be translated as "the flowers on the table." However, there are slight differences. En means
"on," as in "on the wall" or "on the table"; sobre can only be used to mean "on top of"; and
encima de can mean either "on top of" or "above.
18
flower
19
flor
(flohr)
las flores amarillas que están sobre la
mesa
the yellow flowers that are on the table
(lahs FLOHrehs ahmahREEyahs keh
ehsTAHN SOHbreh lah MEHsah)
¡Me encantan las flores amarillas que
están sobre la mesa!
20
I love the yellow flowers that are on the table!
21
Remember me gusta (I like) and the plural form me gustan? Well, encantar is another one of
those verbs that looks like it agrees with the object, as in, Me encantan las flores. However, a
true English translation would be, "The flowers are enchanting to me." So we use the plural form
of encantar in this case because it actually agrees with las flores.
22
The keys are on top of the table.
23
next to
24
door
25
next to the door
26
painting
27
You have already learned that pintura can mean painting. Cuadro is another word that can be
used for painting.
28
the painting that is next to the table
(meh ehnKAHNtahn lahs FLOHrehs
ahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHN SOHbreh lah
MEHsah)
Las llaves están sobre la mesa.
(lahs YAHbehs ehsTAHN SOHbreh lah
MEHsah)
al lado de
(ahl LAHdthoh deh)
puerta
(PWEHRtah)
al lado de la puerta
(ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)
cuadro
(KWAHdthroh)
el cuadro que está al lado de la mesa
29
I love the painting that's next to the door!
30
They are next to the wood table.
31
carpet
(ehl KWAHdthroh keh ehsTAH ahl
LAHdthoh deh lah MEHsah)
¡Me encanta el cuadro que está al lado
de la puerta!
(meh ehnKAHNtah ehl KWAHdthroh keh
ehsTAH ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)
Están al lado de la mesa de madera.
(ehsTAHN ahl LAHdthoh deh lah MEHsah
deh mahDTHEHrah)
alfombra
(ahlFOHMbrah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
33
32
I like the blue carpet.
33
under
Me gusta la alfombra azul.
(meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah ahSOOL)
debajo de
(dehBAHhoh deh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
34
English
34
Spanish
escritorio
desk
(ehskreeTOHryoh)
Me gusta la alfombra verde que está
debajo del escritorio.
35
I like the green carpet that's under the desk.
36
They are under the desk over there.
(meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah
BEHRdtheh keh ehsTAH dehBAHhoh dehl
ehskreeTOHryoh)
Están debajo del escritorio de allá.
(ehsTAHN dehBAHhoh dehl
ehskreeTOHryoh deh ahYAH)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
35
The rooms are on the second floor.
Los cuartos están en el segundo piso.
English
Spanish
Los cuartos están en el segundo piso.
1
The rooms are on the second floor.
2
room
3
Cuarto literally means "room." However, it is also often used to mean bedroom.
4
For this next slide, remember, if the subject is plural the verb must also be plural. Do you
remember the plural form of estar?
5
the rooms are
6
second (2nd)
7
on the second floor
8
the dining room and the kitchen
9
first floor
10
The dining room and the kitchen are on the
first floor.
11
over here
12
Is the bathroom over here?
13
Is there a bathroom on the second floor?
14
hallway
15
Another very common word for pasillo (hallway) is corredor (corridor). However, pasillo is also
used to mean aisle, as in the rows between the seats on an airplane. Corredor can not be used
in this sense.
16
Where is the hallway?
17
It's over here.
18
they give
(lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN ehn ehl
sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
cuarto
(KWAHRtoh)
los cuartos están
(lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN)
segundo (2°)
(sehGOONdoh )
en el segundo piso
(ehn ehl sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
el comedor y la cocina
(ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah)
planta baja
(PLAHNtah BAHhah)
El comedor y la cocina están en la
planta baja.
(ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah
ehsTAHN ehn lah PLAHNtah BAHhah)
por aquí
(pohr ahkEE)
¿El baño está por aquí?
(ehl BAHnyoh ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)
¿Hay un baño en el segundo piso?
(ay oon BAHnyoh ehn ehl sehGOONdoh
PEEsoh)
pasillo
(pahSEEyoh)
¿Dónde está el pasillo?
(DOHNdeh ehsTAH ehl pahSEEyoh)
Está por aquí.
(ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)
dan
(dahn)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
36
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
37
English
Spanish
dan al pasillo
19
they give (way) to the hallway
20
Did you remember that a and el combine to become al? Great job!
21
(dahn ahl pahSEEyoh)
Las puertas verdes dan al pasillo.
Through the green doors is the hallway.
(lahs PWEHRtahs BEHRdthehs dahn ahl
pahSEEyoh)
(The green doors give (way) to the hallway.)
22
patio
23
Through these doors is the patio.
24
Down this hallway is the kitchen.
patio
(PAHtyoh)
Estas puertas dan al patio.
(EHStahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)
Este pasillo da a la cocina.
(EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah
kohSEEnah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
38
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Pequeña Charla
Chapter 3: Small Talk
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Accept an Invitation
Politely Decline an Invitation
Share Likes and/or Dislikes
Talk About Hobbies
Talk About Professions
Be Introduced to the Present Perfect Tense
Using Haber
Be Introduced to the Subjunctive Mood
Learn to Use the Present Tense for Future
Actions
Practice Future Tense Using Ir a
Conversation
English
Spanish
Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños este
fin de semana.
Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday this
weekend.
(MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR soo
koomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen deh
sehMAHnah)
¿Te gustaría venir?
Would you like to come?
(teh goostahREEah behNEER)
Juega mi equipo favorito este fin de
semana.
My favorite team is playing this weekend.
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh
EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
¿Sabes si va a mirar el partido?
Do you know if he is going to watch the match?
(SAHbehs see bah ah meeRAHR ehl
pahrTEEdthoh)
¡Por supuesto! Es su equipo favorito
también.
Of course! It's his favorite team too.
(pohr sooPWEHStoh ehs soo ehKEEpoh
fahbohREEtoh tahmBYEHN)
No sé. Mi esposa consiguió trabajo y ha
trabajado mucho esta semana.
I don't know. My wife got a job and she's worked a
lot this week.
(noh seh mee ehsPOHsah kohnseeGYOH
trahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthoh
MOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)
Deberías decirle que venga entonces.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
39
You should tell her to come then.
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
ehnTOHNsehs)
Me gustaría pero a ella no le gustan los
deportes. Prefiere ir a bailar.
I'd like to but she doesn't like sports. She prefers
to go dancing.
(meh goostahREEah PEHroh ah EHyah noh
leh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs
prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)
Entiendo. No hay problema. ¡Quizás la
próxima!
I understand. No problem. Maybe next time.
(ehnTYEHNdoh noh ay prohBLEHmah
keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
40
Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday this
weekend.
Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños este fin de
semana.
English
Spanish
Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños
este fin de semana.
1
Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday this
weekend.
2
to celebrate
3
He is going to celebrate.
4
his
5
You already learned that su means both “your” in a formal context and “her.” Remember how
Spanish uses the same form of the verb for “he / she / it and you (formal)"? You also use the
same possessive pronoun for “his / her / its and your (formal).” Pretty easy, huh?!
6
birthday
7
Cumpleaños is actually a compound word. Cumple comes from the verb cumplir (to
complete) and años means years. Interesting isn't it!
8
his birthday
9
He is going to celebrate his birthday.
(ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR soo
koomplehAHnyohs)
weekend
fin de semana
(end of week)
(feen deh sehMAHnah)
(MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR soo
koomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen deh
sehMAHnah)
festejar
(fehstehHAHR)
Él va a festejar.
(ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR)
su
(soo)
cumpleaños
(koomplehAHnyohs)
su cumpleaños
(soo koomplehAHnyohs)
Él va a festejar su cumpleaños.
10
este fin de semana
11
this weekend
12
Did you say *esta fin de semana? You were almost correct! Fin de semana is a noun
phrase made up of two nouns fin (end) and semana (week). In situations like this, the adjective
changes according to the first noun (fin, in this case). Since fin is a masculine noun (you say el
fin), then the adjective has to be modified accordingly. Therefore, the correct response is este
fin de semana.
13
You are going to go.
14
party
15
Are you going to go to the party?
(EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
Vas a ir.
(bahs ah eer)
fiesta
(FYEHStah)
¿Vas a ir a la fiesta?
(bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
41
16
¡Por supuesto!
Of course!
(pohr sooPWEHStoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
42
English
17
18
19
Spanish
noche
night
(NOHcheh)
tonight
esta noche
(this night)
(EHStah NOHcheh)
la fiesta de Pablo
Pablo's party
(lah FYEHStah deh PAHbloh)
¿Vas a ir a la fiesta de Pablo esta
noche?
20
Are you going to go to Pablo's party tonight?
21
to come
22
Do you want to come?
23
Of course! Do you want to come with me?
24
costume
25
costume party
26
You likely said, *fiesta de disfraz. However in Spanish, this phrase is actually plural. So the
correct answer is, fiesta de disfraces, or literally, "party of costumes."
(bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah deh
PAHbloh EHStah NOHcheh)
venir
(behNEER)
¿Quieres venir?
(¿KYEHrehs behNEER?)
¡Por supuesto! ¿Quieres venir conmigo?
(pohr sooPWEHStoh KYEHrehs behNEER
kohnMEEgoh)
disfraz
(deesFRAHS)
fiesta de disfraces
(FYEHStah deh deesFRAHsehs)
¿Quieres venir a la fiesta de disfraces
conmigo?
27
Do you want to come to the costume party
with me?
28
dinner party
29
There's not much difference between "dinner" and "dinner party" in Spanish. You will hear people
use the word cena interchangeably. If you think you won't be able to know the difference, don't
worry! The context will always help you figure it out!
30
next weekend
31
Did you remember to change próximo according to the first noun, fin?
32
Do you want to come with me the next
weekend?
33
Marcos' dinner party
34
(KYEHrehs behNEER ah lah FYEHStah deh
deesFRAHsehs kohnMEEgoh)
cena
(SEHnah)
próximo fin de semana
(PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)
¿Quieres venir conmigo el próximo fin
de semana?
(KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ehl
PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)
la cena de Marcos
(lah SEHnah deh MAHRkohs)
¿Quieres venir conmigo a la cena de
Marcos el próximo fin de semana?
Do you want to come with me to Marcos'
dinner party next weekend?
(KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ah lah
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
43
dinner party next weekend?
SEHnah deh MAHRkohs ehl PROHkseemoh
feen deh sehMAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
44
English
35
I can't go.
36
I can't go to his birthday.
Spanish
No puedo ir.
(noh PWEHdthoh eer)
No puedo ir a su cumpleaños.
(noh PWEHdthoh eer ah soo
koomplehAHnyohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
45
My favorite team plays that week.
Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana.
English
Spanish
Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana.
1
My favorite team plays that week.
2
to play
3
(it) plays
4
team
5
my team plays
6
favorite
7
my favorite team
8
my favorite team plays
9
week
10
You may remember that the Spanish word for "weekend" is "fin de semana," which literally
means, "end of week."
11
plays that week
12
Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana, can also be translated, "My favorite team is playing
that week." Many times in English we use the present progressive form ("is playing") to talk about
something that will take place in the future. However, this doesn't work in Spanish. Instead you
use either the regular present tense, juega (plays), or the future tense, va a jugar (is going to
play). So, you can say either Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana or Mi equipo favorito
va a jugar esa semana.
13
Did you know that many countries in Latin America have their own national sport? In 1933, the
charreadas (similar to rodeos) were defined as Mexico's national sport. Argentina's national
sport is pato: a sport played with a six-handle ball on horseback. It was defined as a national
sport in 1953. You may have also heard about the tejo, Colombia's national sport, that consists
of throwing metal discs to strike the targets (made of gunpowder and called mechas).
14
soccer
15
soccer team
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh
EHsah sehMAHnah)
jugar
(hooGAHR)
juega
(HWEHgah )
equipo
(ehKEEpoh)
mi equipo juega
(mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
favorito
(fahbohREEtoh)
mi equipo favorito
(mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
juega mi equipo favorito
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
semana
(sehMAHnah)
juega esa semana
(HWEHgah EHsah sehMAHnah)
fútbol
(FOOTbohl)
equipo de fútbol
(ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
46
English
Spanish
mi equipo de fútbol favorito
16
my favorite soccer team
17
that day
18
(mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl
fahbohREEtoh)
ese día
(EHseh DEEah)
Juega mi equipo de fútbol favorito ese
día.
My favorite soccer team plays that day.
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl
fahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)
No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. Juega mi
equipo de fútbol favorito ese día.
19
I can't go to your birthday. My favorite soccer
team plays that day.
20
In English, we use the plural pronoun "they" to refer to teams, as in, "they play." This is not the
case in Spanish. "Team" is treated as a singular noun, "the team." Keep this in mind for this next
challenge.
21
When do they play?
22
basketball
23
basketball team
24
your favorite basketball team
25
When does your favorite basketball team
play?
26
sport
27
Do you like sports?
28
Which?
(noh PWEHdthoh eer ah soo
koomplehAHnyohs HWEHgah mee
ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl fahbohREEtoh
EHseh DEEah)
¿Cuándo juega?
(KWAHNdoh HWEHgah)
básquet
(BAHSkeht)
equipo de básquet
(ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht)
su equipo de básquet favorito
29
(soo ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht
fahbohREEtoh)
¿Cuándo juega su equipo de básquet
favorito?
(KWAHNdoh HWEHgah soo ehKEEpoh deh
BAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)
deporte
(dehPOHRteh)
¿Te gustan los deportes?
(teh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs)
¿Cuál?
(kwahl)
¿Cuál es tu deporte favorito?
What is your favorite sport?
(kwahl ehs too dehPOHRteh
fahbohREEtoh)
(Which is your favorite sport?)
30
You will find that many times Spanish uses cuál (which) when English would use "what" (qué).
Generally speaking, when there is a limited group from which you can chose the reply, i.e., sports,
colors, etc., in Spanish, we use cuál.
31
you play
juegas
(HWEHgahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
47
32
Remember how we changed hablar (to speak) to the informal "you speak" (hablas)? So how
would you say "you play" in an informal situation?
33
Do you play any sports?
¿Juegas algún deporte?
(HWEHgahs ahlGOON dehPOHRteh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
48
You should tell her to come then.
Debería decirle que venga entonces.
English
Spanish
You should tell her to come then.
Debería decirle que venga entonces.
1
(You should tell her that (she should) come
then.)
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
ehnTOHNsehs)
2
(you) should
3
debería
(dehbehREEah)
to tell (her)
decirle
(to say to (her))
(dehSEERleh)
4
Remember that you use the same form of the verb for he/ she/ it and you (formal). This also
applies to attached personal pronoun endings. So, decirle means “to tell him / her / you
(formal)."
5
(you) should tell her
6
(she should) come
7
Venga (come) is the subjunctive form of the verb venir (to come). Recall our WEIRDO NUT
acronym which we use to help us remember when to use the subjunctive mood. Remember, the
subjunctive mood is a form of the verb used in Spanish to convey Wishes, Impersonal
Expressions, Emotions, Requests, Doubts/ Desires, Opinions, Negative Commands, Uncertainty,
or Tentativeness. For example, “Have a nice day” (Que tenga un buen día) uses the
subjunctive form of tener, tenga. Generally, when you have que directly before the verb you will
use the subjunctive form.
8
debería decirle
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh)
que venga
(keh BEHNgah)
You should tell her to come.
Debería decirle que venga.
(You should tell her that (she should) come.)
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah)
Debería decirle entonces.
9
You should tell her then.
10
(I) should
11
Should I tell him to come with me?
12
to watch
13
(she should) watch
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh ehnTOHNsehs)
debería
(dehbehREEah)
¿Debería decirle que venga conmigo?
14
15
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
kohnMEEgoh)
mirar
(meeRAHR)
que mire
(keh MEEreh)
You should tell her to watch.
Debería decirle que mire.
(You should tell her that (she should) watch.)
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh)
partido
match
(pahrTEEdthoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
49
English
Spanish
con usted
16
with you
17
You should tell him to watch the match with
you.
18
Did you remember that her/ him/ it/ you (formal) all use the same indirect object pronoun le?
19
You shouldn't.
20
to ask for
21
22
23
(kohn oosTEHDTH)
Debería decirle que mire el partido con
usted.
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh
ehl pahrTEEdthoh kohn oosTEHDTH)
No debería.
(noh dehbehREEah)
pedir
(pehDTHEER)
to ask (him) for
pedirle
(to ask for (from him))
(pehDTHEERleh)
This structure may seem somewhat strange to you. In English, we can think of "to ask for" as
both "to ask someone for something" or "to ask for something from someone." It would depend
on the context of the sentence which structure would work best. However, you already know that
le is the Spanish indirect object pronoun. This means that we cannot adopt the structure "to ask
someone for something," as in such a structure "someone" is the direct object. Therefore, we
have to use the structure "to ask for something from someone," even though in English, this
sounds strange in the context of the following slides.
pedirle hablar con usted
to ask him to speak with you
(pehDTHEERleh ahBLAHR kohn
oosTEHDTH)
(to ask for (him) to speak with you)
24
For this next challenge, keep in mind that we use the subjunctive mood to convey a request or
suggestion, such as when we say "Shouldn't you..." Remember how we formed the subjunctive
mood of mirar, que mire?
25
(if he could) speak
26
Shouldn't you ask him to speak with you?
27
(that she should) call
28
You shouldn't tell her to call.
29
you should
30
your friend
31
You should tell your friend.
que hable
(keh AHbleh)
¿No debería pedirle que hable con
usted?
(noh dehbehREEah pehDTHEERleh keh
AHbleh kohn oosTEHDTH)
que llame
(keh YAHmeh)
No debería decirle que llame.
(noh dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh
YAHmeh)
deberías
(dehbehREEahs)
tu amigo
(too ahMEEgoh)
Deberías decirle a tu amigo.
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah too
ahMEEgoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
50
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
51
English
32
Spanish
¡Deberías decirle a tu amigo que venga
a mirar el partido!
You should tell your friend to come to watch
the match!
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah too
ahMEEgoh keh BEHNgah ah meeRAHR ehl
pahrTEEdthoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
52
She has worked a lot. Ella ha trabajado mucho.
English
1
She has worked a lot.
2
to work
3
to have worked
4
(she) has worked
5
this week
Spanish
Ella ha trabajado mucho.
(EHyah ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh)
trabajar
(trahbahHAHR)
haber trabajado
(ahBEHR trahbahHAHdthoh)
ha trabajado
(ah trahbahHAHdthoh)
esta semana
(EHStah sehMAHnah)
Mi esposo ha trabajado mucho esta
semana.
6
My husband has worked a lot this week.
7
to get
8
he got
9
He got a job.
10
Did you notice that Spanish doesn't use the indefinite article un (a) before trabajo (job)?
conseguir
(kohnsehGEER)
consiguió
(kohnseeGYOH)
Consiguió trabajo.
(kohnseeGYOH trahBAHhoh)
11
My husband got a job and has worked a lot
this week.
12
teacher
13
My wife is a teacher.
14
morning
15
this morning
16
(mee ehsPOHsoh ah trahbahHAHdthoh
MOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)
Mi esposo consiguió trabajo y ha
trabajado mucho esta semana.
(mee ehsPOHsoh kohnseeGYOH
trahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthoh
MOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)
maestro
(mahEHStroh)
Mi esposa es maestra.
(mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah)
mañana
(mahNYAHnah)
esta mañana
(EHStah mahNYAHnah)
My wife is a teacher and she has worked a lot
this morning.
Mi esposa es maestra y ha trabajado
mucho esta mañana.
(mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah ee ah
trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStah
mahNYAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
53
English
Spanish
secretaria
17
secretary
18
She is my secretary.
19
to arrive
20
(She) has arrived.
21
office
22
She hasn't arrived at the office.
23
yet
24
You may also hear people use the word todavía instead of aún. Both words mean "yet."
25
She hasn't arrived at the office yet.
26
Did you say No ha llegado a la oficina aún? That's also correct! In Spanish, the word "yet"
can be used at the beginning or the end of the sentence.
(sehkrehTAHryah)
Ella es mi secretaria.
(EHyah ehs mee sehkrehTAHryah)
llegar
(yehGAHR)
Ha llegado.
(ah yehGAHdthoh)
oficina
(ohfeeSEEnah)
No ha llegado a la oficina.
(noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lah
ohfeeSEEnah)
aún
(ahOON)
Aún no ha llegado a la oficina.
(ahOON noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lah
ohfeeSEEnah)
Mi secretaria no ha llegado a la oficina
aún.
27
My secretary hasn't arrived at the office yet.
28
engineer
29
My brother is an engineer.
30
(he) has had
31
Did you notice the pattern? Trabajar (to work) became ha trabajado (has worked), llegar (to
arrive) became ha llegado (has arrived), and tener (to have) changed to ha tenido (has had).
So it's simple, for verbs preceded by "he/she/it has" and "you (formal) have," you remove the -ar
or -er verb ending and replace it with -ado (for -ar) and -ido (for -er). Don't forget to add ha (has
/ have) to the beginning!
32
(mee sehkrehTAHryah noh ah
yehGAHdthoh ah lah ohfeeSEEnah
ahOON)
ingeniero
(eenhehNYEHroh)
Mi hermano es ingeniero.
(mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh)
ha tenido
(ah tehNEEdthoh)
Mi hermano es ingeniero y ha tenido
mucho trabajo esta semana.
My brother is an engineer and he has had a
lot of work this week.
(mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh ee
ah tehNEEdthoh MOOchoh trahBAHhoh
EHStah sehMAHnah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
54
She prefers to go dancing. Prefiere ir a bailar.
English
1
She prefers to go dancing.
2
to prefer
3
(she) prefers
4
to dance
5
She prefers to dance.
6
Spanish
Prefiere ir a bailar.
(prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)
preferir
(prehfehREER)
prefiere
(prehFYEHreh )
bailar
(bayLAHR)
Prefiere bailar.
(prehFYEHreh bayLAHR)
to go dancing
ir a bailar
(to go to dance)
(eer ah bayLAHR)
7
Since you learned that the Spanish equivalent to -ing verbs is formed by adding -ando, you may
have said, *ir a bailando. However, verbs that end in -ing are usually used for actions that are
happening at that moment, like "I'm walking." However, in sentences like this one, the "dancing"
is not actually happening at that moment in time. So to say, *ir a bailando would be incorrect
since you are actually speaking of something that may happen in the future.
8
For this next slide remember that while the structure for sentences with gustar appears to be
similar as other verb phrases, they are actually very different. A literal translation of the structure
reveals that, Me gusta tu casa, is actually, "Your house is liked by me" or "Your house is likable
to me." Also, remember he/she/it and you (formal) all use the same personal pronoun, le.
Ready?
9
(she) likes
10
She doesn't like it.
11
to sing
12
She doesn't like dancing. She prefers to sing.
13
Latin American cultures possess a wide variety of music that represents each of the countries.
Some of the most popular rhythms are cumbia in Colombia and tango in Argentina. Other
traditional sounds are candombe (Uruguay), ranchera (Mexico), cuecas (Chile), and boleros
(in countries such as Cuba, Puerto Rico and Mexico). One of the main characteristics of these
rhythms is their diversity and mixture of styles.
14
movie
15
to watch a movie
le gusta
(leh gOOstah)
No le gusta.
(noh leh GOOStah)
cantar
(kahnTAHR)
No le gusta bailar. Prefiere cantar.
(noh leh GOOStah bayLAHR prehFYEHreh
kahnTAHR)
película
(pehLEEkoolah)
mirar una película
(meeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
55
English
16
you prefer
17
Do you prefer to watch a movie?
18
to do
19
What do you prefer to do?
20
Do you want to go?
21
or
Spanish
prefieres
(prehFYEHrehs)
¿Prefieres mirar una película?
(prehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah)
hacer
(ahSEHR)
¿Qué prefieres hacer?
(keh prehFYEHrehs ahSEHR)
¿Quieres ir?
(KYEHrehs eer)
o
(oh)
¿Quieres ir a bailar o prefieres mirar
una película?
22
Do you want to go dancing or do you prefer to
watch a movie?
23
I prefer
24
I prefer to watch a movie.
25
to her
26
You can also include this type of expression, that is, a with the personal pronoun, in sentences
with gustar. This is usually done for emphasis. However, remember that you are really saying,
"To her it is not likeable" "To me it is likeable" etc. Ready?!
27
She doesn't like it.
28
to me
29
I do like it.
(KYEHrehs eer ah bayLAHR oh
prehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah)
prefiero
(prehFYEHroh)
Prefiero mirar una película.
(prehFYEHroh meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah)
a ella
(ah EHyah)
A ella no le gusta.
(ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah)
a mí
(ah mee)
A mí me gusta.
(ah mee meh GOOStah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
56
Maybe the next time! ¡Quizás la próxima vez!
English
1
Maybe the next time!
2
Maybe.
3
Quizás.
(keeSAHS)
¡Quizás la próxima!
(keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
5
the next time
6
will be (for permanent states of being)
9
(keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah behs)
(Maybe the next!)
time
8
¡Quizás la próxima vez!
Maybe the next time!
4
7
Spanish
vez
(behs)
la próxima vez
(lah PROHkseemah behs)
será
(sehRAH )
Next time!
¡La próxima vez será!
(It will be next time.)
(lah PROHkseemah behs sehRAH)
problema
problem
(prohBLEHmah)
No problem.
No hay problema.
(There is no problem.)
(noh ay prohBLEHmah)
¡No hay problema! La próxima vez será.
10
No problem! Next time.
11
I understand. Maybe next time!
12
pity
13
What a pity!
(noh ay prohBLEHmah lah PROHkseemah
behs sehRAH)
Entiendo. ¡Quizás la próxima vez!
14
(ehnTYEHNdoh keeSAHS lah
PROHkseemah behs)
lástima
(LAHSteemah)
¡Qué lástima!
(keh LAHSteemah)
¡Qué lástima! No puedo ir. ¡Quizás la
próxima!
What a pity! I can't go. Maybe next time!
(keh LAHSteemah noh PWEHdthoh eer
keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
57
Chapter 4: Dating
Citas, Saliendo Con Alguien
Chapter 4: Dating
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Extend an Invitation
Inquire About Someone's Habits
Strike Up a Conversation
Form the Imperfect Subjunctive Mood
Learn the Past Tense of the Irregular Verb Ir
Learn the Simple Past Tense Form for
Regular -ar Verbs
Practice the Present Perfect Tense Using
Haber
Reinforce the Use of Double Negatives
Conversation
English
Spanish
Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad?
Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?
(OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsah
behrDTHAHDTH)
Sí, te vi ayer con mi primo Carlos,
¿verdad?
Yes. I saw you yesterday with my cousin Carlos,
right?
(see teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh
KAHRlohs behrDTHAHDTH )
No me acuerdo de tu nombre, perdón.
I don't remember your name, sorry.
(noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh
pehrDTHOHN)
Sí, soy amigo de tu primo. Me llamo Juan.
Yes, I'm a friend of your cousin. My name is Juan.
(see soy ahMEEgoh deh too PREEmoh meh
YAHmoh hwahn)
Es un placer conocerte, Juan.
It's nice to meet you, Juan.
(ehs oon plahSEHR kohnohSEHRteh hwahn)
Igualmente. Oye, ¿has oído algo sobre la
fiesta de Ana este viernes?
Likewise. Listen, have you heard anthing about
Ana's party this Friday?
(eewahlMENteh OHyeh ahs ohEEdthoh
AHLgoh SOHbreh lah FYEHStah deh AHnah
EHSteh BYEHRnehs)
¡Claro! Acabó de invitarme.
Of course. She just invited me.
(KLAHroh ahkahBOH deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)
¡Qué bien! Me encantaría que me dejaras
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
58
Thats good! I would love it if you would let me
accompany you.
acompañarte.
(keh byehn meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
Mejor nos encontramos allí.
It's better if we meet there.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE )
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
59
Right? ¿Verdad?
English
1
2
Spanish
Remember you previously learned how to form tag questions, i.e., Ella se parece mucho a mí,
¿no? Now we will learn another type of tag question. Ready?!
Right?
¿Verdad?
(Truth?)
(behrDTHAHDTH)
Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad?
3
Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?
4
Ana's cousin
5
You're Ana's cousin, right?
6
last name
(OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsah
behrDTHAHDTH)
el primo de Ana
(ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah)
Eres el primo de Ana, ¿verdad?
(EHrehs ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah
behrDTHAHDTH)
apellido
(ahpehYEEdthoh)
Tu apellido es Saucedo - Gámez,
¿verdad?
7
Your last name is Saucedo - Gámez, right?
8
In Latin America, it is very common for people to have two last names. The first last name is the
paternal surname and the second is the maternal surname. So if you have the name Cielo
Flores - Baldemar, Flores is the paternal name and Baldemar is the maternal surname.
9
(too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs sahwSEHdthoh GAHmehs behrDTHAHDTH)
What is your last name?
¿Cuál es tu apellido?
(Which is your last name?)
(kwahl ehs too ahpehYEEdthoh)
¿Cierto?
10
True?
11
¿Cierto? is another way you can form a tag question in Spanish. Cierto and verdad are
interchangeable in most cases.
12
13
(SYEHRtoh)
Tu apellido es Garza, ¿cierto?
Your last name is Garza, right?
(too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs GAHRsah
SYEHRtoh)
(Your last name is Garza, true?)
There is another way to ask someone's last name in Spanish. You may hear ¿Cómo te
apellidas? which literally means, "How do you surname yourself?"
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
60
Sorry, I don't remember your name.
Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre.
English
Spanish
Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre.
1
Sorry, I don't remember your name.
2
to remember
3
Remember the reflexive verbs llamarse, me llamo and sentirse, me siento? Well,
acordarse is another reflexive verb. Remember, reflexive verbs mean the action of the subject
is being carried out on the subject itself. The personal pronouns se / me or te must always be
included with reflexive verbs.
4
I remember.
5
You might have noticed that we dropped the de from acordarse de (to remember) on the
previous slide. This is because when we use acordarse de, it must be followed by what was
remembered. If we simply want to say I remember, it should not be used.
6
name
7
I remember your name.
8
I don't remember.
9
(pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh
deh too NOHMbreh)
acordarse de
(ahkohrDTHAHRseh deh)
Me acuerdo.
(meh ahKWEHRdthoh)
nombre
(NOHMbreh)
Me acuerdo de tu nombre.
(meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh)
No me acuerdo.
(noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)
Sorry.
Perdón.
(Pardon.)
(pehrDTHOHN)
10
You already know Disculpe and Lo siento, can also mean, “I'm sorry.” Any one of these can be
used in this situation.
11
Sorry, I don't remember.
12
you remember
13
You don't remember?
14
(he) remembers
15
She doesn't remember your last name.
16
to forget
17
I forgot.
Perdón, no me acuerdo.
(pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)
te acuerdas
(teh ahKWEHRdthahs)
¿No te acuerdas?
(noh teh ahKWEHRdthahs)
se acuerda
(seh ahKWEHRdthah)
Ella no se acuerda de tu apellido.
(EHyah noh seh ahKWEHRdthah deh too
ahpehYEEdthoh)
olvidarse
(ohlbeeDTHAHRseh)
Se me olvidó.
(seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
61
English
18
boyfriend
19
your boyfriend's name
20
I forgot your boyfriend's name.
Spanish
novio
(NOHbyoh)
el nombre de tu novio
(ehl NOHMbreh deh too NOHbyoh)
Se me olvidó el nombre de tu novio.
(seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH ehl NOHMbreh
deh too NOHbyoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
62
I saw you yesterday with my cousin.
Te vi ayer con mi primo.
English
Spanish
Te vi ayer con mi primo.
1
I saw you yesterday with my cousin.
2
Do you remember the verbs conocer (to know), conocerte (to know you) and mostrar (to
show), mostrarte (to show you)? Attempt this next challenge with this in mind.
3
to see you
4
I see you
5
I saw
6
I saw you.
7
yesterday
8
I saw you yesterday.
9
I saw you yesterday with Rosa.
10
other
11
the other day
12
I saw you the other day.
13
to go out
14
you went out
15
Did you go out?
16
last night
17
Did you go out last night?
(teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh)
verte
(BEHRteh)
te veo
(teh BEHoh)
vi
(bee)
Te vi.
(teh bee)
ayer
(ahYEHR)
Te vi ayer.
(teh bee ahYEHR)
Te vi ayer con Rosa.
(teh bee ahYEHR kohn RROHsah)
otro
(OHtroh)
el otro día
(ehl OHtroh DEEah)
Te vi el otro día.
(teh bee ehl OHtroh DEEah)
salir
(sahLEER)
saliste
(sahLEESteh)
¿Saliste?
(sahLEESteh)
anoche
(ahNOHcheh)
¿Saliste anoche?
(sahLEESteh ahNOHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
63
English
Spanish
fuiste
18
you went
19
Did you go?
20
Did you go dancing with your girlfriend?
21
night club
22
husband
23
You may recall that esposo also means husband. Esposo and marido are synonyms and can
be used interchangeably.
(FWEESteh)
¿Fuiste?
(FWEESteh)
¿Fuiste a bailar con tu novia?
(FWEESteh ah bayLAHR kohn too
NOHbyah)
discoteca
(deeskohTEHkah)
marido
(mahREEdthoh)
¿Fuiste a la discoteca con tu marido
anoche?
24
Did you go to the night club with your
husband last night?
25
In some countries, like Mexico, a colloquial term to say my wife is mi vieja. This is similar to the
term, 'my old lady,' that is sometimes used in the US. You may also hear, mi señora.
Remember, señora is also used as a synonym for woman. These are very colloquial ways of
saying wife, but it is good to be aware of them when traveling abroad.
26
I went
27
the other night
28
Did you get the gender agreement for both 'the' (la) and 'other' (otra)?
29
I went the other night.
30
I went to the night club with my cousins last
night.
(FWEESteh ah lah deeskohTEHkah kohn
too mahREEdthoh ahNOHcheh)
fui
(fwee)
la otra noche
(lah OHtrah NOHcheh)
Fui la otra noche.
(fwee lah OHtrah NOHcheh)
Anoche fui a la discoteca con mis
primos.
(ahNOHcheh fwee ah lah deeskohTEHkah
kohn mees PREEmohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
64
Have you heard anything about Anna's party this
Friday?
¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Ana de este
viernes?
English
Spanish
¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Ana
de este viernes?
1
Have you heard anything about Anna's party
this Friday?
2
to hear
3
you have heard
4
Remember how we changed llegar (to arrive) to ha llegado (has / have arrived) and tener (to
have) to ha tenido (has / have had) by adding -ado for the -ar verbs and -ido for verbs ending
in -er. Well, verbs that end in -ir follow the same pattern as those that end in -er. Easy enough!
5
Have you heard?
6
about
7
The word sobre has more than one meaning and a synonym. Sobre can mean 'on top of,'
'about,' and 'envelope,' depending on the context. Another word for 'about' in this context is
acerca de.
8
have you heard about
9
have you heard something about
10
Ana's party
11
Friday
12
Days of the week, unlike English, are not capitalized in Spanish.
13
(ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHSteh
BYEHRnehs)
oír
(ohEER)
has oído
(ahs ohEEdthoh)
¿Has oído?
(ahs ohEEdthoh)
sobre
(SOHbreh)
has oído sobre
(ahs ohEEdthoh SOHbreh)
has oído algo sobre
(ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh)
la fiesta de Ana
(lah FYEHStah deh AHnah)
viernes
(BYEHRnehs)
la fiesta de Ana de este viernes
Ana's party this Friday
(lah FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHSteh
BYEHRnehs)
(the party of Ana of this Friday)
14
Did you notice that we used de before este viernes? When you want to say something about
an event on a particular day in Spanish it is very common to use "de" as in, "la fiesta de este
viernes" (the party this Friday) and "la cena del próximo lunes" (the dinner party next
Monday).
15
Did you notice that we used algo (something) to mean 'anything?' For sentences such as this
there is no equivalent to the English word, 'anything.' You simply use, algo.
16
(you) have heard
ha oído
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
65
16
(you) have heard
(ah ohEEdthoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
66
English
Spanish
¿Ha oído algo sobre la fiesta de este
viernes?
17
Have you heard anything about the party this
Friday?
18
I have heard
19
I have heard a lot about this night club.
20
I haven't heard anything.
21
Recall that there is no Spanish equivalent for 'anything' when used to mean 'nothing' or
'something.' Although, our American 2nd grade teachers frowned upon double negatives, i.e., 'I
don't want nothing' and 'He doesn't want no food,' this is actually the only way to construct such
sentences in Spanish. So instead of saying, "I haven't heard anything" in Spanish you actually
say, "I haven't heard nothing."
22
I haven't heard anything about the party.
23
we have heard
24
We have heard something about the party.
(ah ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah deh EHSteh BYEHRnehs)
he oído
(eh ohEEdthoh)
He oído mucho sobre esta discoteca.
(eh ohEEdthoh MOOchoh SOHbreh EHStah
deeskohTEHkah)
No he oído nada.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah)
No he oído nada sobre la fiesta.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh
lah FYEHStah)
hemos oído
(EHmohs ohEEdthoh)
Hemos oído algo sobre la fiesta.
(EHmohs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah)
25
I have heard that this Friday is your birthday!
26
Thursday
27
dance
¡He oído que este viernes es tu
cumpleaños!
(eh ohEEdthoh keh EHSteh BYEHRnehs
ehs too koomplehAHnyohs )
jueves
(HWEHbehs)
baile
(BAYleh)
No hemos oído nada sobre el baile de
este jueves.
28
We haven't heard anything about the dance
this Thursday.
29
Did you remember to use de before este and say de este jueves?
30
Saturday
31
(noh EHmohs ohEEdthoh NAHdthah
SOHbreh ehl BAYleh deh EHSteh
HWEHbehs)
sábado
(SAHbahdthoh)
I haven't heard anything about the parties this
Saturday.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
67
No he oído nada sobre las fiestas de
este sábado.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh
lahs FYEHStahs deh EHSteh
SAHbahdthoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
68
She just invited me. Ella acaba de invitarme.
English
Spanish
Ella acaba de invitarme.
1
She just invited me.
2
to invite
3
to invite me
4
to finish
5
just finished
6
she just finished...
7
Apenas and recién can also be used to mean just. For example, you can say, Acaba de
invitarme, Apenas me invitó or Recién me invitó. They all mean, "She just invited me."
8
Remember, you can also say Ella me acaba de invitar.
(EHyah ahKAHbah deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)
invitar
(eenbeeTAHR)
invitarme
(eenbeeTAHRmeh)
acabar
(ahkahBAHR )
acabar de
(ahkahBAHR deh)
ella acaba de...
(EHyah ahKAHbah deh)
Mi novio acaba de invitarme a bailar
esta noche.
9
My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.
10
I just finished
11
I just finished speaking with Maria.
12
Do you recall how we formed estamos (we are) from estar (to be) and bajamos (we get off)
from bajar (to get off)? Now apply this pattern to acabar de!
13
we just finished
14
We just finished eating.
15
(he / she / you 'formal') invited
16
She invited me last night.
17
Last night, he invited me dancing.
(mee NOHbyoh ahKAHbah deh
eenbeeTAHRmeh ah bayLAHR EHStah
NOHcheh)
acabo de
(ahKAHboh deh)
Acabo de hablar con María.
(ahKAHboh deh ahBLAHR kohn mahREEah)
acabamos de
(ahkahBAHmohs deh)
Acabamos de comer.
(ahkahBAHmohs deh kohMEHR)
invitó
(eenbeeTOH)
Ella me invitó anoche.
(EHyah meh eenbeeTOH ahNOHcheh)
Anoche, él me invitó a bailar.
(ahNOHcheh ehl meh eenbeeTOH ah
bayLAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
69
English
Spanish
acabó
18
(he / she / you 'formal') finished
19
Did you recognize the pattern? To form the simple past of regular -ar verbs for he / she / it and
you (formal), all you do is drop the -ar ending and add -ó. So, invitar becomes invitó and
acabar changes to acabó.
20
late
(ahkahBOH)
tarde
(TAHRdtheh)
La fiesta acabó muy tarde.
21
The party finished very late.
22
early
23
The dinner party finished very early.
24
to tell
25
to tell you
26
I just finished telling you!
(lah FYEHStah ahkahBOH mwee
TAHRdtheh)
temprano
(tehmPRAHnoh)
La cena acabó muy temprano.
(lah SEHnah ahkahBOH mwee
tehmPRAHnoh)
decir
(dehSEER)
decirte
(dehSEERteh)
¡Acabo de decirte!
(ahKAHboh deh dehSEERteh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
70
I would love it if you let me accompany you.
Me encantaría que me dejaras acompañarte.
English
Spanish
Me encantaría que me dejaras
acompañarte.
1
I would love it if you let me accompany you.
2
to accompany
3
to accompany you
4
to let
5
to let me
6
you (would) let me
7
The verb dejaras, is the past subjunctive form of dejar. It is also sometimes referred to as the
imperfect subjunctive. The past subjunctive form is used instead of the regular present
subjunctive because the main verb, encantar, is in the conditional form, me encantaría. It
may sound difficult now but just remember, whenever the main verb of the sentence is
conditional, i.e., would love (encantaría), etc, the secondary verb must be in the past
subjunctive form. Don't worry you will get plenty of practice with Mango!
8
Recall how we formed the conditional form of the verb gustar (to like) by adding the -ía ending,
gustaría (would like)? In English, we show conditionality by using the word would, as in, "I would
like to go," (Me gustaría ir). The conditional form can be, but is not always, followed by a
secondary clause. For example, I would like to go but I have to work (Me gustaría ir pero
tengo que trabajar). Forming the conditional form is easy in Spanish. Generally, all you do is
add the ending -ía to the verb. Now let's try this with encantar!
9
I would love
(meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
acompañar
(ahkohmpahNYAHR)
acompañarte
(ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
dejar
(dehHAHR)
dejarme
(dehHAHRmeh)
me dejaras
(meh dehHAHrahs)
me encantaría
(meh ehnkahntahREEah)
me encantaría que me dejaras
10
I would love it if you (would) let me
11
You may have said, "*me encantaría si me dejaras." However, in this case since we are using
the subjunctive form of the verb we use que, literally "that" instead of si (if). Remember,
generally when you have que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.
12
if you (would) let me accompany you
13
I would like to accompany you.
14
Can you accompany me to the night club?
(meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs)
que me dejaras acompañarte
(keh meh dehHAHrahs
ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
Me gustaría acompañarte.
(meh goostahREEah
ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
¿Puedes acompañarme a la discoteca?
(PWEHdthehs ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh ah
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
71
lah deeskohTEHkah)
15
¡Claro!
Of course!
(KLAHroh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
72
English
16
Spanish
You likely recall learning ¡Por supuesto! to say, "Of course!" ¡Por supuesto! and ¡Claro! are
synonymous and can be used interchangeably.
Me gustaría comprarte algo para
tomar.
17
I would like to buy you something to drink.
18
Would you let me?
19
Would you let me buy you something to
drink?
20
movie theater
21
Would you like to accompany me to the
movie theater?
22
you (could) accompany me
23
Me acompañaras is in the past subjunctive form. Changing regular -ar verbs for you (informal)
is really easy! All you do is add -as to the end. So, dejar becomes dejaras and acompañar is
acompañaras. Easy right?
24
I would like it if you accompany me to the
movie theater.
25
Of course! I would love it if you accompany
me to the party.
(meh goostahREEah kohmPRAHRteh
AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)
¿Me dejarías?
(meh dehhahREEahs)
¿Me dejarías comprarte algo para
tomar?
(meh dehhahREEahs kohmPRAHRteh
AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)
cine
(SEEneh)
¿Te gustaría acompañarme al cine?
(teh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh
ahl SEEneh)
me acompañaras
(meh ahkohmpahNYAHrahs)
Me gustaría que me acompañaras al
cine.
(meh goostahREEah keh meh
ahkohmpahNYAHrahs ahl SEEneh)
¡Claro! Me encantaría que me
acompañaras a la fiesta.
(KLAHroh meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
ahkohmpahNYAHrahs ah lah FYEHStah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
73
Better we meet each other there.
Mejor nos encontramos allí.
English
1
2
Spanish
Mejor nos encontramos allí.
Better we meet each other there.
(Better we find each other there.)
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE )
to meet each other
encontrarnos
(to find each other)
(ehnkohnTRAHRnohs)
3
Did you recognize that encontrarnos is a reflexive verb? Very Good! It comes from the verb
encontrarse. Don't forget that with reflexive verbs the action is being carried out on the subject
itself and the pronouns se, te, me, or (in this case nos) have to move to the front when the root
verb is changed.
4
For this next challenge, remember how we changed estar (to be) to estamos (we are) and
bajar (to get off) to bajamos (we get off). Ready?
5
we find
6
Now let's put the two together to say, "we find each other." Remember the verb ending -amos
and also remember the reflexive pronoun nos now moves to the front of the verb. Let's give it a
shot!
7
encontramos
(ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
we meet each other
nos encontramos
(we find each other)
(nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
mejor
8
better
9
We will meet each other there.
10
Tomorrow we will meet each other.
11
Monday
12
Monday we will meet each other there.
13
Did you notice we used the definite article, el, in front of the day of the week in Spanish? In
English we usually say, "I will see you Monday." However, in Spanish you must always use 'the'
before the day of the week. So, you would say, "Te veré el lunes," literally, "I will see you the
Monday." All the days of the week are masculine. So, just remember to always add el before the
day of the week.
14
Sunday
(mehHOHR)
Allí nos encontramos.
(ahYEE nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
Mañana nos encontramos.
(mahNYAHnah nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
lunes
(LOOnehs)
El lunes nos encontramos allí.
(ehl LOOnehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE)
domingo
(dohMEENgoh)
Nos encontramos el domingo.
15
We will meet each other Sunday.
16
Did you remember to use el in front of the day of the week? Good job!
(nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehl
dohMEENgoh)
Mejor nos encontramos allí esta noche.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
74
17
Better we meet each other there tonight.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE EHStah NOHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
75
English
Spanish
hoy
18
today
19
We will meet each other at the party today.
20
Tuesday
21
Tuesday we will meet each other there at the
party.
22
Better we meet each other there this
Tuesday.
(oy)
Hoy nos encontramos en la fiesta.
(oy nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehn lah
FYEHStah)
martes
(MAHRtehs)
El martes nos encontramos allí en la
fiesta.
(ehl MAHRtehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE ehn lah FYEHStah)
Mejor nos encontramos allí este martes.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE EHSteh MAHRtehs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
76
to love amar
English
Spanish
1
You may run into someone special on your travels and before you know it you will want to express
to them how you feel. This next section will teach you how to use key phrases commonly used
between couples in Latin America. Ready?
2
to love
3
to love you
4
I love
5
Remember to move the pronoun -te to the front of the verb.
6
I love you!
7
I love you so much!
8
Saying I love you to someone is very common in Latin America, whether it be with your boyfriend,
husband, someone in your family, or even a friend. People in Latin American countries are
generally very affectionate and not embarrassed to express themselves.
9
you love
10
Do you love me?
11
I love you too.
12
Did you say Te amo también (I love you too)? This is also okay.
13
love
14
Amor is the noun meaning love in general. The amorcito diminutive comes from this noun.
Many times you will hear people call their loved ones, mi amor (my love) or as we have learned
before, mi amorcito.
15
heart
16
There are many terms of endearment in Spanish, corazón (heart) can be used in this way. Many
times you will hear corazón or corazoncito between husbands and wives, boyfriends and
girlfriends, and between parents and children. Using endearing terms to show affection in Latin
America is very common.
17
with all my heart
amar
(ahMAHR)
amarte
(ahMAHRteh)
amo
(AHmoh)
¡Te amo!
(teh AHmoh)
¡Te amo mucho!
(teh AHmoh MOOchoh)
amas
(AHmahs)
¿Me amas?
(meh AHmahs)
También te amo.
(tahmBYEHN teh AHmoh)
amor
(ahMOHR)
corazón
(kohrahSOHN)
con todo mi corazón
(kohn TOHdthoh mee kohrahSOHN)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
77
English
Spanish
¡Te amo con todo mi corazón!
18
I love you with all my heart!
19
to miss
20
to miss you
21
I miss
22
I miss you.
23
you miss
24
Do you miss me?
25
(teh AHmoh kohn TOHdthoh mee
kohrahSOHN)
extrañar
(ehkstrahNYAHR)
extrañarte
(ehkstrahNYAHRteh)
extraño
(ehksTRAHnyoh)
Te extraño.
(teh ehksTRAHnyoh)
extrañas
(ehksTRAHnyahs)
¿Me extrañas?
(meh ehksTRAHnyahs)
Me too.
Yo también.
(I too.)
(yoh tahmBYEHN)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
78
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Chapter 5: Eating and Cooking
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Ask What a Dish is Made Of
Express That You Do Not Like Someting
Learn Local and Cultural Foods
Refer to Food Preparation Processes
Say You Like Certain Foods
Learn the Formal and Informal Imperative
Forms
Learn the Many Uses of Qué
Practice Imperative Verbs with Direct Object
Clitics
Practice the Subjunctive Form
Reinforce the Use of Clitics
Conversation
English
Spanish
¡Qué rica huele la comida! ¿Qué está
cocinando?
The food smells delicious! What are you cooking?
(keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah keh
ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh)
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para la
cena de esta noche.
I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah
NOHcheh)
¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha?
Yum! How is it made?
(mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)
No sé cocinar muy bien. ¿Usted me puede
enseñar?
I don't know how to cook very well. Can you teach
me?
(noh seh kohseeNAHR mwee byehn
oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)
¡Claro! Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias
y un chile del refrigerador.
Sure! Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili
pepper from the refrigerator.
(KLAHroh SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohs
sahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos al
agua que está hirviendo.
Then, cut them into little pieces and throw them in
the boiling water.
(LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwah
keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
Bueno,¿usted quiere que haga algo más?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
79
Okay, do you want me to do anything else?
(BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah
AHLgoh mahs)
Sí, añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y
una cucharita de ajo.
Yes, add a dash of salt and pepper and a
teaspoon of garlic.
(see ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl
ee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtah
deh AHhoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
80
The food smells delicious!
¡Qué rica huele la comida!
English
1
The food smells delicious!
2
to smell
3
smells
4
Spanish
¡Qué rica huele la comida!
(keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah)
oler
(ohLEHR)
huele
(WEHleh)
delicious
rica
(rich)
(RREEkah)
5
In Spanish, it is more common to say that the food smells, looks, or tastes rich. Unlike English,
we tend to say delicious in those circumstances, but most Spanish speakers will say rica.
Deliciosa (delicious) is also used, but rica tends to be more common. In this course we will use
both rica and deliciosa to mean delicious. So, when you hear delicious, you will know that you
can use either one.
6
It smells delicious!
7
Que can be used in many ways in Spanish. When used in questions it means, "what?" When it
appears at the beginning of an expression like, ¡Qué rica,! it means "how," as in, "How
delicious!" When que without an accent mark is in the middle of a phrase or sentence joining
together two clauses it means "that," as in, "The food that she cooks is delicious!" (¡La comida
que cocina es deliciosa!).
8
How delicious!
9
food
10
What delicious food!
11
Like many other people around the world, Latin American families use food to show love and
appreciation. Meal time is usually a time for families to socialize and spend time together. If
guests come over it is very common for the hostess to cook a meal for that person.
12
It's delicious!
13
The food is delicious!
14
From this point on we are going to practice using deliciosa, instead of rica, to mean delicious.
Just remember they both mean delicious and rica is more commonly used.
15
delicious
16
The food smells delicious.
¡Huele rica!
(WEHleh RREEkah)
¡Qué rica!
(keh RREEkah)
comida
(kohMEEdthah)
¡Qué rica comida!
(keh RREEkah kohMEEdthah)
¡Está rica!
(ehsTAH RREEkah)
¡La comida está rica!
(lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH RREEkah)
deliciosa
(dehleeSYOHsah)
La comida huele deliciosa.
(lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh
dehleeSYOHsah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
81
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
82
English
Spanish
rara
17
weird
18
The food smells weird.
19
to cook
20
I cook.
21
I cook delicious food!
22
to taste
23
The verb saber has two meanings. It can mean "to know" or "to taste." You just have to listen to
the context to figure out which saber is being used.
24
tastes
25
The food tastes delicious!
26
tasty
27
The food is tasty.
(RRAHrah)
¡La comida huele rara!
(lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh RRAHrah)
cocinar
(kohseeNAHR)
Cocino.
(kohSEEnoh)
¡Cocino comida deliciosa!
(kohSEEnoh kohMEEdthah
dehleeSYOHsah)
saber
(sahBEHR)
sabe
(SAHbeh)
¡La comida sabe deliciosa!
(lah kohMEEdthah SAHbeh
dehleeSYOHsah)
sabrosa
(sahBROHsah)
¡La comida está sabrosa!
(lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH sahBROHsah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
83
I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para la cena de esta
noche.
English
Spanish
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para la
cena de esta noche.
1
I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.
2
cooking
3
soup
4
I'm cooking soup.
5
chicken soup
6
Some countries have different ways of saying chicken and chicken soup. For example, "chicken
soup" in Mexico is commonly called caldo de pollo, but in Peru and other South American
countries, both pollo and gallina (hen) are used to mean chicken, so you may hear sopa de
gallina.
7
I'm cooking chicken soup.
8
dinner
9
I'm cooking dinner.
10
for dinner tonight
11
Did you get it right and put de before esta noche? Remember, when you want to say
something about an event on a particular day in Spanish you use de before the specific day or
time.
12
She is cooking chicken soup.
13
to bake
14
She's baking.
15
cake
16
In addition to pastel, torta is used in some countries to mean cake.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah
NOHcheh)
cocinando
(kohseeNAHNdoh)
sopa
(SOHpah)
Estoy cocinando sopa.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah)
sopa de pollo
(SOHpah deh POHyoh)
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh)
cena
(SEHnah)
Estoy cocinando la cena.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh lah SEHnah)
para la cena de esta noche
(PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah
NOHcheh)
Ella está cocinando sopa de pollo.
(EHyah ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah
deh POHyoh)
hornear
(ohrnehAHR)
Ella está horneando.
(EHyah ehsTAH ohrnehAHNdoh)
pastel
(pahsTEHL)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
84
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
85
English
17
Spanish
pastel de chocolate
chocolate cake
(pahsTEHL deh chohkohLAHteh)
Estoy horneando un pastel de chocolate
para la cena de esta noche.
18
I'm baking a chocolate cake for dinner
tonight.
19
to prepare
20
It is common to hear native Spanish speakers use the word preparar (to prepare) and hacer (to
make) instead of "to cook" (cocinar). It is useful to be familiar with all of these terms.
21
I'm preparing
(ehsTOY ohrnehAHNdoh oon pahsTEHL
deh chohkohLAHteh PAHrah lah SEHnah
deh EHStah NOHcheh)
preparar
(prehpahRAHR)
estoy preparando
(ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh)
Estoy preparando un pastel de
chocolate.
22
I'm preparing a chocolate cake.
23
to make
24
Did you remember that we introduced hacer as "to do"? Good job! It also means "to make."
25
she is making
26
She is making a cake.
27
breakfast
28
Remember that mañana means both "tomorrow" and "morning." Keep this in mind for the next
challenge.
(ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh oon pahsTEHL
deh chohkohLAHteh)
hacer
(ahSEHR)
ella está haciendo
(EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh)
Ella está haciendo un pastel.
(EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh oon
pahsTEHL)
desayuno
(dehsahYOOnoh)
Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el
desayuno de esta mañana.
29
I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this
morning.
30
Did you find it strange that we said Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el desayuno de
esta mañana (I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this morning)? It's common in many Latin
American countries to eat what we would would consider to be dinner food in the morning. Many
times you simply warm up the previous night's dinner for breakfast!
31
dessert
(ehsTOY ahSYEHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh PAHrah ehl dehsahYOOnoh deh
EHStah mahNYAHnah)
postre
(POHStreh)
32
Are you making a chocolate cake for dessert?
33
to eat dinner
¿Estás haciendo un pastel de chocolate
para el postre?
(ehsTAHS ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL deh
chohkohLAHteh PAHrah ehl POHStreh)
cenar
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
86
33
to eat dinner
(sehNAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
87
English
Spanish
34
Unlike English, in Spanish we have a verb for meal times. For example, dinner is cena and the
act of eating dinner is cenar.
35
We eat dinner.
36
What are we eating for dinner tonight?
37
You may have said, "*¿Qué estamos cenando para la cena de esta noche?" However,
just like we saw with Juega mi equipo favorito esta semana (My favorite team is playing this
week), the act of eating dinner is not happening in that moment but rather will take place in the
near future. In Spanish, we simply use the present tense, cenamos (we are eating dinner) or
literally, "we eat dinner." Also, para (for) is not necessary in Spanish. We simply say cenamos to
mean both, "we eat dinner" and "we are eating for dinner." Let's practice!
38
lunch
39
Latin American families have two lunch times. One before dinner (usually a normal meal) and
one after dinner that normally consists of coffee and bread or something light, depending on the
country. There is also an evening snack called a merienda that comes between lunch and
dinner.
40
to eat lunch
41
In some countries, and especially with Spanish speakers living in the United States, there exists
another word for lunch, lonche and the act of eating lunch is lonchar. It is borrowed from
English.
42
We eat lunch.
43
Today, we are eating lunch with my family.
Cenamos.
(sehNAHmohs)
¿Qué cenamos esta noche?
(keh sehNAHmohs EHStah NOHcheh)
almuerzo
(ahlMWEHRsoh)
almorzar
(ahlmohrSAHR)
Almorzamos.
(ahlmohrSAHmohs)
Hoy, almorzamos con mi familia.
(oy ahlmohrSAHmohs kohn mee
fahMEElyah)
Hoy almorzamos sopa de pollo.
44
Today we are eating chicken soup for lunch.
45
to eat breakfast
46
What do you want to eat for breakfast?
(oy ahlmohrSAHmohs SOHpah deh
POHyoh)
desayunar
(dehsahyooNAHR)
¿Qué quieres desayunar?
(keh KYEHrehs dehsahyooNAHR)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
88
Yum! How is it made? ¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha?
English
Spanish
¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha?
1
Yum! How is it made?
2
to be made
3
is made
4
Yum!
5
paella
6
Paella is a dish from Spain that is common in many Latin American countries, especially those
that are on the coast because it's made with seafood. It is a seafood rice dish in a tomato-like
sauce. ¡Qué rica paella! (What delicious paella!).
7
How is the paella made?
8
seafood
9
rice
10
Mariscos (seafood) can be used both in the singular and in the plural. When we are speaking of
one type of seafood, like octopus, we would use the singular, as in El pulpo es una clase de
marisco (Octopus is a kind of seafood). But when we are talking about more than one type we
use the plural Me gustan todos los mariscos (I like all seafood).
11
(mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)
estar hecha
(ehsTAHR EHchah)
está hecha
(ehsTAH EHchah)
¡Mmm!
(mmm)
paella
(pahEHyah)
¿Cómo está hecha la paella?
(KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah lah pahEHyah)
mariscos
(mahREESkohs)
arroz
(ahRROHS)
La paella está hecha con mariscos y
arroz.
The paella is made with seafood and rice.
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn
mahREESkohs ee ahRROHS)
La paella está hecha con salsa de
tomate, arroz y mariscos.
12
The paella is made with tomato sauce, rice
and seafood.
13
I like seafood.
14
The paella is made with seafood. Do you like
them?
15
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn
SAHLsah deh tohMAHteh ahRROHS ee
mahREESkohs)
Me gustan los mariscos.
(meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs)
La paella está hecha con mariscos. ¿Te
gustan?
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn
mahREESkohs teh GOOStahn)
at all
para nada
(for nothing)
(PAHrah NAHdthah)
¡No me gustan los mariscos para nada!
16
I don't like seafood at all!
(noh meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs
PAHrah NAHdthah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
89
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
90
English
Spanish
¿Te gusta la paella?
17
Do you like the paella?
18
sausage
19
I like the paella with sausages.
20
Remember, when we use the expression Me gusta (I like) and it is followed by que, the next
verb will be in the subjunctive form. Since we are using this expression we are going to need to
use the subjunctive. Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive? Try to apply
this to the verb estar for the next slide.
21
it is [subjunctive]
(teh GOOStah lah pahEHyah)
salchicha
(sahlCHEEchah)
Me gusta la paella con salchichas.
22
(meh GOOStah lah pahEHyah kohn
sahlCHEEchahs)
esté
(ehsTEH)
She doesn't like that her paella is made with
sausages.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
91
A ella no le gusta que su paella esté
hecha con salchicha.
(ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah keh soo
pahEHyah ehsTEH EHchah kohn
sahlCHEEchah)
Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili pepper
from the refrigerator.
Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y un chile del
refrigerador.
English
Spanish
Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y un
chile del refrigerador.
1
Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili
pepper from the refrigerator.
2
to take out
3
take out [imperative]
4
It is very easy to construct the informal command form of verbs in Spanish. All you do is remove
the -r from the end. So, instead of saying sacar, the informal command form would be saca.
Simple!
5
onion
6
Take out two onions.
7
carrot
8
Take out a carrot.
9
chili pepper
10
In most Latin American countries, chile means pepper, as in jalepeño pepper, green pepper, etc.
But in Peru and other countries in the Andean region of South America, every kind of pepper is
called ají.
11
two chili peppers and a carrot
12
Take out two chili peppers and a carrot.
13
refrigerator
14
from the refrigerator
15
Take out two chili peppers from the
refrigerator.
16
drawer
(SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohs
sahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
sacar
(sahKAHR)
saca
(SAHkah)
cebolla
(sehBOHyah)
Saca dos cebollas.
(SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs)
zanahoria
(sahnahOHryah)
Saca una zanahoria.
(SAHkah OOnah sahnahOHryah)
chile
(CHEEleh)
dos chiles y una zanahoria
(dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah sahnahOHryah)
Saca dos chiles y una zanahoria.
(SAHkah dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah
sahnahOHryah)
refrigerador
(rehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
del refrigerador
(dehl rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
Saca dos chiles del refrigerador.
(SAHkah dohs CHEElehs dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
cajón
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
92
16
drawer
(kahHOHN)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
93
English
17
fork
18
Take out a fork from the drawer.
19
spoon
20
Take out a spoon.
21
to return
22
return [imperative]
Spanish
tenedor
(tehnehDTHOHR)
Saca un tenedor del cajón.
23
(SAHkah oon tehnehDTHOHR dehl
kahHOHN)
cuchara
(kooCHAHrah)
Saca una cuchara.
(SAHkah OOnah kooCHAHrah)
devolver
(dehbohlBEHR)
devuelve
(dehBWEHLbeh)
Put the spoon back.
Devuelve la cuchara.
(Return the spoon.)
(dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah)
24
Another note worth mentioning is that on account of the English influence on Spanish, there is a
very anglicized way of saying "to put something back." Instead of devolver, it is very common to
hear poner para atrás. It is not grammatically correct in Spanish, but it is common to hear.
For example, Pon la cuchara para atrás, (usually pronounced like "Pon la cuchara pa'
tras," ) is more frequently heard than the grammatically correct Devuelve la cuchara.
25
knife
26
(kooCHEEyoh)
Devuelve el cuchillo al cajón.
Put the knife back in the drawer.
(dehBWEHLbeh ehl kooCHEEyoh ahl
kahHOHN)
(Put the knife back to the drawer.)
27
place
28
their
29
their place
30
cuchillo
lugar
(looGAHR)
su
(soo)
su lugar
(soo looGAHR)
Devuelve la cuchara y el cuchillo a su
lugar.
Put the spoon and the knife back in their
place.
(dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah ee ehl
kooCHEEyoh ah soo looGAHR)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
94
Then, cut them in little pieces and throw them into
the boiling water.
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos al agua que
está hirviendo.
English
1
Spanish
Then, cut them in little pieces and throw them
into the boiling water.
(Later, cut them in little pieces and throw them
to the water that is boiling.)
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos
al agua que está hirviendo.
(LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl
AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
cortar
2
to cut
3
cut [imperative]
4
cut them
5
Did you notice the pattern? Recall that we saw an example of a pronoun attaching to the end of
the verb once before with decirle (to tell her). With córtalos (cut them) we see another
example of an attached pronoun, los (them). However, this time we are using a command form
of the verb. So, we started with cortar (to cut), then made the informal command form corta
(cut), and then attached the pronoun (los). Easy, right?!
6
piece
7
Remember how we formed diminutives by adding endings like -ita, -ito, -cita and -cito to the
end of nouns? Take the word pedazo (piece) and make it diminutive, so that it will mean "little
piece."
8
little pieces
9
Pedacitos is the diminutive of the word pedazo (piece). The reason pedacitos is used here is
because we want "little" pieces, and that is what the word means. Diminutives are very commonly
used in Spanish.
10
(kohrTAHR)
corta
(KOHRtah)
córtalos
(KOHRtahlohs)
pedazo
(pehDTHAHsoh)
pedacitos
(pehdthahSEEtohs)
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos.
Then, cut them in little pieces.
(LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs)
(Later, cut them in little pieces.)
echar
11
to throw
12
There is more than one way to say "to throw" in Spanish. Echar, tirar, and botar each convey
this meaning.
13
throw them [imperative]
14
15
(ehCHAHR)
échalos
(EHchahlohs)
Then, throw them into the water.
Luego, échalos al agua.
(Later, throw them to the water.)
(LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah)
hervir
to boil
(ehrBEER)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
95
16
hirviendo
boiling
(eerBYEHNdoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
96
English
17
18
Spanish
está hirviendo
is boiling
(ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
boiling water
agua que está hirviendo
(water that is boiling)
(AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
19
Then, throw them into the boiling water.
20
first (1st)
Luego, échalos al agua que está
hirviendo.
(LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah keh
ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
primero (1°)
(preeMEHroh)
Primero, córtalos en pedacitos y
échalos al agua que está hirviendo.
21
First cut them in little pieces and throw them
into the boiling water.
22
cut [imperative]
23
It's very easy to form the formal command with Spanish. We begin with a word like cortar.
Seeing that it ends in -ar, we simply drop the -r and end up with corta, which is our informal
command form. In a formal command, instead of dropping the -r we drop the -ar and add and -e
to end up with corte. The -ir and -er verbs end with an -a in their respective formal commands.
The rule is just like the subjunctive.
(preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl
AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
corte
(KOHRteh)
Corte los chiles en pedacitos.
24
Cut the chili peppers into little pieces.
25
Now let's practice making the formal command with the attached pronoun. Remember, swap the
-ar ending for -e and add the pronoun to the end. Ready?!
26
throw them
27
Throw them in the water.
28
potato
29
The word for potato in Latin America is papa, but in Spain it is patata.
30
to stir
31
stir [imperative]
32
Stir the potatoes.
33
stir [imperative]
(KOHRteh lohs CHEElehs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs)
échelos
(EHchehlohs)
Échelos al agua.
(EHchehlohs ahl AHwah)
papa
(PAHpah)
revolver
(rrehbohlBEHR)
revuelve
(rrehBWEHLbeh)
Revuelve las papas.
(rrehBWEHLbeh lahs PAHpahs)
revuelva
(rrehBWEHLbah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
97
English
Spanish
Revuélvalas.
34
Stir them.
35
to grind
36
grind [imperative]
37
First, grind the chili peppers.
38
Grind the chili peppers and throw them into
the water.
39
pot
40
Grind them and throw them in the pot.
41
to mash
42
mash [imperative]
43
In order to complete this next challenge, you need to realize that when we say "them" we are
referring to "las papas." So make sure to get the gender right.
44
Mash them.
45
Take out the potatoes from the pot and mash
them.
(rrehBWEHLbahlahs)
moler
(mohLEHR)
muele
(MWEHleh)
Primero, muele los chiles.
(preeMEHroh MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs)
Muele los chiles y échalos al agua.
(MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs ee EHchahlohs
ahl AHwah)
olla
(OHyah)
Muélelos y échalos a la olla.
(MWEHlehlohs ee EHchahlohs ah lah
OHyah)
machacar
(mahchahKAHR)
machaca
(mahCHAHkah)
Machácalas.
(mahCHAHkahlahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
98
Saca las papas de la olla y machácalas.
(SAHkah lahs PAHpahs deh lah OHyah ee
mahCHAHkahlahs)
Ok. Do you want me to do anything else?
Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algo más?
English
Spanish
Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algo
más?
Ok. Do you want me to do anything else?
1
(Good. Do you want that I do something
more?)
(BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh
AHgah AHLgoh mahs)
2
Recall our WEIRDO NUT model when forming the subjunctive for this next lesson. If the verb is
about "Desire" (the "D" in our acronym), like querer, and is followed by que, then we need the
subjunctive. This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.
3
do [subjunctive]
4
Do you want me to do something?
5
Bueno means "good," but in this type of context it can also mean "okay" or "alright."
6
haga
(AHgah)
¿Usted quiere que haga algo?
(oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah AHLgoh)
What do you want me to do?
¿Qué quieres que haga?
(What do you want that I do?)
(keh KYEHrehs keh AHgah)
¿Quieres algo más?
7
Do you want something else?
8
Do you want anything else from the
refrigerator?
9
This next presentation is in the subjunctive form of the verb.
10
you do
11
I don't want you to do that.
12
go [subjunctive]
13
Recall how to use the command form of ir to give directions: Vaya a la derecha (Go to the
right). Well, the subjunctive uses the same form as the formal command. So when you see that
the verb ir needs to be put in the formal subjunctive, always use vaya.
14
Do you want her to go?
15
This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.
16
you go [subjunctive]
17
I want you to go to the kitchen.
18
for something
(KYEHrehs AHLgoh mahs)
¿Quiere algo más del refrigerador?
(KYEHreh AHLgoh mahs dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
hagas
(AHgahs)
No quiero que hagas eso.
(noh KYEHroh keh AHgahs EHsoh)
vaya
(BAHyah)
¿Usted quiere que ella vaya?
(oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh EHyah BAHyah)
vayas
(BAHyahs)
Quiero que vayas a la cocina.
(KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah)
por algo
(pohr AHLgoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
99
English
19
Spanish
I want you to go to the kitchen for something
else.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
100
Quiero que vayas a la cocina por algo
más.
(KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah
pohr AHLgoh mahs)
Add a dash of salt and pepper and a teaspoon of
garlic.
Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y una cucharita
de ajo.
English
Spanish
Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y
una cucharita de ajo.
1
Add a dash of salt and pepper and a
teaspoon of garlic.
2
to add
3
For this next challenge remember, to make the informal command form of a verb in Spanish, all
you do is remove the final -r and if the verb ends in an -i change this to an -e. Ready?!
4
add [imperative]
5
Agregar is a synonym of añadir; you can use them both interchangeably.
6
dash
7
Add a dash.
8
Add a dash of salt.
9
pepper
10
Add a dash of salt and pepper.
11
garlic
12
teaspoon
13
Recall that "spoon" is cuchara, from the phrase devuelve la cuchara (put the spoon back)?
The word "teaspoon" in Spanish is just the diminutive form of spoon. It literally means "little
spoon." Interesting, right?
14
a teaspoon of garlic
15
after
16
In English we use the word "then" when we want to indicate something that happened or will
happen after something else, i.e., "First cut them in little pieces. Then add a pinch of salt." In
Spanish, you need to use después (after) for these types of sentences. Generally when giving
instructions luego y después can be used interchangeably.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl
ee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah
koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)
añadir
(ahnyahDTHEER)
añade
(ahNYAHdtheh)
pizca
(PEESkah)
Añade una pizca.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah)
Añade una pizca de sal.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl)
pimienta
(peeMYEHNtah)
Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl
ee peeMYEHNtah )
ajo
(AHhoh)
cucharita
(koochahREEtah)
una cucharita de ajo
(OOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)
después
(dehsPWEHS)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
101
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
102
English
17
Then, add a dash of salt and pepper and a
teaspoon of garlic.
18
cup
19
a cup of sugar
20
Add a cup of sugar.
Spanish
Después, añade una pizca de sal y
pimienta y una cucharita de ajo.
(dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdtheh OOnah
PEESkah deh sahl ee peeMYEHNtah ee
OOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)
taza
(TAHsah)
una taza de azúcar
(OOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )
Añade una taza de azúcar.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah deh
ahSOOkahr )
Primero, córtalos en pedacitos.
Después, añade una taza de azúcar.
21
First, cut them in little pieces. Then add a cup
of sugar.
22
flour
23
add
(preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs dehsPWEHS
ahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah deh
ahSOOkahr )
harina
(ahREEnah)
añada
(ahNYAHdthah)
Añada una taza de harina y dos
cucharitas de azúcar.
24
Add a cup of flour and two teaspoons of
sugar.
25
corn
26
There is also another word for corn, choclo. It is actually a word from Quechua, the indigenous
population of the Andes, who are the living descendants of the Inca Empire.
27
Can you add a cup of corn to the pot?
28
cornmeal
29
Add a cup of cornmeal.
(ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh
ahREEnah ee dohs koochahREEtahs deh
ahSOOkahr )
maíz
(mahEES)
¿Puedes añadir una taza de maíz a la
olla?
(PWEHdthehs ahnyahDTHEER OOnah
TAHsah deh mahEES ah lah OHyah)
harina de maíz
(ahREEnah deh mahEES)
Añada una taza de harina de maíz.
30
(ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh
ahREEnah deh mahEES)
Revuelve la harina de maíz con dos
cucharitas de azúcar.
Stir the cornmeal with two teaspoons of
sugar.
(rrehBWEHLbeh lah ahREEnah deh
mahEES kohn dohs koochahREEtahs deh
ahSOOkahr )
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
103
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
104
Can you teach me? ¿Usted me puede enseñar?
English
Spanish
¿Usted me puede enseñar?
1
Can you teach me?
2
to teach
3
The verb enseñar can also be translated as "to show."
4
to teach me
5
This line can be said two ways. Remember, we have the option of putting the pronoun ( me, te,
le,or se) either in front of the verb, or it can be attached to the end. For example, instead of
saying, ¿Usted me puede enseñar? You can say ¿Usted puede enseñarme?
6
to teach you
7
I want to teach you to cook.
8
Can you teach me to cook?
(meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR ah
kohseeNAHR)
I don't know how to cook.
No sé cocinar.
(I don't know to cook.)
(noh seh kohseeNAHR)
(oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh
ehnsehNYAHR)
enseñar
(ehnsehNYAHR)
enseñarme
(ehnsehNYAHRmeh)
enseñarte
(ehnsehNYAHRteh)
Quiero enseñarte a cocinar.
(KYEHroh ehnsehNYAHRteh ah
kohseeNAHR)
¿Me puede enseñar a cocinar?
9
10
In Spanish, you don't need to use cómo (how) along with saber (to know) when followed by
another verb, as this combination implies knowing "how" to do something. For example, you say,
"No sé cómo" (I don't know how) but, "No sé cocinar" (I don't know how to cook - literally, "*I
don't know to cook.")
11
I don't know how to cook. Can you teach me?
12
to use
13
oven
14
Recall the verb "to bake" (hornear). Now we are teaching the noun "oven" (horno). Can you see
that the verb comes from the noun here? This will help you remember both vocabulary words.
15
to use the oven
16
You want me to teach you to use the oven?
17
microwave
No sé cocinar. ¿Me puedes enseñar?
(noh seh kohseeNAHR meh PWEHdthehs
ehnsehNYAHR)
usar
(ooSAHR)
horno
(OHRnoh)
usar el horno
(ooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)
¿Quieres que te enseñe a usar el horno?
(KYEHrehs keh teh ehnSEHnyeh ah
ooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)
microondas
(meekrohOHNdahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
105
English
18
No, I prefer the microwave.
19
stove
20
Can you teach me to use the stove?
Spanish
No, prefiero el microondas.
(noh prehFYEHroh ehl meekrohOHNdahs)
estufa
(ehsTOOfah)
¿Me puedes enseñar a usar la estufa?
(meh PWEHdthehs ehnsehNYAHR ah
ooSAHR lah ehsTOOfah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
106
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscapes
El Tiempo y los Paisajes
Chapter 6: Weather and Landscapes
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Describe The Land
Describe The Weather
Use Proper Measurement for Temperature
Be Introduced to Haber As Another "To Be"
Learn New Translations for Subir and Bajo
Learn the Future Tense
Reinforce the Subjuntive Mood
Use Hacer to Refer to the Weather
Conversation
English
Spanish
¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje!
Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR ee deesfrooTAHR
dehl paySAHheh)
¿Adónde quieres ir a pasear?
Where do you want go for walk?
(ahDTHOHNdeh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR)
A la playa cerca de las montañas.
To the beach close to the mountains.
(ah lah PLAHyah SEHRkah deh lahs
mohnTAHnyahs)
¿Hace calor hoy?
Is it hot today?
(AHseh kahLOHR oy)
Sí y hace sol también.
Yes, and it's sunny too.
(see ee AHseh sohl tahmBYEHN)
¿Cuál es la temperatura ahora?
What is the temperature now?
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahOHrah)
Treinta y dos grados.
Thirty two degrees.
(TREYNtah ee dohs GRAHdthohs)
Vámonos entonces.
Let's go then.
(BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
107
Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape!
¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje!
English
Spanish
1
Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape!
2
to go for a walk
3
(eer ah pahsehAHR)
Vamos.
(BAHmohs)
5
landscape
6
to enjoy
9
ir a pasear
(We go.)
Let's go for a walk!
8
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR ee
deesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)
Let's go.
4
7
¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del
paisaje!
¡Vamos a pasear!
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR)
paisaje
(paySAHheh)
disfrutar
(deesfrooTAHR)
enjoy the landscape
disfrutar del paisaje
(to enjoy of the landscape)
(deesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)
Did you notice that disfrutar was followed by de? To enjoy is disfrutar. However, when it is
followed by the thing to be enjoyed or, the direct object, you have to add the preposition de. So,
you are really saying "to enjoy of," as in, "to enjoy of the landscape" (disfrutar del paisaje).
¡Vamos a disfrutar del paisaje!
Let's go enjoy the landscape!
(BAHmohs ah deesfrooTAHR dehl
paySAHheh)
(We go to enjoy of the landscape.)
¡Qué hermoso paisaje!
10
What a beautiful landscape!
11
a walk
12
you enjoyed
13
Did you enjoy the walk?
14
ruins
15
There are many ancient ruins for visitors to see in Latin America. In Mexico, for example, you can
go to the great Chichen Itza, located in the Yucatan Peninsula. In Peru, you can hike the Inca
Trail and visit Machu Picchu. You may also be interested in the Lost City (Ciudad Perdida) in
Colombia. This city is said to have housed a population somewhere between 2,000 to 8,000
people! So you will have plenty of chances to learn all about ancient civilizations.
(keh ehrMOHsoh paySAHheh)
un paseo
(oon pahSEHoh)
disfrutaste
(deesfrooTAHSteh)
¿Disfrutaste del paseo?
(deesfrooTAHSteh dehl pahSEHoh)
ruinas
(RRWEEnahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
108
English
Spanish
¡Vamos a las ruinas!
16
Let's go to the ruins!
17
through
18
Let's go for a walk through the ruins.
19
Did you enjoy your walk through the ruins?
20
Let's go see.
21
pyramid
22
Did you know that Latin America has more pyramids than the rest of the world combined? The
best known Latin American pyramids include the Castillo at Chichén Itzá in the Yucatan, the
Great Pyramid in the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlan, the Pyramid at Cholula, the Inca's great
temple at Cuzco in Peru, and the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon at
Teotihuacán in central Mexico. The Great Pyramid of Cholula in Puebla, Mexico is the largest
pyramid by volume in the world!
23
Let's go see the pyramids!
(BAHmohs ah lahs RRWEEnahs)
por
(pohr)
Vamos a pasear por las ruinas.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
RRWEEnahs)
¿Disfrutaste de tu paseo por las ruinas?
(deesfrooTAHSteh deh too pahSEHoh
pohr lahs RRWEEnahs)
Vamos a ver.
(BAHmohs ah behr)
pirámide
(peeRAHmeedtheh)
¡Vamos a ver las pirámides!
(BAHmohs ah behr lahs
peeRAHmeedthehs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
109
It's hot. Hace calor.
English
1
Spanish
It's hot.
Hace calor.
(It makes heat.)
(AHseh kahLOHR )
calor
2
heat
3
In English, we use the verb "to be" to refer to the weather, e.g., "It's hot," "It's raining," etc.
However in Spanish, when referring to the weather we use the verb hacer (to make).
4
it makes
5
What heat!
6
cold
7
It's cold today.
8
it made
9
10
11
(kahLOHR)
hace
(AHseh)
¡Qué calor!
(keh kahLOHR)
frío
(FREEoh)
Hace frío hoy.
(AHseh FREEoh oy)
hizo
(EEsoh)
Yesterday, it was cold.
Ayer hizo frío.
(Yesterday, it made cold.)
(ahYEHR EEsoh FREEoh)
pasado
past
(pahSAHdthoh)
last week
la semana pasada
(the past week)
(lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah)
La semana pasada hizo frío.
12
Last week it was cold.
13
It was hotter today than yesterday.
14
it will make
15
Tomorrow, it will be hot.
16
next week
17
You may also hear, "la semana que viene," (the week that is coming) or "la semana que
entra" (the week that is entering) to mean, "next week." All three ways are correct.
(lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah EEsoh
FREEoh)
Hizo más calor hoy que ayer.
(EEsoh mahs kahLOHR oy keh ahYEHR)
hará
(ahRAH)
Mañana hará calor.
(mahNYAHnah ahRAH kahLOHR)
la próxima semana
(lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
110
English
Spanish
18
Just like in English, Spanish also has two ways to describe a future event. You can use the future
tense, i.e., Hará calor mañana (It will be hot tomorrow), literally, "It will make heat tomorrow," or
the simple future tense, Va a hacer calor mañana (It is going to be hot tomorrow), literally, "It
is going to make heat tomorrow."
19
Next week, it is going to be hot.
20
Is it going to be cold tomorrow?
21
Will it be cold tomorrow?
22
sun
La próxima semana va a hacer calor.
23
(lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah bah ah
ahSEHR kahLOHR)
¿Va a hacer frío mañana?
(bah ah ahSEHR FREEoh mahNYAHnah)
¿Hará frío mañana?
(ahRAH FREEoh mahNYAHnah)
sol
(sohl)
Today it's sunny.
Hoy hace sol.
(Today it makes sun.)
(oy AHseh sohl)
soleado
24
sunny
25
Using hacer is not the only way to convey, "It's sunny, cold, etc." You can also use estar.
Ready?
26
It's sunny.
27
cloud
28
There are many clouds!
29
Can you see the sun? There aren't many
clouds.
30
cloudy
31
It's very cloudy today.
32
(sohlehAHdthoh)
Está soleado.
(ehsTAH sohlehAHdthoh)
nube
(NOObeh)
¡Hay muchas nubes!
(ay MOOchahs NOObehs)
¿Puedes ver el sol? No hay muchas
nubes.
(PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl noh ay
MOOchahs NOObehs)
nublado
(nooBLAHdthoh)
Está muy nublado hoy.
(ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh oy)
No puedes ver el sol. Está muy
nublado.
You can't see the sun. It's very cloudy.
(noh PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl ehsTAH
mwee nooBLAHdthoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
111
What is the weather forecast for today?
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para hoy?
English
1
What is the weather forecast for today?
2
weather
3
prognosis
4
5
Spanish
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para
hoy?
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh PAHrah oy)
tiempo
(TYEHMpoh)
pronóstico
(prohNOHSteekoh)
weather forecast
pronóstico del tiempo
(prognosis of the weather)
(prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh)
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo?
What is the weather forecast?
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh)
(Which is the forecast of the weather ?)
el pronóstico del tiempo para hoy
6
the weather forecast for today
7
How is the weather?
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh
PAHrah oy)
¿Cómo está el tiempo?
(KOHmoh ehsTAH ehl TYEHMpoh)
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para
este fin de semana?
8
What is the weather forecast for this
weekend?
9
to rain
10
You are probably familiar with the English idiomatic expression, "It's raining cats and dogs!" There
is a similar expression in Spanish. We say, "¡Llueven sapos de panza!" which more or less
translates to, "It's raining toads on their bellies!" meaning, the rain drops are so big they look like
toad bellies!
11
It's going to rain.
12
It's very cloudy. Is it going to rain?
13
the forecast says
14
The forecast says that it is going to rain.
15
to forecast
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh PAHrah EHSteh feen deh
sehMAHnah)
llover
(yohBEHR)
Va a llover.
(bah ah yohBEHR)
Está muy nublado. ¿Va a llover?
(ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh bah ah
yohBEHR)
el pronóstico dice
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh)
El pronóstico dice que va a llover.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh bah ah
yohBEHR)
pronosticar
(prohnohsteeKAHR)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
112
16
pronostican
(they) forecast
(prohnohsTEEkahn)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
113
English
Spanish
lluvia
17
rain
18
They forecast rain.
19
bad weather
20
Do you recall learning that singular masculine nouns drop the -o when they precede the noun
they modify? Recall the examples, un buen día vs. un día bueno, and un buen hombre vs.
un hombre bueno. This same rule applies to the adjective mal/ malo. We could place this
adjective after the noun it modifies and say tiempo malo (bad weather), in which case you can
see we add the -o back to the end of the word.
21
Do they forecast bad weather for this
weekend?
22
good weather
23
24
(YOObyah)
Pronostican lluvia.
(prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah)
mal tiempo
(mahl TYEHMpoh)
¿Pronostican mal tiempo para este fin
de semana?
(prohnohsTEEkahn mahl TYEHMpoh
PAHrah EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
buen tiempo
(bwehn TYEHMpoh)
the entire week
toda la semana
(all the week)
(TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)
No, they forecast good weather for the entire
week.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
114
No, pronostican buen tiempo para toda
la semana.
(noh prohnohsTEEkahn bwehn TYEHMpoh
PAHrah TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)
There is going to be a storm today.
Va a haber una tormenta hoy.
English
Spanish
Va a haber una tormenta hoy.
1
There is going to be a storm today.
2
storm
3
to be
4
You previously learned that haber means “to have” when used as part of the present perfect
tense, e.g., to have worked (haber trabajado), etc. But haber, just like many other words you
have seen already, has multiple meanings. You have also already learned two other ways to say
“to be” in Spanish, ser and estar. Well, if you remember the word hay (there is/are), keep in
mind that it is actually a form of haber. So, whenever you want to use "there is/are," you will use
haber. Let's practice!
5
there is going to be
6
Is there going to be bad weather tomorrow?
7
hurricane
8
Hurricanes strike at different places in Latin America, and depending on where they strike, they
can be called hurricanes (huracanes), typhoons (tifones), or cyclones (ciclones).
9
There's going to be a hurricane!
10
In America, the hurricane season lasts from June to November and affects the north Atlantic and
northeast Pacific oceans. The most threatened areas are the Caribbean, Mexico, Central
America, and the east and Gulf coasts of the United States. Therefore, if you are planning to
travel to these areas during the hurricane season be sure to keep track of weather to make sure
you are properly prepared!
11
It rained.
12
Yesterday, it rained.
13
Did it rain a lot?
14
hail
(bah ah ahBEHR OOnah tohrMEHNtah oy)
tormenta
(tohrMEHNtah)
haber
(ahBEHR)
va a haber
(bah ah ahBEHR)
¿Va a haber mal tiempo mañana?
15
(bah ah ahBEHR mahl TYEHMpoh
mahNYAHnah)
huracán
(oorahKAHN)
¡Va a haber un huracán!
(bah ah ahBEHR oon oorahKAHN)
Llovió.
(yohBYOH)
Ayer llovió.
(ahYEHR yohBYOH)
¿Llovió mucho?
(yohBYOH MOOchoh)
granizo
(grahNEEsoh)
It's going to hail.
Va a caer granizo.
(Hail is going to fall.)
(bah ah kahEHR grahNEEsoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
115
English
16
17
Spanish
cayó
it fell
(kahYOH)
It hailed yesterday.
Cayó granizo ayer.
(Hail fell yesterday.)
(kahYOH grahNEEsoh ahYEHR)
18
to snow
19
Is it going to snow today?
20
I think that it's going to snow.
21
snow
22
Do you like the snow?
23
The snow is beautiful but very cold.
24
sleet
nevar
(nehBAHR)
¿Va a nevar hoy?
(bah ah nehBAHR oy)
Creo que va a nevar.
(KREHoh keh bah ah nehBAHR)
nieve
(NYEHbeh)
¿Te gusta la nieve?
(teh GOOStah lah NYEHbeh)
La nieve es hermosa pero muy fría.
25
26
(lah NYEHbeh ehs ehrMOHsah PEHroh
mwee FREEah)
aguanieve
(ahwahNYEHbeh)
El martes va a caer aguanieve.
Tuesday, it's going to sleet.
(ehl MAHRtehs bah ah kahEHR
ahwahNYEHbeh)
(The Tuesday, it's going to fall sleet.)
¿Cayó mucha aguanieve?
Did it sleet a lot?
(kahYOH MOOchah ahwahNYEHbeh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
116
Do you want to go for a walk through the mountains
close to the beach?
¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas cerca de la
playa?
English
Spanish
¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas
cerca de la playa?
1
Do you want to go for a walk through the
mountains close to the beach?
2
mountains
3
Did you know that Aconcagua is the highest peak in the western hemisphere? It is located in
Mendoza, Argentina, and its peak reaches 6,962 m (22,841 ft.)
4
through the mountains
5
You want to go for a walk through the
mountains?
6
beach
7
8
(KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
mohnTAHnyahs SEHRkah deh lah
PLAHyah)
montañas
(mohnTAHnyahs)
por las montañas
(pohr lahs mohnTAHnyahs)
¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas?
(KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
mohnTAHnyahs)
playa
(PLAHyah)
close to the beach
cerca de la playa
(close of the beach)
(SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)
bosque
forest
(BOHSkeh)
Vamos a pasear por el bosque.
9
10
Let's go for a walk through the forest.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr ehl
BOHSkeh)
I'm going to go for a walk through the forest.
(I'm going to give a walk through the forest.)
Voy a dar un paseo por el bosque.
(boy ah dahr oon pahSEHoh pohr ehl
BOHSkeh)
11
Both ir a pasear and dar un paseo mean, "to go for a walk." Although, dar un paseo is
usually used to mean "to give a walk around," generally they can be used interchangeably.
12
desert
13
There are many deserts in Latin America. The Atacama Desert in northern Chile is the driest
place on Earth! And, the Patagonia Desert, located primarily in Argentina with small parts in
Chile, is the largest desert in America.
14
It's hot in the desert.
15
You don't want to go for a walk in the desert.
It's very hot!
desierto
(dehSYEHRtoh)
Hace calor en el desierto.
(AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
117
No quieres ir a pasear en el desierto.
¡Hace mucho calor!
(noh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR ehn ehl
dehSYEHRtoh AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR)
16
ciudad
city
(syooDTHAHDTH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
118
English
Spanish
Hace más frío en mi ciudad que en el
desierto.
17
It's colder in my city than in the desert.
18
Lost City
19
La Ciudad Perdida is located in Sierra Nevada, Colombia. It is believed to have been founded
around 800 A.D. The only entrance to the city is through the dense jungle at the top of
approximately 1,200 stone steps!
20
(AHseh mahs FREEoh ehn mee
syooDTHAHDTH keh ehn ehl
dehSYEHRtoh)
Ciudad Perdida
(syooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)
¡Vamos a ver las ruinas de la Ciudad
Perdida!
Let's go see the ruins of the Lost City!
(BAHmohs ah behr lahs RRWEEnahs deh
lah syooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
119
What is the temperature today?
¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy?
English
1
2
3
Spanish
What is the temperature today?
¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy?
(Which is the temperature today?)
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah oy)
temperatura
temperature
(tehmpehrahTOOrah)
What is the temperature?
¿Cuál es la temperatura?
(Which is the temperature?)
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah)
¿Cuál será la temperatura mañana?
4
What will the temperature be tomorrow?
5
was
6
You have already learned that era is the past tense form of ser. And this is correct. However,
Spanish actually has two simple past tense forms: the preterite and the imperfect. Fue is the
preterite form of ser used to refer to the 3rd person: he/ she/ it, and the 2nd person formal: you.
This preterite form is used to refer to actions in the past that were performed a specific number of
times or that are seen as completed. For example, "The game (that we played yesterday) was
fun," (El juego [que jugamos ayer] fue divertido). The imperfect form, on the other hand,
is used to talk about actions that occurred repeatedly or over a long period of time in the past.
For example, "The game (that we played as children) was fun," (El juego [que jugabamos de
niños] era divertido). Since, in this lesson we are referring to the weather of a specific day,
yesterday for example, we will use the preterite past tense form. This is because yesterday is of
course completed and yesterday's weather therefore cannot be something that occurred over a
long period of time. This may seem complicated now, but don't worry, you will get plenty of
practice with Mango!
7
What was the temperature yesterday?
8
The temperature will be high tomorrow.
9
The temperature was higher today than
yesterday.
10
low
11
Bajo can mean both "short" and "low." Remember, the verb bajar (to get off)? Well, Yo bajo
aquí, isn't, "I'm short here," or "I'm low here," but rather, "I get off here."
(kwahl sehRAH lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
mahNYAHnah)
fue
(fweh)
¿Cuál fue la temperatura ayer?
(kwahl fweh lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
ahYEHR)
La temperatura será alta mañana.
12
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah sehRAH AHLtah
mahNYAHnah)
La temperatura fue más alta hoy que
ayer.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs
AHLtah oy keh ahYEHR)
bajo
(BAHhoh)
La tempertatura fue más baja ayer que
hoy.
The temperature was lower yesterday than
today.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs
BAHhah ahYEHR keh oy)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
120
The temperature is going to reach thirty degrees
Sunday.
La temperatura va a alcanzar los treinta grados el
domingo.
English
Spanish
La temperatura va a alcanzar los treinta
grados el domingo.
1
The temperature is going to reach thirty
degrees Sunday.
2
Did you know that the United States is the only country in the world that officially uses Fahrenheit
to measure the temperature? It is! Everyplace else uses Celsius. Thirty-two degrees Celsius is
equal to about 90 degrees Fahrenheit. You can find conversion calculators online to help you get
used to the different system.
3
degrees
4
thirty degrees
5
to reach
6
It's going to reach thirty degrees.
7
Remember that in Spanish, you need to use the article in front of the day of the week, and that
days of the week are not capitalized.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah
ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs
ehl dohMEENgoh)
grados
(GRAHdthohs)
treinta grados
(TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)
alcanzar
(ahlkahnSAHR)
Va a alcanzar los trienta grados.
(bah ah ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah
GRAHdthohs)
¡La temperatura no va a alcanzar los
veinte grados hoy!
8
The temperature is not going to reach twenty
degrees today!
9
will reach
10
Future tense is easy in Spanish! For regular verbs all you do is take the root form, like alcanzar,
and add á to the end: alcanzará. So ser (to be) becomes será (will be).
11
12
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah noh bah ah
ahlkahnSAHR lohs BEYNteh GRAHdthohs
oy)
alcanzará
(ahlkahnsahRAH)
La temperatura alcanzará los treinta
grados.
The temperature will reach thirty degrees.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahlkahnsahRAH
lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)
El pronóstico del tiempo dice que la
temperatura alcanzará los diez grados
hoy.
The weather forecast says that the
temperature will reach ten degrees today.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh
DEEseh keh lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
ahlkahnsahRAH lohs dyehs GRAHdthohs
oy)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
121
subir
13
to go up
14
You may recall that we learned subir as "to get on." Subir has multiple meanings in Spanish
just like bajar. Subir also means, "to go up."
15
The temperature is going to go up Tuesday.
(sooBEER)
La temperatura va a subir el martes.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER
ehl MAHRtehs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
122
English
16
The forecast says that the temperature is
going to go up on Tuesday.
17
to go down
18
Tomorrow the temperature is going to go
down.
19
It's going to go down five degrees.
20
Spanish
El pronóstico dice que la temperatura
va a subir el martes.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh lah
tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehl
MAHRtehs)
bajar
(bahHAHR)
Mañana la temperatura va a bajar.
(mahNYAHnah lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
bah ah bahHAHR)
Va a bajar cinco grados.
(bah ah bahHAHR SEENkoh GRAHdthohs)
They forecast that the temperature is going
to go down ten degrees.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
123
Pronostican que la temperatura va a
bajar diez grados.
(prohnohsTEEkahn keh lah
tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah bahHAHR
dyehs GRAHdthohs)
Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.
Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por si refresca.
English
Spanish
1
Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.
2
to take
3
let's take
4
our
5
our coats
6
Let's take our coats.
7
to get cooler
8
it gets cooler
9
in case
10
in case it gets cooler
11
Is it going to get cooler?
12
Let's take water.
13
we take
Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por si
refresca.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohs
ahBREEgohs pohr see rrehFREHSkah)
llevar
(yehBAHR)
vamos a llevar
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR)
nuestro
(NWEHStroh)
nuestros abrigos
(NWEHStrohs ahBREEgohs)
Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos.
14
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohs
ahBREEgohs)
refrescar
(rehfrehsKAHR)
refresca
(rehFREHSkah)
por si
(pohr see)
por si refresca
(pohr see rrehFREHSkah)
¿Va a refrescar?
(bah ah rrehfrehsKAHR)
Vamos a llevar agua.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah)
llevamos
(yehBAHmohs)
What should we take?
¿Qué llevamos?
(What do we take?)
(keh yehBAHmohs)
parque
15
park
16
The Galápagos Islands National Park is a must see if traveling to Ecuador!
17
It's hot in the park.
(PAHRkeh)
Hace calor en el parque.
(AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
124
English
Spanish
18
Let's take water in case it's hot in the park.
19
umbrella
20
They forecast rain. Should we take the
umbrella?
Vamos a llevar agua por si hace calor
en el parque.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah pohr see
AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)
paraguas
(pahRAHwahs)
Pronostican lluvia. ¿Llevamos el
paraguas?
(They forecast rain. Do we take the umbrella?)
(prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah yehBAHmohs
ehl pahRAHwahs)
Llueve.
21
It rains.
22
Does it rain a lot?
23
in case it rains
24
Let's take the umbrella in case it rains
tonight.
25
waterfall
26
Salto Ángel (Angel Falls) in the jungle of Venezuela, is the world's highest waterfall. It is 3,212
feet high and the plunge is 2,648 feet! ¡Qué hermoso!
27
Are you going to the waterfalls?
28
camera
29
take [imperative]
30
Take the camera.
31
Are you going to go to the waterfalls? Take
the camera!
32
It snows.
33
in case it snows
34
Do you want my coat?
(YWEHbeh)
¿Llueve mucho?
(YWEHbeh MOOchoh)
por si llueve
(pohr see YWEHbeh)
Vamos a llevar el paraguas por si llueve
esta noche.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR ehl pahRAHwahs
pohr see YWEHbeh EHStah NOHcheh)
catarata
(kahtahRAHtah)
¿Vas a las cataratas?
(bahs ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs)
cámara
(KAHmahrah)
lleva
(YEHbah)
Lleva la cámara.
(YEHbah lah KAHmahrah)
¿Vas a ir a las cataratas? ¡Lleva la
cámara!
(bahs ah eer ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs
YEHbah lah KAHmahrah)
Nieva.
(NYEHbah)
por si nieva
(pohr see NYEHbah)
¿Quieres mi abrigo?
(KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
125
English
Spanish
¿Quieres llevar mi abrigo por si nieva?
35
Do you want to take my coat in case it snows?
36
Do you want my coat in case it gets cooler?
(KYEHrehs yehBAHR mee ahBREEgoh pohr
see NYEHbah)
¿Quieres mi abrigo por si refresca?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
126
(KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh pohr see
rrehFREHSkah)
Let's go then, before it rains!
¡Vámonos entonces, antes de que llueva!
English
Spanish
¡Vámonos entonces, antes de que
llueva!
1
Let's go then, before it rains!
2
Let's go! [imperative]
3
Vámonos is the command form, "Let's go!" It's different than saying vamos. Although vamos
is sometimes used to mean "let's go," it really means, "we go / are going," as in, Vamos a la
playa (We go / are going to the beach). Vámonos a la playa can only be translated, "Let's go
to the beach."
4
Let's go then!
5
before
6
(BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs AHNtehs deh
keh YWEHbah)
¡Vámonos!
(BAHmohnohs)
¡Vámonos entonces!
(BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)
antes
(AHNtehs)
let's go before
vámonos antes de que
(let's go before of that)
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh)
llueva
7
it rains [subjunctive]
8
Think back to our WEIRDO NUT model for the subjunctive mood: wishes, impersonal expressions,
emotions, requests, doubts, opinions, negative commands, uncertainty, or tentativeness. Before
it rains (antes de que llueva), indicates tentativeness. Therefore we use the subjunctive form
of the verb to rain (llueva). Also, another clue is that it comes immediately after que.
9
before it rains
10
(he/ she/ it) falls [subjunctive]
11
(YWEHbah)
antes de que llueva
(AHNtehs deh keh YWEHbah)
caiga
(KAYgah)
¡Vámonos antes de que caiga granizo!
Let's go before it hails!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgah
grahNEEsoh)
(Let's go before hail falls!)
12
Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive in Spanish? Generally if the verb
ends in "-ar" you drop this ending and add an "-e." And, if the verb ends in "-er" or "-ir," you will
drop this and add an "-a." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.
13
(it) snows [subjunctive]
14
Let's go before it snows!
nieve
(NYEHbeh)
¡Vámonos antes de que nieve!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh NYEHbeh)
¡Vámonos antes de que caiga
aguanieve!
15
Let's go before it sleets!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgah
ahwahNYEHbehvAHmohnohs AHntehs deh
keh kAHeegah ahgooahneeEHveh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
127
Chapter 7: Shopping
Ir de Compras
Chapter 7: Shopping
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Inquire About Store Hours
Say the Names of Different Types of Stores
Understand Sizing in Spanish
Practice More Reflexive Verbs
Practice Using the Personal Pronoun Clitics,
Me and Te
Pratice Forming Verbs in Second Person
Simple Past Tense
Use the Impersonal Pronoun Clitic Lo
Use the Preposition A for Time
Conversation
English
Spanish
Tengo que ir de compras.
I have to go shopping.
(TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)
¿Qué necesitas comprar?
What do you need to buy?
(keh nehsehSEEtahs kohmPRAHR)
Me quedé sin leche y también necesito
zapatos nuevos.
I'm out of milk and I also need new shoes.
(meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee
tahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs
NWEHbohs)
¿Qué número calzas?
What size shoe do you wear?
(keh NOOmehroh KAHLsahs)
Creo que el número aquí es cuarenta.
I think the number here is forty.
(KREHoh keh ehl NOOmehroh ahKEE ehs
kwahREHNtah)
¿Qué zapatería me recomiendas?
What shoe store do you recommend?
(keh sahpahtehREEah meh
rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
Vamos a la zapatería que está en la calle
San Martín.
Let's go to the shoe store on San Martín street.
(BAHmohs ah lah sahpahtehREEah keh
ehsTAH ehn lah KAHyeh sahn mahrTEEN)
¿A qué hora cierra?
What time does it close?
(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
128
Mmm...no sé. Pero aquí las tiendas cierran
tarde.
Mmm… I don’t know, but the stores here close
late.
(mmm noh seh PEHroh ahKEE lahs
TYEHNdahs SYEHrrahn TAHRdtheh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
129
I have to go shopping. Tengo que ir de compras.
English
Spanish
Tengo que ir de compras.
1
I have to go shopping.
2
to go shopping
3
I have to...
4
mall
5
In many Latin American countries, people use the English word "shopping" to refer to both the
building and the action of going shopping. So, you will probably hear people say Me voy de
shopping or Me voy al shopping. Did you notice the preposition change? Therefore, de
shopping means de compras and al shopping means al centro comercial.
6
to the mall
7
I have to go to the mall.
8
dress
9
I have to buy a dress.
10
for the party
11
for the party tonight
(TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)
ir de compras
(eer deh KOHMprahs)
tengo que...
(TEHNgoh keh)
centro comercial
(SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
al centro comercial
(ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
Tengo que ir al centro comercial.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL)
vestido
(behsTEEdthoh)
Tengo que comprar un vestido.
(TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh)
para la fiesta
(PAHrah lah FYEHStah)
para la fiesta de esta noche
(PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh EHStah
NOHcheh)
Tengo que comprar un vestido para la
fiesta de esta noche.
12
I have to buy a dress for the party tonight.
13
shoe store
14
I have to go to the shoe store.
15
to leave
(TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh
EHStah NOHcheh)
zapatería
(sahpahtehREEah)
Tengo que ir a la zapatería.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ah lah
sahpahtehREEah)
irse
(EERseh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
130
English
Spanish
16
You previously learned about reflexive verbs. Recall that with reflexive verbs the subject is
performing the action on itself. Remember the reflexive verb llamarse literally, "to call oneself?"
Well, irse is the reflexive form of ir (to go) and literally means, "to go oneself." With reflexive
verbs you must always include the pronoun me, te, or se.
17
I leave
18
I have to leave.
19
Do you recall the two ways to say, "Can I show you the living room?" (¿Puedo mostrarle la sala
de estar? and ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?)? In Spanish you can leave the
pronoun attached to the end of the verb or move it to the front of the sentence. Now try moving
the pronoun from irme to the front.
20
I have to leave.
21
I'm leaving.
22
I go
23
Voy literally means "I go." But, it is also used to mean, "I'm coming." For example, if someone is
calling your name or knocking at your door, you should yell out, ¡Voy! to let them know you are
on your way.
24
I'm going shopping.
25
It is also common to hear, Me voy de compras.
26
I'm going to the mall.
27
you go
28
Are you going to the shoe store?
29
shopping with me
30
Are you going shopping with me?
irme
(EERmeh)
Tengo que irme.
(TEHNgoh keh EERmeh)
Me tengo que ir.
(meh TEHNgoh keh eer)
Me voy.
(meh boy)
voy
(boy)
Voy de compras.
(boy deh KOHMprahs)
Voy al centro comercial.
(boy ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
vas
(bahs)
¿Vas a la zapatería?
(bahs ah lah sahpahtehREEah)
de compras conmigo
(deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)
¿Vas de compras conmigo?
(bahs deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
131
I ran out of milk! ¡Me quedé sin leche!
English
1
I ran out of milk!
¡Me quedé sin leche!
(I stayed without milk. )
(meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh)
2
to stay
3
I stay
4
I stayed
5
Spanish
quedarse
(kehDTHAHRseh)
quedarme
(kehDTHAHRmeh)
me quedé
(meh kehDTHEH)
I ran out of
me quedé sin
(I stayed without)
(meh kehDTHEH seen)
leche
6
milk
7
without milk
8
I didn't run out of milk!
9
stationery
10
In Spanish, the word hoja can mean both "sheet" of paper (stationery) or "leaf" from a tree.
Don't worry, the context will help you grasp the correct meaning!
11
I ran out of stationery.
12
stationery store
13
I'm going to the stationery store.
14
I ran out of stationery. I'm going to the
stationery store.
15
Are you going to the stationery store? Will you
buy me stationery?
16
carton
17
milk carton
(LEHcheh)
sin leche
(seen LEHcheh)
¡No me quedé sin leche!
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh )
hoja
(OHhah)
Me quedé sin hojas.
(meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs)
papelería
(pahpehlehREEah)
Voy a la papelería.
(boy ah lah pahpehlehREEah)
Me quedé sin hojas. Voy a la papelería.
(meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs boy ah lah
pahpehlehREEah)
¿Vas a la papelería? ¿Me compras
hojas?
(bahs ah lah pahpehlehREEah meh
KOHMprahs OHhahs)
cartón
(kahrTOHN)
cartón de leche
(kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
132
English
18
Spanish
El cartón de leche está en el
refrigerador.
The milk carton is in the refrigerator.
19
I didn't run out of milk! The carton is in the
refrigerator.
20
Oh!
21
Oh no!
22
cereal
23
Oh no! I ran out of cereal!
24
box
25
box of cereal
26
Can you buy a box of cereal?
(ehl kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh ehsTAH ehn
ehl rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
¡No me quedé sin leche! El cartón está
en el refrigerador.
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ehl
kahrTOHN ehsTAH ehn ehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
¡Ay!
(ay)
¡Ay no!
(ay noh)
cereales
(sehrehAHlehs)
¡Ay no! Me quedé sin cereales.
(ay noh meh kehDTHEH seen
sehrehAHlehs)
caja
(KAHhah)
caja de cereales
(KAHhah deh sehrehAHlehs)
¿Puedes comprar una caja de cereales?
27
I ran out of cereal. Can you buy a box?
28
market
29
I have to go to the market.
30
Are you going to the market?
31
Can you go to the market?
32
Can you go to the market? I ran out of milk
and cereal.
33
kilo
(PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah
deh sehrehAHlehs)
Me quedé sin cereales. ¿Puedes
comprar una caja?
(meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehs
PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah)
mercado
(mehrKAHdthoh)
Tengo que ir al mercado.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Vas al mercado?
(bahs ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Puedes ir al mercado?
(PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Puedes ir al mercado? Me quedé sin
leche y cereales.
(PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh meh
kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee sehrehAHlehs
)
kilo
(KEEloh)
Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore,
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
133
34
Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore,
they use kilos instead of pounds (libras). The word kilo comes from the Greek word "thousand"
(that is, a thousand grams). One kilo equals 2.20 pounds.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
134
English
Spanish
Me quedé sin azúcar. ¿Puedes comprar
un kilo, por favor?
35
I ran out of sugar. Can you buy a kilo, please?
36
liter
37
I need a liter of milk for the cake.
38
also
39
40
(meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr
PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR oon KEEloh pohr
fahBOHR)
litro
(LEEtroh)
Necesito un litro de leche para el
pastel.
(nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh deh LEHcheh
PAHrah ehl pahsTEHL)
también
(tahmBYEHN)
Me quedé sin azúcar y también
necesito un litro de leche.
I ran out of sugar and I also need a liter of
milk.
(meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr ee
tahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh
deh LEHcheh)
No me quedé sin leche. ¡Aquí hay un
litro!
I didn't run out of milk. There's a liter here!
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ahKEE
ay oon LEEtroh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
135
What store do you recommend?
¿Qué tienda me recomiendas?
English
1
What store do you recommend?
2
to recommend
3
you recommend
4
you recommend to me
5
What do you recommend to me?
6
What store?
Spanish
¿Qué tienda me recomiendas?
(keh TYEHNdah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
recomendar
(rrehkohmehnDAHR)
recomiendas
(rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
me recomiendas
(meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
¿Qué me recomiendas?
(keh meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
¿Qué tienda?
(keh TYEHNdah)
7
Can you recommend a store to me, please?
8
I need to buy a dress.
9
What a beautiful dress!
¿Me puedes recomendar una tienda,
por favor?
(meh PWEHdthehs rrehkohmehnDAHR
OOnah TYEHNdah pohr fahBOHR)
Necesito comprar un vestido.
(nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh)
¡Qué hermoso vestido!
(keh ehrMOHsoh behsTEEdthoh)
10
I need to buy a dress. What clothing store do
you recommend to me?
11
I recommend
12
I recommend to you
13
Necesito comprar un vestido. ¿Qué
tienda de ropa me recomiendas?
(nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh keh TYEHNdah deh
RROHpah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
recomiendo
(rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
te recomiendo
(teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
la tienda que está en la avenida San
Juan
the store that is on San Juan Avenue
(lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)
14
I recommend to you the store that is on San
Juan Avenue.
15
I want to buy shoes.
Te recomiendo la tienda que está en la
avenida San Juan.
(teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh lah TYEHNdah keh
ehsTAH ehn lah ahbehNEEdthah sahn
hwahn )
Quiero comprar zapatos.
(KYEHroh kohmPRAHR sahPAHtohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
136
16
nuevo
new
(NWEHboh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
137
English
Spanish
zapatos nuevos
17
new shoes
18
I need new shoes.
19
I recommend that shoe store to you.
20
We formed repetirlo (to repeat it) from repetir (to repeat), and aprendiéndolo (learning it)
from aprendiendo (learning). Now try applying this pattern to recomendar. Ready?
21
to recommend it
22
he recommends
23
He recommends it.
24
Did you notice how the pronoun lo moved from the end of the verb to the front? When the verb
changes form to agree with the subject, the attached pronoun detaches and moves in front of the
verb. This is why recomendarlo (to recommend it) becomes Él lo recomienda (He
recommends it).
25
For this next slide assume that "it" refers to la tienda de ropa.
26
He recommends it.
27
For this next challenge, recall how we changed invitar (to invite) to invitó (he/she invited) and
acabar (to finish) to acabó (he/she finished).
28
he recommended
29
She recommended it.
30
he recommended to you
31
In Spanish, él te recomendó can mean either "he recommended to you" (as in, "He
recommended that store to you"), or "he recommended you" (as in, "He recommended you for
the job"). As you already know, the context will help you get it right!
32
He recommended it to you.
33
For this next challenge assume that "it" refers to la tienda.
34
She recommended it to me.
(sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)
Necesito zapatos nuevos.
(nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)
Te recomiendo esa zapatería.
(teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
recomendarlo
(rrehkohmehnDAHRloh)
él recomienda
(ehl rrehkohMYEHNdah)
Él lo recomienda.
(ehl loh rrehkohMYEHNdah)
Él la recomienda.
(ehl lah rrehkohMYEHNdah)
él recomendó
(ehl rrehkohmehnDOH)
Ella lo recomendó.
(EHyah loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
él te recomendó
(ehl teh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Él te lo recomendó.
(ehl teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Ella me la recomendó.
(EHyah meh lah rrehkohmehnDOH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
138
English
35
She recommended it to you.
36
What store did he recommend to you?
37
He recommended that shoe store to me.
Spanish
Ella te lo recomendó.
(EHyah teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
¿Qué tienda te recomendó?
(keh TYEHNdah teh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Él me recomendó esa zapatería.
(ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
38
He recommended to me the shoe store that
is on San Juan Avenue.
39
pretty shoes
40
That shoe store has pretty shoes.
41
I recommend it to you.
Él me recomendó la zapatería que está
en la avenida San Juan.
(ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH lah
sahpahtehREEah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)
zapatos bonitos
(sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)
Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos.
42
(EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHneh
sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)
Te lo recomiendo.
(teh loh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. Te
la recomiendo.
That shoe store has pretty shoes. I
recommend it to you.
(EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHneh
sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs teh lah
rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
139
That store sells inexpensive suits.
Esa tienda vende trajes económicos.
English
Spanish
Esa tienda vende trajes económicos.
1
That store sells inexpensive suits.
2
to sell
3
it sells
4
that store sells
5
suit
6
inexpensive
7
inexpensive suits
8
I'm going to buy a new suit.
9
What does that store sell?
10
inexpensive dresses
(EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh TRAHhehs
ehkohNOHmeekohs)
vender
(behnDEHR)
vende
(BEHNdeh)
esa tienda vende
(EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh )
traje
(TRAHheh)
económico
(ehkohNOHmeekoh)
trajes económicos
(TRAHhehs ehkohNOHmeekohs)
Voy a comprar un traje nuevo.
11
12
(boy ah kohmPRAHR oon TRAHheh
NWEHboh)
¿Qué vende esa tienda?
(keh BEHNdeh EHsah TYEHNdah)
vestidos económicos
(behsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)
La tienda que está en la avenida San
Juan vende vestidos económicos.
The store that is on San Juan Avenue sells
inexpensive dresses.
(lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn BEHNdeh
behsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)
evening dress
vestido de fiesta
(dress of party)
(behsTEEdthoh deh FYEHStah)
Disculpe, ¿vende vestidos de fiesta?
13
Excuse me, do you sell evening dresses?
14
expensive
15
Those shoes are expensive!
16
Don't go to that store.
(deesKOOLpeh BEHNdeh behsTEEdthohs
deh FYEHStah)
caro
(KAHroh)
¡Esos zapatos son caros!
(EHsohs sahPAHtohs sohn KAHrohs)
No vayas a esa tienda.
(noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
140
English
Spanish
17
Do you recall the pattern for making the plural form of verbs? It's easy! You only have to replace
the "-r" with an "-n"! Keep this in mind for the next slide!
18
they sell
19
The shoes that they sell are expensive.
ellos venden
(EHyohs BEHNdehn)
Los zapatos que venden son caros.
20
Don't go to that store. The shoes that they
sell are expensive.
21
I don't recommend that shoe store to you.
(lohs sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohn
KAHrohs)
No vayas a esa tienda. Los zapatos que
venden son caros.
(noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah lohs
sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohn
KAHrohs)
No te recomiendo esa zapatería.
22
(noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
No te recomiendo esa zapatería.
Venden zapatos caros.
I don't recommend that shoe store to you.
They sell expensive shoes.
(noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah BEHNdehn sahPAHtohs
KAHrohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
141
What time does it close? ¿A qué hora cierra?
English
1
What time does it close?
¿A qué hora cierra?
(To what hour does it close?)
(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)
2
to close
3
it closes
4
hour
5
Spanish
cerrar
(sehRRAHR)
cierra
(SYEHrrah)
hora
(OHrah)
What time?
¿A qué hora?
(To what hour?)
(ah keh OHrah)
música
6
music
7
Do you remember the Spanish phrase tienda de ropa (clothing store)? Can you follow the
same pattern and figure out what the Spanish word for the next slide is?
8
music store
9
What time does the music store close?
10
You will find that many businesses display their hours of operation in military time, i.e., a 24 hour
format. However, this is not very common when people speak. Here we will practice the way you
say time in a conversation.
11
p.m.
12
Remember that in Spanish the preposition a is used in the question ¿A qué hora? literally, "To
what time?" You use this same structure when saying the time.
13
At seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.).
14
Did you notice that you need to include the article the with the hour? Literally you are saying, "To
the seven of the afternoon."
15
The music store closes at seven p.m. (7:00
p.m.).
16
to open
17
(he / she / it) opens
(MOOseekah)
tienda de música
(TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah)
¿A qué hora cierra la tienda de música?
(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah lah TYEHNdah
deh MOOseekah)
de la tarde
(deh lah TAHRdtheh)
A las siete de la tarde (7:00 p.m.).
(ah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)
La tienda de música cierra a las siete
de la tarde (7:00 p.m.).
(lah TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah SYEHrrah
ah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)
abrir
(ahBREER)
abre
(AHbreh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
142
English
18
What time does it open?
19
What time does the mall open?
20
a.m.
21
At eight a.m. (8:00 a.m.).
Spanish
¿A qué hora abre?
(ah keh OHrah AHbreh)
¿A qué hora abre el centro comercial?
(ah keh OHrah AHbreh ehl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL)
de la mañana
(deh lah mahNYAHnah)
A las ocho de la mañana (8:00 a.m.).
(ah lahs OHchoh deh lah mahNYAHnah)
Abre a las nueve de la mañana (9:00
a.m.).
22
It opens at nine a.m. (9:00 a.m.).
23
At one a.m. (1:00 a.m.).
24
Did you say *a las uno de la mañana? That's almost correct. This is the only exception to the
use of las when giving the time. Because the number one is singular you use la. Also, when
talking about time it is always understood that hora is part of the phrase, as in, a la una (hora)
de la mañana. Therefore, since hora is feminine, you will use the feminine form of uno: una,
and say, a la una de la mañana (at one a.m).
25
If you go to Latin America, you will probably be surprised to see public places opened until very
late. In some countries, people have dinner at 9 or 10 pm. Therefore, restaurants open and close
very late at night, and so do pubs, discos, and shopping malls. In other cases, especially in
countries where the weather can get really hot, stores in general close at noon and open when
the sun starts to go down.
(AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh deh lah
mahNYAHnah)
A la una de la mañana (1:00 a.m.).
(ah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)
El centro comercial cierra a la una de la
mañana. (1:00 a.m.)
26
The mall closes at one a.m. (1:00 a.m.)
27
What time is it?
28
Excuse me, what time is it?
29
It's six (6:00).
30
You may have said *Es las seis? Good try! But, not quite. Remember the verb has to agree
with the noun in gender and number. This is why you use the plural form of ser, and say, Son las
seis (It's six).
31
It's eight p.m. (8:00 p.m.).
32
Did you say *A las ocho de la tarde? That's almost correct! In Spanish tarde refers to both
afternoon and evening. Noche (night) is used after seven pm.
33
It's one (1:00).
(ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrah
ah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)
¿Qué hora es?
(keh OHrah ehs)
Disculpe, ¿qué hora es?
(deesKOOLpeh keh OHrah ehs)
Son las seis (6:00).
(sohn lahs seys)
Son las ocho de la noche (8:00 p.m.).
(sohn lahs OHchoh deh lah NOHcheh)
Es la una (1:00).
(ehs lah OOnah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
143
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
144
English
34
Spanish
The number one is singular, therefore you will need to use es instead of son. Don't worry! This is
the only case you will use es for time!
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
145
I think that the pharmacy closes around eight
(8:00).
Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededor de las ocho
(8:00).
English
Spanish
1
I think that the pharmacy closes around eight
(8:00).
2
pharmacy
3
the pharmacy closes
4
I think that it closes...
5
I think that the pharmacy closes at eight
(8:00).
6
around
7
Around eight (8:00).
Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededor
de las ocho (8:00).
(KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah
ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)
farmacia
(fahrMAHsyah)
la farmacia cierra
(lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah)
creo que cierra...
(KREHoh keh SYEHrrah)
Creo que la farmacia cierra a las ocho
(8:00).
(KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah
ah lahs OHchoh)
alrededor de
(ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh)
Alrededor de las ocho (8:00).
(ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)
El centro comercial cierra alrededor de
las diez (10:00).
8
The mall closes around ten (10:00).
9
I'm leaving around eight (8:00).
10
Let's go around four (4:00).
(BAHmohs ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs
KWAHtroh)
sharp
en punto
(on point)
(ehn POONtoh)
(ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrah
ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs)
Me voy alrededor de las ocho (8:00).
(meh boy ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs
OHchoh)
Vamos alrededor de las cuatro (4:00).
11
12
The store opens at nine sharp (9:00).
13
from one to three p.m.
14
La tienda abre a las nueve en punto
(9:00).
(lah TYEHNdah AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh
ehn POONtoh)
de una a tres de la tarde
(deh OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )
The stationery store closes from one to three
p.m.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
146
La papelería cierra de una a tres de la
tarde.
(lah pahpehlehREEah SYEHrrah deh
OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )
15
open
16
Excuse me, is it open?
abierto
(ahBYEHRtoh)
Disculpe, ¿está abierto?
(deesKOOLpeh ehsTAH ahBYEHRtoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
147
English
Spanish
No creo que la farmacia esté abierta.
17
I don't think that the pharmacy is open.
18
Remember that in Spanish, when you negate the verb creer you have to use the second verb in
the subjunctive form. Therefore, you will say No creo que la farmacia esté abierta (I don't
think the pharmacy is open) but Creo que la farmacia está abierta (I think the pharmacy is
open).
19
closed
20
(noh KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah
ehsTEH ahBYEHRtah)
cerrado
(sehRRAHdthoh)
Son las nueve en punto. Creo que la
farmacia está cerrada.
It's nine sharp. I think that the pharmacy is
closed.
(sohn lahs NWEHbeh ehn POONtoh
KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTAH
sehRRAHdthah)
La zapatería está cerrada. Abre
alrededor de las diez.
21
The shoe store is closed. It opens around ten.
22
closes [subjunctive]
23
I don't think that it closes late.
24
before ten p.m.
(lah sahpahtehREEah ehsTAH
sehRRAHdthah AHbreh
ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs )
cierre
(SYEHrreh)
No creo que cierre tarde.
(noh KREHoh keh SYEHrreh TAHRdtheh)
antes de las diez de la noche.
(AHNtehs deh lahs dyehs deh lah
NOHcheh)
No creo que el centro comercial cierre
antes de las diez de la noche.
25
I don't think that the mall closes before ten
p.m.
26
I bet you remember how to form the subjunctive form of verbs ending with "-ir"! All you do is drop
the "-ir" ending and add an "-a." Ready?
27
open [subjunctive]
28
I don't think that the store opens today.
(noh KREHoh keh ehl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrreh AHNtehs deh
lahs dyehs deh lah NOHcheh )
abra
(AHbrah)
No creo que la tienda abra hoy.
(noh KREHoh keh lah TYEHNdah AHbrah
oy)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
148
These pants are big on me!
¡Este pantalón me queda grande!
English
1
Spanish
¡Este pantalón me queda grande!
These pants are big on me!
(EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthah
GRAHNdeh)
(These pants fit me big!)
quedar
2
to fit
3
You likely recall that quedar also means "to stay." Quedar can mean "to stay" or "to fit"
depending on the context of the conversation.
4
it fits
5
It fits me.
6
big
7
It fits me big!
8
pants
9
these pants
10
You may have said, Estos pantalones. Well, this is also correct. In Spanish, the word pants can
be plural or singular. So, you can say either Este pantalón or Estos pantalones.
11
(kehDTHAHR)
queda
(KEHdthah)
Me queda.
(meh KEHdthah)
grande
(GRAHNdeh)
¡Me queda grande!
(meh KEHdthah GRAHNdeh)
pantalón
(pahntahLOHN )
este pantalón
(EHSteh pahntahLOHN)
Este pantalón no me queda grande.
These pants aren't big on me.
(EHSteh pahntahLOHN noh meh KEHdthah
GRAHNdeh)
(These pants don't fit me big.)
chico
12
small
13
Do you recall the word pequeño (small)? Chico also means "small" and is used rather than
pequeño to say that something doesn't fit you because it's too small.
14
It's small on me.
15
Oh no! These pants are small on me!
16
size
17
What size are you?
(CHEEkoh)
Me queda chico.
(meh KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
¡Ay no! ¡Este pantalón me queda chico!
(ay noh EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh
KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
talla
(TAHyah)
¿Qué talla es usted?
(keh TAHyah ehs oosTEHDTH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
149
English
18
I'm size small.
19
I want this tee shirt in size small.
20
medium
21
I’m not size small. I’m size medium.
22
Do you have this dress in a size medium?
Spanish
Yo soy talla chica.
(yoh soy TAHyah CHEEkah)
Quiero esta camiseta en talla chica.
(KYEHroh EHStah kahmeeSEHtah ehn
TAHyah CHEEkah)
mediana
(mehDTHYAHnah)
No soy talla chica. Soy talla mediana.
(noh soy TAHyah CHEEkah soy TAHyah
mehDTHYAHnah)
¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana?
(TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn
TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah)
¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana?
Este me queda chico.
23
Do you have this dress in a size medium? This
is small on me.
24
It fits me well.
25
Did you say *Esta talla me queda bueno? That's almost correct! Bueno is an adjective, and
bien is an adverb. Therefore, use bueno or buena if you are describing a noun as in, Su
español es muy bueno (Your Spanish is very good) where bueno describes the
noun español. Bien, on the other hand, describes a verb as in, Esta talla me queda bien
(This size fits me well), where bien is telling you something about the verb and not the noun.
26
This size fits me well.
27
The size small doesn't fit me well. Do you
have a size medium?
28
large
29
Did you notice that we use the word grande to mean both "big" and "large"? There is no
distinction in Spanish.
30
I think that this size doesn't fit me well. Do
you have size large?
31
extra
32
extra large
(TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn
TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah EHSteh meh
KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
Me queda bien.
(meh KEHdthah byehn)
Esta talla me queda bien.
(EHStah TAHyah meh KEHdthah byehn)
La talla chica no me queda bien. ¿Tiene
talla mediana?
(lah TAHyah CHEEkah noh meh KEHdthah
byehn TYEHneh TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah )
grande
(GRAHNdeh)
Creo que esta talla no me queda bien.
¿Tiene talla grande?
(KREHoh keh EHStah TAHyah noh meh
KEHdthah byehn TYEHneh TAHyah
GRAHNdeh)
extra
(EHKStrah)
extra grande
(EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)
Tenemos talla grande y extra grande.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
150
33
We have size large and extra large.
(tehNEHmohs TAHyah GRAHNdeh ee
EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
151
English
Spanish
34
For this next slide, remember that Spanish has two simple past tense forms: the imperfect, era,
used to talk about things in the past that occurred over a long period of time; and the preterite,
fue, used to refer to events that happened only a specific number of times in the past.
35
I was size large.
36
Yo era talla grande.
(yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh)
Yo era talla grande. ¡Ahora soy talla
extra grande!
I was size large. Now I'm size extra large!
(yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh ahOHrah
soy TAHyah EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
152
What size shoe do you wear? ¿Qué número calza?
English
1
Spanish
What size shoe do you wear?
¿Qué número calza?
(What number do you wear?)
(keh NOOmehroh KAHLsah)
calzar
2
to wear (footwear)
3
you wear (footwear)
4
number
5
What number?
6
Shoes sizes are always measured in numbers. Therefore in Spanish, when we refer to shoe sizes
we always say número (number) instead of talla (size). For this lesson we will be referring to
shoe sizes. Therefore, when we use "size" in English remember to use número.
7
(kahlSAHR)
calza
(KAHLsah)
número
(NOOmehroh)
¿Qué número?
(keh NOOmehroh)
What size do you want?
¿Qué número quiere?
(What number do you want?)
(keh NOOmehroh KYEHreh)
calzo
8
I wear shoe size
9
I wear shoe size forty.
10
If you are planning to shop for shoes, remember to check out an international shoe size
conversion chart. Sizing is different in different countries in Latin America. Some countries like
Argentina use the European sizing system where shoes range in size from 35 to 48.5! And other
countries like Mexico use a system based on the length of the foot in centimeters and the sizes
range from 2 to 12.5. Quite a difference, huh?
11
I think that this size is small on me.
(KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh meh
KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
Do you have one size bigger?
¿Tiene un número más?
(Do you have one number more?)
(TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh mahs)
(KAHLsoh)
Calzo cuarenta.
(KAHLsoh kwahREHNtah)
Creo que este número me queda chico.
12
13
Since Spanish uses número instead of talla to refer to shoe sizes, to ask for a size smaller or
bigger you literally ask for a number more or less.
14
less
15
16
menos
(MEHnohs)
Do you have one size smaller?
¿Tiene un número menos?
(Do you have one number less?)
(TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh MEHnohs)
quedan
(they) fit
(KEHdthahn)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
153
English
17
Spanish
They are big on me.
Me quedan grandes.
(They fit me big.)
(meh KEHdthahn GRAHNdehs)
18
These shoes are big on me. Do you have one
size smaller?
19
fit [subjunctive]
20
I don't think that this size fits me well.
21
boots
22
What beautiful boots!
23
(they) fit [subjunctive]
24
Estos zapatos me quedan grandes.
¿Tiene un número menos?
(EHStohs sahPAHtohs meh KEHdthahn
GRAHNdehs TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh
MEHnohs)
quede
(KEHdtheh)
No creo que este número me quede
bien.
(noh KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh
meh KEHdtheh byehn)
botas
(BOHtahs)
¡Qué hermosas botas!
(keh ehrMOHsahs BOHtahs )
queden
(KEHdthehn)
No creo que estas botas me queden
bien.
I don't think that these boots fit me well.
(noh KREHoh keh EHStahs BOHtahs meh
KEHdthehn byehn)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
154
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
En el Banco y la Oficina de Correos
Chapter 8: Banking and Post Office
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Invite Someone to Join You for an Activity
Use Basic Banking and Financial Terms
Use the Post Office
Answer Questions Using Porque
Frame Questions with Por Qué and Para
Qué
Practice Conditional Sentences with Si
Use Acá and Aquí for "Here"
Conversation
English
Spanish
Tengo que hacer unos mandados hoy. ¿Te
gustaría venir?
I have to run some errands today. Would you like
to come?
(TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs oy teh goostahREEah
behNEER)
¿Adónde vas?
Where are you going?
(ahDTHOHNdeh bahs)
Al banco y la oficina de correos.
To the bank and the post office.
(ahl BAHNkoh ee lah ohfeeSEEnah deh
kohRREHohs)
Sí, voy contigo. Tengo unas cartas para
mandar a los Estados Unidos.
Yes, I'll go with you. I have some letters to send to
the United States.
(see boy kohnTEEgoh TEHNgoh OOnahs
KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR ah lohs
ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)
¡Qué bien! Tengo un paquete para tu
mamá que necesito mandar.
Thats good! I have a package for your mom that I
need to send.
(¡keh byehn! TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh
PAHrah too mahMAH keh nehsehSEEtoh
mahnDAHR)
¿Por qué vas al banco?
Why are you going to the bank?
(¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
Para cambiar los dólares por pesos.
To exchange the dollars for pesos.
(PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs pohr
PEHsohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
155
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá?
What is the exchange rate here?
(¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
ahKAH?)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
156
I have to run some errands.
Tengo que hacer unos mandados.
English
1
Tengo que hacer unos mandados.
I have to run some errands.
(TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs)
(I have to do some errands.)
2
errands
3
some
4
some errands
5
Spanish
mandados
(mahnDAHdthohs)
unos
(OOnohs)
unos mandados
(OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)
to run some errands
hacer unos mandados
(to do some errands)
(ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)
Tengo que ir a hacer unos mandados.
6
I have to go to run some errands.
7
downtown
8
to go downtown
9
10
(TEHNgoh keh eer ah ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs)
centro
(SEHNtroh)
ir al centro
(eer ahl SEHNtroh)
I have to go downtown to run some errands.
I have to go downtown to run some errands.
Do you want to come?
Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unos
mandados.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah
ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)
Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unos
mandados. ¿Quieres venir?
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah
ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs.
¿KYEHrehs behNEER?)
¿Quieres venir a hacer unos mandados
conmigo?
11
Do you want to come run some errands with
me?
12
you have
13
you don't have to
14
For this next challenge remember how we changed recomendar (to recommend) to
recomendarlo (to recommend it). Ready?!
15
to do it
16
You don't have to do it.
(¿KYEHrehs behNEER ah ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs kohnMEEgoh?)
tienes
(TYEHnehs)
no tienes que
(noh TYEHnehs keh)
hacerlo
(ahSEHRloh)
No tienes que hacerlo.
(noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHRloh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
157
17
You don't have to run the errands. I can go.
No tienes que hacer los mandados. Yo
puedo ir.
(noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR lohs
mahnDAHdthohs yoh PWEHdthoh eer)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
158
English
18
19
Spanish
¿Puedo ir contigo?
Can I go with you?
(¿PWEHdthoh eer kohnTEEgoh?)
If you have to run some errands, can I go with
you?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
159
Si tienes que hacer unos mandados,
¿puedo ir contigo?
(see TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs PWEHdthoh eer
kohnTEEgoh)
I have some letters to send to France.
Tengo unas cartas para mandar a Francia.
English
Spanish
Tengo unas cartas para mandar a
Francia.
1
I have some letters to send to France.
2
When addressing letters and packages for Latin American countries, you should be aware that the
street name always comes first followed by the number of the house. For example, Calle San
Martín 1234. Also, be aware that C.P. stands for código postal (zip code).
3
to send
4
letter
5
Do you remember when you were taught, listo para ordenar (ready to order) and algo para
tomar (something to drink)? Para is a preposition that usually indicates purpose or destination,
rather than simply as a translation for "for." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.
6
letters to send
7
some letters
8
I have some letters.
9
I have some letters to send.
10
France
11
to France
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrah
mahnDAHR ah FRAHNsyah)
mandar
(mahnDAHR)
carta
(KAHRtah)
cartas para mandar
(KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR)
unas cartas
(OOnahs KAHRtahs)
Tengo unas cartas.
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs)
Tengo unas cartas para mandar.
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrah
mahnDAHR)
Francia
(FRAHNsyah)
a Francia
(ah FRAHNsyah)
12
I have to send a letter to the United States.
13
package
14
a package to send
15
Italy
Tengo que mandar una carta a los
Estados Unidos.
(TEHNgoh keh mahnDAHR OOnah KAHRtah
ah lohs ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)
paquete
(pahKEHteh)
un paquete para mandar
(oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHR)
Italia
(eeTAHlyah)
Tengo un paquete para mandar a Italia.
16
I have a package to send to Italy.
(TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh PAHrah
mahnDAHR ah eeTAHlyah)
¿Cuánto cuesta mandar este paquete a
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
160
17
How much does it cost to send this package
to Italy?
Italia?
(¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah mahnDAHR
EHSteh pahKEHteh ah eeTAHlyah?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
161
English
Spanish
18
Just like in the US, postal rates will vary depending on the country you are sending the letter or
package from and its destination. The postal service can sometimes take quite a bit longer, and
depending on the origin and destination country, mail delivery is not always as reliable as you
may be accustomed to in the US. When sending important letters and/or packages outside of
the US, it is always a good idea to purchase extra insurance just in case something happens to
your package.
19
to send
20
There are two ways to say "to send" in Spanish. The verbs mandar and enviar can be used
interchangeably.
enviar
(ehnBYAHR)
21
I would like to send this postcard to Mexico.
22
stamp
23
How much does the stamp cost?
Me gustaría enviar esta postal a
México.
(meh goostahREEah ehnBYAHR EHStah
pohsTAHL ah MEHheekoh)
estampilla
(ehstahmPEEyah)
¿Cuánto cuesta la estampilla?
(¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lah
ehstahmPEEyah?)
24
I have to send this postcard. How much does
the stamp cost?
25
to charge
26
they charge
27
How much do they charge?
28
How much do they charge to send a
package?
29
Germany
30
How much do they charge to send a letter to
Germany?
31
to pick up (a package)
32
to pick up a package
Tengo que enviar esta postal. ¿Cuánto
cuesta la estampilla?
(TEHNgoh keh ehnBYAHR EHStah
pohsTAHL. ¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lah
ehstahmPEEyah?)
cobrar
(kohBRAHR)
ellos cobran
(EHyohs KOHbrahn)
¿Cuánto cobran?
(¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn?)
¿Cuánto cobran para enviar un
paquete?
(¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHR
oon pahKEHteh?)
Alemania
(ahlehMAHnyah)
¿Cuánto cobran para enviar una carta a
Alemania?
(¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHR
OOnah KAHRtah ah ahlehMAHnyah?)
retirar
(rrehteeRAHR)
retirar un paquete
(rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)
Buenos días. Necesito retirar un
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
162
33
Good morning. I need to pick up a package.
34
it comes
35
From where?
paquete.
(BWEHnohs DEEahs nehsehSEEtoh
rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)
viene
(BYEHneh)
¿De dónde?
(¿deh DOHNdeh?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
163
English
Spanish
¿De dónde viene?
36
Where does it come from?
37
Note that depending on the context, ¿De dónde viene? can mean either "Where does it come
from?" or "Where is it coming from?"
38
Where does your package come from?
(¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh?)
¿De dónde viene su paquete?
(¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh soo
pahKEHteh?)
Tengo que retirar un paquete que viene
de Alemania.
I have to pick up a package from Germany.
39
(I have to pick up a package that comes from
Germany.)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
164
(TEHNgoh keh rrehteeRAHR oon
pahKEHteh keh BYEHneh deh
ahlehMAHnyah)
Why are you going to the bank?
¿Por qué vas al banco?
English
1
2
Spanish
¿Por qué vas al banco?
Why are you going to the bank?
(¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
Why?
¿Por qué?
(For what?)
(¿pohr keh?)
¿Por qué vas?
3
Why are you going?
4
bank
5
Banks in Latin America have different operating hours depending on the country. In Uruguay, for
example, all banks are open from 1 p.m. to 6 p.m. whereas in Argentina they open at 9 a.m. and
close at 3 p.m. Opening hours in Mexico, on the other hand, will depend on the branch. Some
banks there open from 8 a.m to 7 p.m.!
6
to the bank
7
Are you going to the bank?
8
Why don't you go to the bank?
9
(¿pohr keh bahs?)
banco
(BAHNkoh)
al banco
(ahl BAHNkoh)
¿Vas al banco?
(¿bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
¿Por qué no vas al banco?
(¿pohr keh noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
then to the mall
luego al centro comercial
(later to the mall)
(LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
10
Why don't we go to the bank and then to the
mall?
11
you brought
12
Did you bring the credit card?
¿Por qué no vamos al banco y luego al
centro comercial?
(¿pohr keh noh BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh ee
LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL?)
trajiste
(trahHEESteh)
¿Trajiste la tarjeta de crédito?
(¿trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh?)
13
Why didn't you bring the credit card?
14
you take
15
Why don't you take the debit card?
¿Por qué no trajiste la tarjeta de
crédito?
(pohr keh noh trahHEESteh lah
tahrHEHtah deh KREHdtheetoh)
llevas
(YEHbahs)
¿Por qué no llevas la tarjeta de débito?
(pohr keh noh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah
deh DEHbeetoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
165
English
16
Spanish
We are going to the bank. Why don't you take
the debit card?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
166
Vamos al banco. ¿Por qué no llevas la
tarjeta de débito?
(BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh pohr keh noh
YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh DEHbeetoh)
What are you going to the post office for?
¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos?
English
Spanish
¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos?
1
What are you going to the post office for?
2
for what
3
You already learned por qué (why). Now, you will learn that you can also use para qué, but
there is a subtle difference between these two words. It is often possible to substitute por
qué for para qué, but it does not always work the other way around. There's an easy rule that
will help you use the correct expression: ¿Por qué? can be translated as "Why?" and ¿Para
qué? can be translated as "What for?".
4
What are you going for?
5
post office
6
Did you notice that when correo is used to refer to the post office, it is plural? But, generally
speaking, the word correo is singular.
7
Are you going to the post office?
8
check
9
What are you taking the checks for?
10
if you're not going to the bank
11
What are you taking the checks for if you're
not going to the bank?
12
If you go to the bank, take the checks.
(PAHrah keh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah
deh kohRREHohs)
para qué
(PAHrah keh)
¿Para qué vas?
(PAHrah keh bahs)
oficina de correos
(ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)
¿Vas a la oficina de correos?
(bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh
kohRREHohs)
cheque
(CHEHkeh)
¿Para qué llevas los cheques?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs)
si no vas al banco
(see noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)
¿Para qué llevas los cheques si no vas
al banco?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs see
noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)
Si vas al banco, lleva los cheques.
13
If you don't have the letter, what are you
going to the post office for?
14
What are you taking the credit card for?
15
if you have the money
(see bahs ahl BAHNkoh YEHbah lohs
CHEHkehs)
Si no tienes la carta, ¿para qué vas a la
oficina de correos?
(see noh TYEHnehs lah KAHRtah PAHrah
keh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh
kohRREHohs)
¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh)
si tienes el dinero
(see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
167
16
What are you taking the credit card for if you
have the money?
¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito si
tienes el dinero?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh see TYEHnehs ehl
deeNEHroh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
168
English
17
ATM
18
(you) need
19
What do you need to use the ATM for?
20
on-line
21
I can do it on-line.
Spanish
cajero automático
(kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)
necesita
(nehsehSEEtah)
¿Para qué necesita usar el cajero
automático?
(PAHrah keh nehsehSEEtah ooSAHR ehl
kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)
en línea
(ehn LEEnehah)
Puedo hacerlo en línea.
(PWEHdthoh ahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)
22
I don't have to go to the ATM. I can do it online.
23
to transfer
24
to transfer the money
25
Can I transfer the money on-line?
No tengo que ir al cajero automático.
Puedo hacerlo en línea.
(noh TEHNgoh keh eer ahl kahHEHroh
ahwtohMAHteekoh PWEHdthoh
ahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)
transferir
(trahnsfehREER)
transferir el dinero
(trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh)
¿Puedo transferir el dinero en línea?
26
(PWEHdthoh trahnsfehREER ehl
deeNEHroh ehn LEEnehah)
What are you going to the bank for? You can
transfer the money on-line.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
169
¿Para qué vas al banco? Puedes
transferir el dinero en línea.
(PAHrah keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh
PWEHdthehs trahnsfehREER ehl
deeNEHroh ehn LEEnehah)
Because I want to exchange the dollars for pesos.
Porque quiero cambiar los dólares por pesos.
English
1
Because I want to exchange the dollars for
pesos.
2
to change
3
because
4
5
Spanish
Porque quiero cambiar los dólares por
pesos.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR lohs
DOHlahrehs pohr PEHsohs)
cambiar
(kahmBYAHR)
porque
(POHRkeh)
because I want to exchange
porque quiero cambiar
(because I want to change)
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR)
to exchange dollars
cambiar dólares
(to change dollars)
(kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs)
pesos por dólares
6
pesos for dollars
7
Did you respond correctly with por, or did you use para? Just remember that when dealing with
exchanges or purchases you will use por.
8
I want to exchange dollars for pesos.
9
You have to go to the bank.
10
You have to go to the bank if you want to
exchange the dollars.
11
bill (currency)
12
coin
13
these coins for bills
(PEHsohs pohr DOHlahrehs)
Quiero cambiar dólares por pesos.
(KYEHroh kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs pohr
PEHsohs)
Tienes que ir al banco.
(TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh)
Tienes que ir al banco si quieres
cambiar los dólares.
(TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh see
KYEHrehs kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs)
billete
(beeYEHteh)
moneda
(mohNEHdthah)
estas monedas por billetes
(EHStahs mohNEHdthahs pohr
beeYEHtehs)
Porque quiero cambiar estas monedas
por billetes.
14
Because I want to exchange these coins for
bills.
15
to withdraw
16
You will also hear people use the verb sacar or retirar to mean "withdraw." These words can be
used interchangeably.
17
to withdraw money from the bank
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR EHStahs
mohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)
extraer
(ehkstrahEHR)
extraer dinero del banco
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
170
17
to withdraw money from the bank
(ehkstrahEHR deeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
171
English
Spanish
Porque quiero extraer dinero del banco.
18
Because I want to withdraw money from the
bank.
19
to deposit
20
Ingresar and depositar both mean "to deposit" money in an account and can be used
interchangeably.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh ehkstrahEHR
deeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)
depositar
(dehpohseeTAHR)
Porque quiero depositar dinero.
21
Because I want to deposit money.
22
savings account
23
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR
deeNEHroh)
cuenta de ahorros
(KWEHNtah deh ahOHrrohs)
Porque quiero depositar dinero en mi
cuenta de ahorros.
Because I want to deposit money in my
savings account.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR
deeNEHroh ehn mee KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs)
24
Because I want to deposit these checks in the
savings account.
25
I'm going to open a savings account.
Porque quiero depositar estos cheques
en la cuenta de ahorros.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR
EHStohs CHEHkehs ehn lah KWEHNtah
deh ahOHrrohs)
Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros.
26
(boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs)
I'm going to open a savings account because
I want to deposit my money.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
172
Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros
porque quiero depositar mi dinero.
(boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs POHRkeh KYEHroh
dehpohseeTAHR mee deeNEHroh)
What is the exchange rate here?
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá?
English
Spanish
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá?
1
What is the exchange rate here?
2
US dollar exchange rates differ depending on the country you visit. For example, in Mexico 1
dollar is currently worth 12.71 pesos. But, in Argentina the exchange rate for American dollars to
Argentinian pesos is 3.93, and the boliviano (Bolivian currency) is 7.03. Chilean pesos are
currently 10.82 pesos for 1 dollar, and in Paraguay the guarani exchanges at the staggering rate
of 4,765.09 to 1 American dollar!
3
exchange rate
4
What is the exchange rate?
5
here
6
Both aquí and acá mean "here." The difference is the preciseness of the area. If the area is
specific, than you would use aquí. If it's not exactly in that spot but around it or near this place or
even referring to a large area, then it would be acá.
(¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
ahKAH?)
tasa de cambio
(TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )
acá
(ahKAH)
7
What is the exchange rate to exchange pesos
for dollars?
8
postage
9
How much is the postage here?
10
What is the exchange rate over there?
11
to be worth
12
are worth
13
How much are they worth?
14
How much are dollars worth here?
15
How much are colons worth here?
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio para
cambiar los pesos por dólares?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs PEHsohs pohr
DOHlahrehs)
franqueo
(frahnKEHoh)
¿Cuánto es el franqueo acá?
(KWAHNtoh ehs ehl frahnKEHoh ahKAH)
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio allá?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
ahYAH)
valer
(bahLEHR)
valen
(BAHlehn)
¿Cuánto valen?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn)
¿Cuánto valen los dólares acá?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs DOHlahrehs
ahKAH)
¿Cuánto valen los colones acá?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs kohLOHnehs
ahKAH)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
173
16
sobre
envelope
(SOHbreh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
174
English
Spanish
17
You already learned that in Spanish you can use the question ¿Cuánto cuesta? or ¿Cuánto
cuestan? to ask for the cost of something. Now you will learn a different way to ask the same
thing. These two questions can be used interchangeably.
18
How much are the envelopes worth?
19
I need some envelopes.
20
¿Cuánto valen los sobres?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs SOHbrehs)
Necesito unos sobres.
(nehsehSEEtoh OOnohs SOHbrehs)
Necesito ir a la papelería para comprar
unos sobres.
I need to go to the stationery store to buy
some envelopes.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ah lah
pahpehlehREEah PAHrah kohmPRAHR
OOnohs SOHbrehs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
175
Chapter 9: Leisure Time
Tiempo Libre
Chapter 9: Leisure Time
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Make Plans for an Activity
Remind Someone To Bring Something
Suggest Going Somewhere
Learn the 1st Person Singular Simple Past
Verb Form
Practice More Reflexive Verbs
Use the Past Progressive Form Iba a
Use the Phrase Tener Ganas de to Talk
About Wants
Conversation
English
Spanish
¿Qué quieres hacer hoy?
What do you want to do today?
(keh KYEHrehs ahSEHR oy)
Tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
I feel like going to the beach.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah PLAHyah)
Yo también, hace mucho calor hoy.
Me too. It's very hot today.
(yoh tahmBYEHN AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR
oy)
Sí, necesito broncearme para verme bien.
Yes, I need to get a tan to look good.
(see nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh
PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
¿Vamos caminando o en taxi?
Are we going to walk or take a taxi?
(BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
Mejor vamos a pie.
It's better if we go on foot.
(mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)
Sí, ¡es más saludable!
Yes, it's healthier!
(see ehs mahs sahlooDTHAHbleh)
Recuerda traer dinero por si tenemos que
comprar algo.
Remember to bring money in case we have to buy
something.
(rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh pohr
see tehNEHmohs keh kohmPRAHR AHLgoh)
¡Claro! Voy a llevar el bloqueador solar y
las toallas.
Sure! I'm going to take the sunblock and the
towels.
(KLAHroh boy ah yehBAHR ehl
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
176
towels.
blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lahs
tohAHyahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
177
I feel like going to the beach.
Tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
English
Spanish
Tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
1
I feel like going to the beach.
2
If you are spending your next vacation in Latin America, there are some must-see beaches! One
of them is Tayrona in the Parque Nacional Tayrona (Colombia). There you will find lots of
hiking and swimming opportunities. You may also want to consider going to El Agua on the
north coast of Isla Margarita (Venezuela). But if you are planning to go a little bit further,
don't miss the opportunity to visit José Ignacio, a paradise in Uruguay!
3
to feel like
4
I feel like
5
I feel like going
6
Do you recall the phrase ir a bailar (to go dancing)? When the event is not occurring at that
particular moment in time, you do not change the root form of the verb.
7
to the beach
8
I don't feel like going to the beach.
9
to swim
10
Do you feel like swimming?
11
I feel like swimming.
12
to get up
13
to get up late
14
to get myself up
15
to get myself up late
16
I feel like getting up late.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah
PLAHyah)
tener ganas de
(tehNEHR GAHnahs deh)
tengo ganas de
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh)
tengo ganas de ir
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer)
a la playa
(ah lah PLAHyah)
No tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah
PLAHyah)
nadar
(nahDTHAHR)
¿Tienes ganas de nadar?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)
Tengo ganas de nadar.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)
levantarse
(lehbahnTAHRseh)
levantarse tarde
(lehbahnTAHRseh TAHRdtheh)
levantarme
(lehbahnTAHRmeh)
levantarme tarde
(lehbahnTAHRmeh TAHRdtheh)
Tengo ganas de levantarme tarde.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh lehbahnTAHRmeh
TAHRdtheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
178
English
Spanish
No tengo ganas de levantarme
temprano.
17
I don't feel like getting up early.
18
vacation
19
Did you notice that the Spanish word for vacation is plural?
20
on vacation
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh
lehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh)
vacaciones
(bahkahSYOHnehs)
en vacaciones
(ehn bahkahSYOHnehs)
No tengo ganas de levantarme
temprano en vacaciones.
21
I don't feel like getting up early on vacation.
22
to feel like doing
23
What do you feel like doing?
24
on your vacation
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh
lehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh ehn
bahkahSYOHnehs)
tener ganas de hacer
(tehNEHR GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)
¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer?
(keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)
en tus vacaciones
(ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer en tus
vacaciones?
25
What do you feel like doing on your vacation?
26
Do you feel like going to the movie theater?
27
Do you feel like coming?
28
I feel like eating.
29
popcorn
30
You may also hear people refer to popcorn as pochoclo, palomitas, rosetas or even popcorn!
31
I feel like watching a movie and eating
popcorn.
33
to sleep
¿Tienes ganas de ir al cine?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh eer ahl SEEneh)
¿Tienes ganas de venir?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh behNEER)
Tengo ganas de comer.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR)
palomitas de maíz
(pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
Tengo ganas de comer palomitas de
maíz.
I feel like eating popcorn.
32
(keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR ehn
toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
Tengo ganas de mirar una película y
comer palomitas de maíz.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah ee kohMEHR
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
dormir
(dohrMEER)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
179
34
Tengo ganas de dormir.
I feel like sleeping.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
180
English
Spanish
Estoy cansado. Tengo ganas de dormir.
35
I'm tired. I feel like sleeping.
36
until late
37
I feel like sleeping until late.
(ehsTOY kahnSAHdthoh TEHNgoh
GAHnahs deh dohrMEER)
hasta tarde
(AHStah TAHRdtheh)
Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde.
38
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStah
TAHRdtheh)
I feel like sleeping until late on my vacation.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
181
Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde en
mis vacaciones.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStah
TAHRdtheh ehn mees bahkahSYOHnehs)
I need to tan to look good!
¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien!
English
Spanish
¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien!
1
I need to tan to look good!
2
to tan
3
4
5
6
(nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh PAHrah
BEHRmeh byehn)
broncearse
(brohnsehAHRseh)
to tan
broncearme
(to tan myself)
(brohnsehAHRmeh)
verse
to look oneself
(BEHRseh)
to look
verme
(to look myself)
(BEHRmeh)
to look good
verme bien
(to look myself well)
(BEHRmeh byehn)
7
For this next slide remember that para is used to indicate a goal or target. You can think of "to
look good" as the goal in the sentence.
8
for me to look good
9
I want to go to the beach to tan.
10
Can we go to the beach?
para verme bien
(PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
Quiero ir a la playa para broncearme.
11
I need to tan. Can we go to the beach?
12
gym
13
I need to go to the gym.
14
15
(KYEHroh eer ah lah PLAHyah PAHrah
brohnsehAHRmeh)
¿Podemos ir a la playa?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)
Necesito broncearme. ¿Podemos ir a la
playa?
(nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh
pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)
gimnasio
(heemNAHsyoh)
Necesito ir al gimnasio.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh)
Necesito ir al gimnasio para verme
bien.
I need to go to the gym to look good.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh
PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
you look
te ves
(you look yourself)
(teh behs)
16
You look good.
17
You look good in that dress.
Te ves bien.
(teh behs byehn)
Te ves bien con ese vestido.
(teh behs byehn kohn EHseh
behsTEEdthoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
182
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
183
English
Spanish
18
Did you say, "*Te ves bien en ese vestido."? That's not wrong. But, is more common to hear
con ese vestido (with that dress) or con esos pantalones (with those pants), etc.
19
healthy
20
You look healthy!
21
Do you go to the gym? You look healthy!
22
relaxed
23
You look relaxed!
24
Are you on vacation? You look relaxed!
25
Did you say "*¿Estás en vacaciones?" That's almost correct. In Spanish when you are actually
on vacation you always need to use de instead of en.
26
sunglasses
27
Anteojos de sol is usually shortened to just anteojos (glasses). Gafas is another word you
may encounter used for sunglasses.
28
You look good with those sunglasses!
29
Let's suppose the person you are talking to knows you are referring to sunglasses. Solve the next
slide bearing this in mind!
saludable
(sahlooDTHAHbleh)
¡Te ves saludable!
(teh behs sahlooDTHAHbleh)
¿Vas al gimnasio? ¡Te ves saludable!
(bahs ahl heemNAHsyoh teh behs
sahlooDTHAHbleh)
relajado
(rrehlahHAHdthoh)
¡Te ves relajado!
(teh behs rrehlahHAHdthoh)
¿Estás de vacaciones? ¡Te ves relajado!
(ehsTAHS deh bahkahSYOHnehs teh behs
rrehlahHAHdthoh)
anteojos de sol
(ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
¡Te ves bien con esos anteojos de sol!
30
(teh behs byehn kohn EHsohs
ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
Are you going to the beach? Don't you need
to take your sunglasses?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
184
¿Vas a la playa? ¿No necesitas llevar
tus anteojos?
(bahs ah lah PLAHyah noh
nehsehSEEtahs yehBAHR toos
ahntehOHhohs)
Are we going to walk or take a taxi?
¿Vamos caminando o en taxi?
English
1
(BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn
TAHksee)
(Are we going walking or in taxi?)
to walk
3
walking
4
Are we going?
caminar
(kahmeeNAHR)
caminando
(kahmeeNAHNdoh)
¿Vamos?
(BAHmohs)
Are we going to walk?
¿Vamos caminando?
(Are we going walking?)
(BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh)
taxi
6
taxi
7
walking or in taxi
8
Are you going to walk or take a taxi?
9
on foot
10
Are we going on foot?
11
It's better we go on foot.
12
we take
13
¿Vamos caminando o en taxi?
Are we going to walk or take a taxi?
2
5
Spanish
(TAHksee)
caminando o en taxi
(kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
¿Vas caminando o en taxi?
(bahs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
a pie
(ah pyeh)
¿Vamos a pie?
(BAHmohs ah pyeh)
Mejor vamos a pie.
(mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)
tomamos
(tohMAHmohs)
Should we take a taxi?
¿Tomamos un taxi?
(Do we take a taxi?)
(tohMAHmohs oon TAHksee)
14
bus
15
Should we take the bus?
autobús
(ahwtohBOOS)
¿Tomamos el autobús?
(tohMAHmohs ehl ahwtohBOOS)
¿Vamos en autobús o en taxi?
16
Are we going on the bus or in a taxi?
17
Did you notice that the Spanish translation didn't include the articles "the" or "a"? It's not wrong if
you do use them. However, this is one of the few times when it is more common to omit the
article in Spanish.
(BAHmohs ehn ahwtohBOOS oh ehn
TAHksee)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
185
English
Spanish
metro
18
subway
19
Do you want to take the subway or the bus?
20
Should we take the subway to go to the movie
theater?
21
bike
22
You will also hear people refer to bicycles as bici (singular) or bicis (plural). This is the
abbreviated form of bicicleta.
23
Let's go on bike!
24
Did you know that the ciclorutas in Bogotá, Colombia, are the largest and most comprehensive
network of bicycle routes in the world? This network of bike paths is also connected to a bus
system which has bicycle parking facilities. If you are planning to visit don't miss the opportunity
to get to know the city in a fun and healthy way!
25
to ride
(MEHtroh)
¿Quieres tomar el metro o el autobús?
26
27
28
(KYEHrehs tohMAHR ehl MEHtroh oh ehl
ahwtohBOOS)
¿Tomamos el metro para ir al cine?
(tohMAHmohs ehl MEHtroh PAHrah eer ahl
SEEneh)
bicicleta
(beeseeKLEHtah)
¡Vamos en bicicleta!
(BAHmohs ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
andar
(ahnDAHR)
to ride a bike
andar en bicicleta
(to ride on bike)
(ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
Do you want to go bike riding?
¿Quieres andar en bicicleta?
(Do you want to ride a bike?)
(KYEHrehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
Do you know how to ride a bike?
¿Sabes andar en bicicleta?
(Do you know to ride on bike?)
(SAHbehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
caballo
29
horse
30
to ride a horse
31
You might have said "*andar en caballo". However, in this particular case, the preposition you
need to use is a. Therefore, to ride a bike is andar en bicicleta, but to ride a horse is andar a
caballo. Let's practice!
32
33
(kahBAHyoh)
andar a caballo
(ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
Can we go horseback riding?
¿Podemos andar a caballo?
(Can we ride a horse?)
(pohDTHEHmohs ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
I don't know how to ride a horse.
No sé andar a caballo.
(I don't know to ride a horse.)
(noh seh ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
34
to learn to ride
35
I want to learn to ride a horse.
aprender a andar
(ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR)
Quiero aprender a andar a caballo.
(KYEHroh ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR ah
kahBAHyoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
186
I was going to surf but I forgot my board.
Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla.
English
Spanish
Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla.
1
I was going to surf but I forgot my board.
2
Did you notice that we said la tabla (the board) and not mi tabla (my board)? It wouldn't be
wrong to use the possessive pronoun, it's just not that common in Spanish.
3
was going to
4
to surf
5
Are you a surfer? If so, you will be able to find some of the world's best waves in Arica, Iquique,
y La Serena (all in Chile); Herradura y Punta Hermosa en Perú; and also Montañita y
Salinas en Ecuador. Enjoy the ride!
6
I was going to surf.
7
to forget
8
I forget
9
I forgot
10
Do you recall you learned Se me olvidó? We are now learning a new way to say the same thing
without se. In some cases, just like in the example we mentioned before, se is optional.
11
but I forgot...
12
board
13
I forgot the board!
14
you were going to
15
Weren't you going to...?
16
Weren't you going to surf?
17
You may also hear people use the English word "surf" as a verb and say, for example, ¡Me gusta
surfear!
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh
ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
iba a
(EEbah ah)
hacer surf
(ahSEHR soorf)
Iba a hacer surf.
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf)
olvidar
(ohlbeeDTHAHR)
olvido
(ohlBEEdthoh)
olvidé
(ohlbeeDTHEH)
pero olvidé...
(PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH)
tabla
(TAHblah)
¡Olvidé la tabla!
(ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
ibas a
(EEbahs ah)
¿No ibas a...?
(noh EEbahs ah)
¿No ibas a hacer surf?
(noh EEbahs ah ahSEHR soorf)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
187
English
18
Yes, but I forgot the board!
19
swimsuit
20
I forgot my swimsuit.
21
to sunbathe
22
What happened? Weren't you going to
sunbathe?
23
I was going to sunbathe but I forgot my
swimsuit!
24
Did you bring your swimsuit?
25
you forgot
26
You forgot your swimsuit.
27
I was going to surf but it rained!
Spanish
Sí, ¡pero olvidé la tabla!
(see PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
traje de baño
(TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
Olvidé el traje de baño.
(ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
tomar sol
(tohMAHR sohl)
¿Qué pasó? ¿No ibas a tomar sol?
(keh pahSOH noh EEbahs ah tohMAHR
sohl)
¡Iba a tomar sol pero olvidé el traje de
baño!
(EEbah ah tohMAHR sohl PEHroh
ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
¿Trajiste tu traje de baño?
(trahHEESteh too TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
te olvidaste
(teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)
Te olvidaste tu traje de baño.
28
(teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh too TRAHheh deh
BAHnyoh)
¡Iba a hacer surf pero llovió!
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh yohBYOH)
to play basketball
jugar al básquet
(to play to the basketball)
(hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
29
Weren't you going to play basketball?
30
ball
31
Oh, no! You forgot the ball!
32
we were going to
33
We were going to play basketball.
¿No ibas a jugar al básquet?
(noh EEbahs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
pelota
(pehLOHtah)
¡Ay, no! ¡Olvidaste la pelota!
(ay noh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah
pehLOHtah)
íbamos a
(EEbahmohs ah)
Íbamos a jugar al básquet.
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
Íbamos a jugar al básquet pero
olvidaste la pelota.
34
We were going to play basketball but you
forgot the ball.
35
For this next challenge assume "it" refers to "the ball." Ready?!
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht
PEHroh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah
pehLOHtah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
188
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
189
English
36
You forgot it!
37
We were going to play with the ball but you
forgot it!
Spanish
¡La olvidaste!
(lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)
¡Íbamos a jugar con la pelota pero la
olvidaste!
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR kohn lah
pehLOHtah PEHroh lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
190
Remember to take the rod in case we go fishing.
Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos a pescar.
English
1
Remember to take the rod in case we go
fishing.
2
to remember
3
remember [imperative]
4
rod
5
Remember to take the rod.
6
to fish
7
to go fishing
8
We go fishing.
9
in case we go fishing
Spanish
Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos a
pescar.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah
pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
recordar
(rrehkohrDTHAHR)
recuerda
(rrehKWEHRdthah)
caña
(KAHnyah)
Recuerda llevar la caña.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah)
pescar
(pehsKAHR)
ir a pescar
(eer ah pehsKAHR)
Vamos a pescar.
(BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
por si vamos a pescar
(pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
10
Remember to take the rod if you want to go
fishing.
11
Remember to call her.
12
Remember to call Lucía.
Recuerda llevar la caña si quieres ir a
pescar.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah
see KYEHrehs eer ah pehsKAHR)
Recuerda llamarla.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHRlah)
Recuerda llamar a Lucía.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah)
13
Remember to call Lucía. She wants to go to
the movie theater too.
14
towel
15
Remember to take the towel.
16
If you go to the beach, remember to take the
towel.
Recuerda llamar a Lucía. Ella quiere ir
al cine también.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah
EHyah KYEHreh eer ahl SEEneh
tahmBYEHN)
toalla
(tohAHyah)
Recuerda llevar la toalla.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
191
Si vas a la playa recuerda llevar la
toalla.
(see bahs ah lah PLAHyah
rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
192
English
17
ticket (for the movie theater)
18
to bring money for the tickets
19
the tickets and the popcorn
Spanish
entrada
(ehnTRAHdthah)
traer dinero para las entradas
(trahEHR deeNEHroh PAHrah lahs
ehnTRAHdthahs)
las entradas y las palomitas de maíz
(lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahs
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
20
Remember to bring money for the tickets and
the popcorn.
21
sunblock
22
Recuerda traer dinero para las
entradas y las palomitas de maíz.
(rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh
PAHrah lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahs
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
bloqueador solar
(blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR)
el bloqueador solar y los anteojos de
sol
the sunblock and the sunglasses
(ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lohs
ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
¿Vas a tomar sol? ¡Recuerda llevar el
bloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol!
23
Are you going to sunbathe? Remember to
take the sunblock and the sunglasses!
24
square
25
Spending time at la plaza is a popular leisure time activity in Latin America. Almost every city
has at least one plaza. People of all ages go there in the evenings to meet people, take walks,
and relax.
26
Let's go to the square!
27
(bahs ah tohMAHR sohl rrehKWEHRdthah
yehBAHR ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR
ee lohs ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
plaza
(PLAHsah)
¡Vamos a la plaza!
(BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)
Remember to take the ball in case we go to
the square!
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
193
¡Recuerda llevar la pelota por si vamos
a la plaza!
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah
pehLOHtah pohr see BAHmohs ah lah
PLAHsah)
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Turismo
Chapter 10: Sightseeing
Conversational Goals
Grammar Goals
Ask About and Discuss a Famous Person and
Local History
Ask to See Less Common Places
Ask to See Well-Known Places
State an Idea
Learn Relative Clauses with Donde
Learn the Informal Subjunctive Form of "You
Go"
Use the Conditional Form of Querer
Use the Relative Pronoun Lo Que
Use Verbs in Third Person Simple Past Tense
Conversation
English
Spanish
¡Quiero hacer turismo!
I want to go sightseeing!
(KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Qué quieres ver?
What do you want to see?
(keh KYEHrehs behr)
Todo lo que debería ver antes de irme.
Everything I should see before leaving.
(TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah behr
AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
Bueno. Tengo algunas ideas.
Okay. I have some ideas.
(BWEHnoh TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs
eeDTHEHahs)
¿Quieres ver el estadio Azteca?
Do you want to see the Aztec stadium?
(KYEHrehs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)
Sí, pero también quiero ver lugares sin
muchos turistas.
Yes, but I also want to see places without a lot of
tourists.
(see PEHroh tahmBYEHN KYEHroh behr
looGAHrehs seen MOOchohs tooREEStahs)
¡Hay algunos lugares buenos para visitar
en el pueblo!
There are some good places to visit in the village!
(ay ahlGOOnohs looGAHrehs BWEHnohs
PAHrah beeseeTAHR ehn ehl PWEHbloh)
¿Podemos visitar la casa donde vivió Frida
Kahlo?
Can we visit the house where Frida Kahlo lived?
(pohDTHEHmohs beeseeTAHR lah KAHsah
DOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
194
¡Claro! Pero está un poco lejos.
Sure! But it's a little far.
(KLAHroh PEHroh ehsTAH oon POHkoh
LEHhohs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
195
I want to go sightseeing. Quiero hacer turismo.
English
Spanish
Quiero hacer turismo.
1
I want to go sightseeing.
2
to go sightseeing
3
Do you want to go sightseeing?
4
I like to go sightseeing.
5
Where do you want to go sightseeing?
6
Where do you want to go sightseeing on your
vacation?
7
guided tour
(KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
hacer turismo
(ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Quieres hacer turismo?
(KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
Me gusta hacer turismo.
(meh GOOStah ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo?
8
(DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR
tooREESmoh)
¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo en tus
vacaciones?
(DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh
ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
visita guiada
(beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
to take a guided tour
hacer una visita guiada
(to do a guided tour)
(ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
Quiero hacer una visita guiada.
9
I want to take a guided tour.
(KYEHroh ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah
GYAHdthah)
10
Would you like to take a guided tour through
the ruins?
11
to tour
12
Let's tour the ruins!
13
palace
14
I would love to tour the palace!
¿Te gustaría hacer una visita guiada
por las ruinas?
(teh goostahREEah ahSEHR OOnah
beeSEEtah GYAHdthah pohr lahs
RRWEEnahs)
recorrer
(rrehkohRRER)
¡Vamos a recorrer las ruinas!
(BAHmohs ah rrehkohRRER lahs
RRWEEnahs)
palacio
(pahLAHsyoh)
¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!
15
(meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehl
pahLAHsyoh)
I would love to tour the palace! When is there
a guided tour?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
196
¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!
¿Cuándo hay una visita guiada?
(meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehl
pahLAHsyoh KWAHNdoh ay OOnah
beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
I want to see everything that I should before I leave.
Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes de irme.
English
Spanish
Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes de
irme.
1
I want to see everything that I should before I
leave.
2
everything
3
You may recall that we previously learned todo means "all." Well, if we think about it, "all" and
"everything" carry essentially the same meaning. In Spanish, there is just one word, todo, for
both "all" and "everything."
4
I want to see everything.
5
before I leave
6
I want to see everything before I leave.
7
Everything that I should.
8
Did you say, "*Todo que debería"? Lo and que work together here to relate the two parts of
this sentence. To do this in English, we use words like "that," "what," "who," "whom," and "which."
Remember we said todo can be translated as either "everything" or "all." Well, literally you are
saying, "All the thing(s) that I should."
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh keh
dehbehREEah AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
todo
(TOHdthoh)
Quiero ver todo.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh)
antes de irme
(AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
Quiero ver todo antes de irme.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh AHNtehs deh
EERmeh)
Todo lo que debería.
(TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah)
Quiero ver todo lo que debería.
9
I want to see everything that I should.
10
What should I see before I leave?
11
possible
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh keh
dehbehREEah)
¿Qué debería ver antes de irme?
12
(keh dehbehREEah behr AHNtehs deh
EERmeh)
posible
(pohSEEbleh)
Everything possible.
Todo lo posible.
(All the thing(s) possible.)
(TOHdthoh loh pohSEEbleh)
¿Adónde debería ir antes de irme?
13
Where should I go before I leave?
14
stadium
15
Should I see the stadium?
16
Aztec stadium
(ahDTHOHNdeh dehbehREEah eer
AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
estadio
(ehsTAHdyoh)
¿Debería ver el estadio?
(dehbehREEah behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh)
estadio Azteca
(ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
197
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
198
English
Spanish
17
The Aztec stadium (in Mexico) is the only stadium in the world to host two World Cup final
matches, in 1970 and in 1986. It is also the largest stadium in Latin America!
18
you go [subjunctive]
19
before you go
te vayas
(teh BAHyahs)
antes de que te vayas
(AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)
20
You should see the Aztec stadium before you
go.
21
You should do everything possible.
22
to go to the stadium before you leave
Deberías ver el estadio Azteca antes de
que te vayas.
(dehbehREEahs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh
ahsTEHkah AHNtehs deh keh teh
BAHyahs)
Deberías hacer todo lo posible.
(dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh loh
pohSEEbleh)
para ir al estadio antes de que te vayas
23
24
(PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh AHNtehs
deh keh teh BAHyahs)
You should do everything possible to go to the
stadium before you leave.
Deberías hacer todo lo posible para ir
al estadio antes de que te vayas.
(dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh loh
pohSEEbleh PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh
AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)
¿Qué quieres ver antes de que te
vayas?
What do you want to see before you go?
(keh KYEHrehs behr AHNtehs deh keh teh
BAHyahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
199
I have some ideas of what we can do.
Tengo algunas ideas de lo que podemos hacer.
English
1
I have some ideas of what we can do.
2
idea
3
Spanish
Tengo algunas ideas de lo que
podemos hacer.
(TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs deh
loh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)
idea
(eeDTHEHah)
some ideas
algunas ideas
(any ideas)
(ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)
tengo
4
I have
5
I have some ideas.
6
Recall the sentence, Todo lo que debería antes de irme? Remember, lo is combined with
que to mean, "the thing(s) that." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.
7
(TEHNgoh)
Tengo algunas ideas.
(TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)
what
lo que
(the thing that)
(loh keh)
8
what we can
9
what we can do
lo que podemos
(loh keh pohDTHEHmohs)
lo que podemos hacer
(loh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)
¿Tienes idea de lo que podemos hacer
si llueve?
10
Do you have an idea of what we can do if it
rains?
11
I have no idea!
12
Did you say "*Tengo no idea"? Remember that in Spanish "no" goes at the beginning of the
sentence. You are literally saying, "I don't have (an) idea."
13
I have a good idea.
14
That's a bad idea!
15
That's an excellent idea!
16
I have a better idea!
(TYEHnehs eeDTHEHah deh loh keh
pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR see YWEHbeh)
¡No tengo idea!
(noh TEHNgoh eeDTHEHah)
Tengo una buena idea.
(TEHNgoh OOnah BWEHnah eeDTHEHah)
¡Esa es una mala idea!
(EHsah ehs OOnah MAHlah eeDTHEHah)
¡Esa es una excelente idea!
(EHsah ehs OOnah ehksehLEHNteh
eeDTHEHah)
¡Tengo una mejor idea!
(TEHNgoh OOnah mehHOHR eeDTHEHah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
200
I wish I could visit the art gallery.
Quisiera visitar la galería de arte.
English
1
2
3
4
Spanish
Quisiera visitar la galería de arte.
I wish I could visit the art gallery.
(I would want to visit the gallery of art.)
(keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah
gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)
I wish
quisiera
(I would want)
(keeSYEHrah)
visitar
to visit
(beeseeTAHR)
I wish I could visit
quisiera visitar
(I would want to visit)
(keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR)
galería
5
gallery
6
art
7
art gallery
8
to visit the art gallery
9
I wish I could go.
10
There's no time.
11
I wish I could visit the gallery but there's no
time.
12
cathedral
13
The biggest cathedral in Colombia and one of the biggest in South America, the Primary
Cathedral of Bogota, was built between 1807 and 1823.
14
Is there time to visit the cathedral?
15
You wish.
16
You wish you could go out with her!
17
monument
(gahlehREEah)
arte
(AHRteh)
galería de arte
(gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)
visitar la galería de arte
(beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah deh
AHRteh)
Quisiera ir.
(keeSYEHrah eer)
No hay tiempo.
(noh ay TYEHMpoh)
Quisiera visitar la galería pero no hay
tiempo.
(keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah
gahlehREEah PEHroh noh ay TYEHMpoh)
catedral
(kahtehDTHRAHL)
¿Hay tiempo para visitar la catedral?
(ay TYEHMpoh PAHrah beeseeTAHR lah
kahtehDTHRAHL)
Quisieras.
(keeSYEHrahs)
¡Quisieras salir con ella!
(keeSYEHrahs sahLEER kohn EHyah)
monumento
(mohnooMEHNtoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
201
English
Spanish
el monumento a San Martín
18
the monument to San Martin
19
San Martín was an Argentinean general and one of the principal leaders of the independence
movement in South America. He organized expeditions to liberate Peru and Chile from the
Spanish Royalist Forces.
20
I want to see the monument to San Martin.
21
science
22
museum
23
science museum
24
Let's go to the science museum!
(ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahn mahrTEEN)
Quiero ver el monumento a San Martín.
(KYEHroh behr ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah
sahn mahrTEEN)
ciencias
(SYEHNsyahs)
museo
(mooSEHoh)
museo de ciencias
(mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)
¡Vamos al museo de ciencias!
(BAHmohs ahl mooSEHoh deh
SYEHNsyahs)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
202
This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.
Este es el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo.
English
Spanish
Este es el pueblo donde vivió Frida
Kahlo.
1
This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.
2
Frida Kahlo was born on July 6, 1907, in the town of Coyoacán in Mexico. She combined the
difficult experiences in her life with strong Mexican and Native American cultural influences to
create her paintings. Kahlo died on July 13th, 1954. Although her art was hardly appreciated
during her lifetime, she has become a feminist icon and has inspired generations of painters.
3
to live
4
Do you remember how we changed conseguir (to get), to consiguió (he got), and llover (to
rain) to llovió (it rained). Changing "-ir" verbs into the past tense for he/she/it subjects is easy!
All you do is remove the "-ir" ending and replace it with -ió. Let's try with this next slide.
5
(he / she) lived
6
village
7
the village where Frida Kahlo lived
8
Did you notice that the word donde we used here does not need the accent? This is because it
is used to join two ideas and not to ask a question.
9
I want to visit the village where Frida Kahlo
lived.
10
This is the house where she lived.
11
university
12
This is the university.
13
he studied
14
Did Sabato study here?
15
Ernesto Sabato is an Argentine novelist, journalist, and essayist. In 1982, he was nominated for
Nobel Prize in Literature, an award that was finally given to Gabriel Garcia Marquez. He
celebrated his 99th birthday on June 24th, 2010. Although today almost nothing is known about
Sabato, his novels like El túnel (The Tunnel) and Uno y el Universo (One and the Universe),
along with other novels and essays, will always be Latin American icons in literary culture.
(EHSteh ehs ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh
beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
vivir
(beeBEER)
vivió
(beeBYOH)
pueblo
(PWEHbloh)
el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo
(ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh beeBYOH
FREEdthah KAHloh)
Quiero visitar el pueblo donde vivió
Frida Kahlo.
(KYEHroh beeseeTAHR ehl PWEHbloh
DOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
Esta es la casa donde ella vivió.
(EHStah ehs lah KAHsah DOHNdeh EHyah
beeBYOH)
universidad
(ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)
Esta es la universidad.
(EHStah ehs lah ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)
él estudió
(ehl ehstooDTHYOH)
¿Aquí estudió Sabato?
(ahKEE ehstooDTHYOH SAHbahtoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
203
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
204
English
Spanish
Sí, esta es la universidad donde él
estudió.
16
Yes, this is the university where he studied.
17
neighborhood
18
Is this the neighborhood where he lived?
19
year
(see EHStah ehs lah
ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH DOHNdeh ehl
ehstooDTHYOH)
barrio
(BAHrryoh)
¿Este es el barrio donde él vivió?
20
21
22
(EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH)
año
(AHnyoh)
until he was five years old
hasta los cinco años
(until the five years)
(AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)
This is the neighborhood where he lived until
he was five years old.
Is this the village where he lived until he was
eighteen years old?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
205
Este es el barrio donde él vivió hasta
los cinco años.
(EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)
¿Es este el pueblo donde él vivió hasta
los dieciocho años?
(ehs EHSteh ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH AHStah lohs dyehSYOHchoh
AHnyohs)
Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?
¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menos turistas?
English
1
2
Spanish
¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menos
turistas?
Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR
kohn MEHnohs tooREEStahs)
somewhere
algún lugar
(any place)
(ahlGOON looGAHR)
3
You previously learned that unos is "some" and algún is "any." However, these two words are
often used interchangeably in Spanish.
4
Can we go somewhere?
5
tourist
¿Podemos ir a algún lugar?
6
7
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON
looGAHR)
turista
(tooREEStah)
fewer tourists
menos turistas
(less tourists)
(MEHnohs tooREEStahs)
menos gente
fewer people
(MEHnohs HEHNteh)
Quiero ir a algún lugar con menos
gente.
8
I want to go somewhere with fewer people.
9
There are a lot of tourists.
10
Did you say, "*muchas turistas"? This would be okay if you were referring to a group of female
tourists. Turistas is one of the exceptions to the gender rule. Even though it ends with an -a,
turistas is a masculine noun.
11
(KYEHroh eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR kohn
MEHnohs HEHNteh)
Hay muchos turistas.
(ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs)
somewhere else
algún otro lugar
(some other place)
(ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar?
12
Can we go somewhere else?
13
There are a lot of tourists here. Let's go
somewhere else.
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR)
Hay muchos turistas aquí. Vamos a
algún otro lugar.
(ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs ahKEE
BAHmohs ah ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)
Tengo ganas de ir a algún lugar.
14
I feel like going somewhere.
15
history
16
history museum
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah ahlGOON
looGAHR)
historia
(eesTOHryah)
museo de historia
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
206
16
history museum
17
after
(mooSEHoh deh eesTOHryah)
después
(dehsPWEHS)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
207
English
18
19
Spanish
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar
después?
Can we go somewhere else after?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR dehsPWEHS)
Can we go somewhere else after the history
museum?
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
208
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar después
del museo de historia?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR dehsPWEHS dehl mooSEHoh deh
eesTOHryah)
Vocabulary Review
English
Spanish
debería
(I) should
(dehbehREEah)
Ha llegado.
(She) has arrived.
(ah yehGAHdthoh)
abre
(he / she / it) opens
(AHbreh)
acabó
(he / she / you 'formal') finished
(ahkahBOH)
invitó
(he / she / you 'formal') invited
(eenbeeTOH)
vivió
(he / she) lived
(beeBYOH)
ha tenido
(he) has had
(ah tehNEEdthoh)
se acuerda
(he) remembers
(seh ahKWEHRdthah)
caiga
(he/ she/ it) falls [subjunctive]
(KAYgah)
juega
(it) plays
(HWEHgah )
nieve
(it) snows [subjunctive]
(NYEHbeh)
que venga
(she should) come
(keh BEHNgah)
que mire
(she should) watch
(keh MEEreh)
ha trabajado
(she) has worked
(ah trahbahHAHdthoh)
prefiere
(she) prefers
(prehFYEHreh )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
209
English
Spanish
quedan
(they) fit
(KEHdthahn)
queden
(they) fit [subjunctive]
(KEHdthehn)
pronostican
(they) forecast
(prohnohsTEEkahn)
ha oído
(you) have heard
(ah ohEEdthoh)
necesita
(you) need
(nehsehSEEtah)
debería
(you) should
(dehbehREEah)
cajero automático
ATM
(kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)
¿Vamos?
Are we going?
(BAHmohs)
Come in.
Pase.
(Pass.)
(PAHseh)
¿Saliste?
Did you go out?
(sahLEESteh)
¿Fuiste?
Did you go?
(FWEESteh)
Francia
France
(FRAHNsyah)
viernes
Friday
(BYEHRnehs)
Alemania
Germany
(ahlehMAHnyah)
creí
I believed
(krehEE)
Cocino.
I cook.
(kohSEEnoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
210
English
Spanish
olvido
I forget
(ohlBEEdthoh)
olvidé
I forgot
(ohlbeeDTHEH)
Se me olvidó.
I forgot.
(seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH)
voy
I go
(boy)
tengo
I have
(TEHNgoh)
he oído
I have heard
(eh ohEEdthoh)
tengo que...
I have to...
(TEHNgoh keh)
sé
I know
(seh)
Me gusta.
I like
(meh GOOStah)
me parezco a
I look like
(meh pahREHSkoh ah)
I love
Me encanta.
(It is enchanting to me.)
(meh ehnKAHNtah)
amo
I love
(AHmoh)
extraño
I miss
(ehksTRAHnyoh)
prefiero
I prefer
(prehFYEHroh)
recomiendo
I recommend
(rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
vi
I saw
(bee)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
211
English
Spanish
te veo
I see you
(teh BEHoh)
me quedé
I stayed
(meh kehDTHEH)
calzo
I wear shoe size
(KAHLsoh)
fui
I went
(fwee)
I wish
quisiera
(I would want)
(keeSYEHrah)
Me voy.
I'm leaving.
(meh boy)
¿No?
Isn't it?
(noh)
Llovió.
It rained.
(yohBYOH)
Llueve.
It rains.
(YWEHbeh)
Nieva.
It snows.
(NYEHbah)
Italia
Italy
(eeTAHlyah)
¡Vámonos!
Let's go! [imperative]
(BAHmohnohs)
Let's go.
Vamos.
(We go.)
(BAHmohs)
May I take...?
¿Me permite?
(Will you allow me?)
(meh pehrMEEteh)
Quizás.
Maybe.
(keeSAHS)
lunes
Monday
(LOOnehs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
212
English
Spanish
¡Por supuesto!
Of course!
(pohr sooPWEHStoh)
¡Claro!
Of course!
(KLAHroh)
¡Ay!
Oh!
(ay)
Right?
¿Verdad?
(Truth?)
(behrDTHAHDTH)
sábado
Saturday
(SAHbahdthoh)
Sorry.
Perdón.
(Pardon.)
(pehrDTHOHN)
domingo
Sunday
(dohMEENgoh)
jueves
Thursday
(HWEHbehs)
¿Cierto?
True?
(SYEHRtoh)
martes
Tuesday
(MAHRtehs)
Cenamos.
We eat dinner.
(sehNAHmohs)
Almorzamos.
We eat lunch.
(ahlmohrSAHmohs)
¡Bienvenida!
Welcome!
(byehnbehNEEdthah)
¡Bienvenido!
Welcome!
(byehnbehNEEdthoh)
¿Cuál?
Which?
(kwahl)
Why?
¿Por qué?
(For what?)
(¿pohr keh?)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
213
English
Spanish
Quisieras.
You wish.
(keeSYEHrahs)
¡Mmm!
Yum!
(mmm)
un paseo
a walk
(oon pahSEHoh)
de la mañana
a.m.
(deh lah mahNYAHnah)
sobre
about
(SOHbreh)
añada
add
(ahNYAHdthah)
añade
add [imperative]
(ahNYAHdtheh)
después
after
(dehsPWEHS)
después
after
(dehsPWEHS)
todo
all
(TOHdthoh)
permítame
allow me
(pehrMEEtahmeh)
permíteme
allow me
(pehrMEEtehmeh)
también
also
(tahmBYEHN)
animal
animal
(ahneeMAHL)
animales
animals
(ahneeMAHlehs)
valen
are worth
(BAHlehn)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
214
English
Spanish
alrededor de
around
(ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh)
arte
art
(AHRteh)
tan gordo como
as fat as
(tahn GOHRdthoh KOHmoh)
at all
para nada
(for nothing)
(PAHrah NAHdthah)
tía
aunt
(TEEah)
bolsa
bag
(BOHLsah)
pelota
ball
(pehLOHtah)
banco
bank
(BAHNkoh)
básquet
basketball
(BAHSkeht)
playa
beach
(PLAHyah)
hermosa
beautiful
(ehrMOHsah)
porque
because
(POHRkeh)
antes
before
(AHNtehs)
mejor
best
(mehHOHR)
mejor
better
(mehHOHR)
grande
big
(GRAHNdeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
215
English
Spanish
bicicleta
bike
(beeseeKLEHtah)
billete
bill (currency)
(beeYEHteh)
pájaro
bird
(PAHhahroh)
cumpleaños
birthday
(koomplehAHnyohs)
rubio
blond
(RROObyoh)
azul
blue
(ahSOOL)
tabla
board
(TAHblah)
hirviendo
boiling
(eerBYEHNdoh)
botas
boots
(BOHtahs)
caja
box
(KAHhah)
niño
boy
(NEEnyoh)
novio
boyfriend
(NOHbyoh)
desayuno
breakfast
(dehsahYOOnoh)
pelo castaño
brown hair
(PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)
autobús
bus
(ahwtohBOOS)
pastel
cake
(pahsTEHL)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
216
English
Spanish
tranquilo
calm
(trahnKEEloh)
más tranquilo que
calmer than
(mahs trahnKEEloh keh)
cámara
camera
(KAHmahrah)
alfombra
carpet
(ahlFOHMbrah)
zanahoria
carrot
(sahnahOHryah)
cartón
carton
(kahrTOHN)
gato
cat
(GAHtoh)
catedral
cathedral
(kahtehDTHRAHL)
techo
ceiling
(TEHchoh)
cereales
cereal
(sehrehAHlehs)
cheque
check
(CHEHkeh)
chile
chili pepper
(CHEEleh)
ciudad
city
(syooDTHAHDTH)
cerrado
closed
(sehRRAHdthoh)
cierre
closes [subjunctive]
(SYEHrreh)
nube
cloud
(NOObeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
217
English
Spanish
nublado
cloudy
(nooBLAHdthoh)
abrigo
coat
(ahBREEgoh)
moneda
coin
(mohNEHdthah)
frío
cold
(FREEoh)
color
color
(kohLOHR)
cocinando
cooking
(kohseeNAHNdoh)
maíz
corn
(mahEES)
harina de maíz
cornmeal
(ahREEnah deh mahEES)
disfraz
costume
(deesFRAHS)
primo
cousin
(PREEmoh)
acogedora
cozy
(ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
taza
cup
(TAHsah)
corta
cut [imperative]
(KOHRtah)
corte
cut [imperative]
(KOHRteh)
córtalos
cut them
(KOHRtahlohs)
papá
dad
(pahPAH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
218
English
Spanish
baile
dance
(BAYleh)
pizca
dash
(PEESkah)
hija
daughter
(EEhah)
grados
degrees
(GRAHdthohs)
deliciosa
delicious
(dehleeSYOHsah)
delicious
rica
(rich)
(RREEkah)
desierto
desert
(dehSYEHRtoh)
escritorio
desk
(ehskreeTOHryoh)
postre
dessert
(POHStreh)
comedor
dining room
(kohmehDTHOHR)
cena
dinner
(SEHnah)
cena
dinner party
(SEHnah)
haga
do [subjunctive]
(AHgah)
perro
dog
(PEHrroh)
puerta
door
(PWEHRtah)
centro
downtown
(SEHNtroh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
219
English
Spanish
cajón
drawer
(kahHOHN)
vestido
dress
(behsTEEdthoh)
temprano
early
(tehmPRAHnoh)
ingeniero
engineer
(eenhehNYEHroh)
sobre
envelope
(SOHbreh)
mandados
errands
(mahnDAHdthohs)
todo
everything
(TOHdthoh)
tasa de cambio
exchange rate
(TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )
caro
expensive
(KAHroh)
extra
extra
(EHKStrah)
familia
family
(fahMEElyah)
gordo
fat
(GOHRdthoh)
padre
father
(PAHdthreh)
favorito
favorite
(fahbohREEtoh)
primero (1°)
first (1st)
(preeMEHroh)
planta baja
first floor
(PLAHNtah BAHhah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
220
English
Spanish
quede
fit [subjunctive]
(KEHdtheh)
piso
floor
(PEEsoh)
harina
flour
(ahREEnah)
flor
flower
(flohr)
comida
food
(kohMEEdthah)
para qué
for what
(PAHrah keh)
bosque
forest
(BOHSkeh)
tenedor
fork
(tehnehDTHOHR)
divertido
fun
(deebehrTEEdthoh)
peludo
furry
(pehLOOdthoh)
galería
gallery
(gahlehREEah)
jardín
garden
(hahrDTHEEN)
ajo
garlic
(AHhoh)
vaya
go [subjunctive]
(BAHyah)
abuelo
grandfather
(ahBWEHloh)
abuelos
grandparents
(ahBWEHlohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
221
English
Spanish
muele
grind [imperative]
(MWEHleh)
visita guiada
guided tour
(beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
gimnasio
gym
(heemNAHsyoh)
granizo
hail
(grahNEEsoh)
pelo
hair
(PEHloh)
pasillo
hallway
(pahSEEyoh)
hámster
hamster
(HAHMStehr)
sombrero
hat
(sohmBREHroh)
consiguió
he got
(kohnseeGYOH)
se parece a
he looks like
(seh pahREHseh ah)
él recomienda
he recommends
(ehl rrehkohMYEHNdah)
saludable
healthy
(sahlooDTHAHbleh)
corazón
heart
(kohrahSOHN)
calor
heat
(kahLOHR)
su
her
(soo)
acá
here
(ahKAH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
222
English
Spanish
su
his
(soo)
historia
history
(eesTOHryah)
caballo
horse
(kahBAHyoh)
hora
hour
(OHrah)
casa
house
(KAHsah)
huracán
hurricane
(oorahKAHN)
marido
husband
(mahREEdthoh)
idea
idea
(eeDTHEHah)
por si
in case
(pohr see)
económico
inexpensive
(ehkohNOHmeekoh)
cierra
it closes
(SYEHrrah)
viene
it comes
(BYEHneh)
cayó
it fell
(kahYOH)
queda
it fits
(KEHdthah)
refresca
it gets cooler
(rehFREHSkah)
esté
it is [subjunctive]
(ehsTEH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
223
English
Spanish
hizo
it made
(EEsoh)
hace
it makes
(AHseh)
llueva
it rains [subjunctive]
(YWEHbah)
vende
it sells
(BEHNdeh)
hará
it will make
(ahRAH)
acabar de
just finished
(ahkahBAHR deh)
kilo
kilo
(KEEloh)
cocina
kitchen
(kohSEEnah)
cuchillo
knife
(kooCHEEyoh)
lámpara
lamp
(LAHMpahrah)
paisaje
landscape
(paySAHheh)
grande
large
(GRAHNdeh)
apellido
last name
(ahpehYEEdthoh)
anoche
last night
(ahNOHcheh)
tarde
late
(TAHRdtheh)
menos
less
(MEHnohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
224
English
Spanish
carta
letter
(KAHRtah)
claro
light
(KLAHroh)
litro
liter
(LEEtroh)
pedacitos
little pieces
(pehdthahSEEtohs)
sala de estar
living room
(SAHlah deh ehsTAHR)
largo
long
(LAHRgoh)
amor
love
(ahMOHR)
bajo
low
(BAHhoh)
almuerzo
lunch
(ahlMWEHRsoh)
señora
ma'am
(sehNYOHrah)
centro comercial
mall
(SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
mercado
market
(mehrKAHdthoh)
machaca
mash [imperative]
(mahCHAHkah)
partido
match
(pahrTEEdthoh)
malo
mean
(MAHloh)
mediana
medium
(mehDTHYAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
225
English
Spanish
microondas
microwave
(meekrohOHNdahs)
leche
milk
(LEHcheh)
mío
mine
(MEEoh)
mamá
mom
(mahMAH)
monumento
monument
(mohnooMEHNtoh)
mañana
morning
(mahNYAHnah)
montañas
mountains
(mohnTAHnyahs)
película
movie
(pehLEEkoolah)
cine
movie theater
(SEEneh)
museo
museum
(mooSEHoh)
música
music
(MOOseekah)
nombre
name
(NOHMbreh)
barrio
neighborhood
(BAHrryoh)
nuevo
new
(NWEHboh)
al lado de
next to
(ahl LAHdthoh deh)
lindo
nice
(LEENdoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
226
English
Spanish
noche
night
(NOHcheh)
discoteca
night club
(deeskohTEHkah)
número
number
(NOOmehroh)
oficina
office
(ohfeeSEEnah)
viejo
old
(BYEHhoh)
mayor
older
(mahYOHR)
a pie
on foot
(ah pyeh)
sobre
on top of
(SOHbreh)
en línea
on-line
(ehn LEEnehah)
cebolla
onion
(sehBOHyah)
abierto
open
(ahBYEHRtoh)
abra
open [subjunctive]
(AHbrah)
o
or
(oh)
otro
other
(OHtroh)
nuestro
our
(NWEHStroh)
horno
oven
(OHRnoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
227
English
Spanish
por aquí
over here
(pohr ahkEE)
allá
over there
(ahYAH)
de la tarde
p.m.
(deh lah TAHRdtheh)
paquete
package
(pahKEHteh)
paella
paella
(pahEHyah)
pintura
paint
(peenTOOrah)
cuadro
painting
(KWAHdthroh)
palacio
palace
(pahLAHsyoh)
pantalón
pants
(pahntahLOHN )
padres
parents
(PAHdthrehs)
parque
park
(PAHRkeh)
fiesta
party
(FYEHStah)
pasado
past
(pahSAHdthoh)
patio
patio
(PAHtyoh)
pimienta
pepper
(peeMYEHNtah)
mascota
pet
(mahsKOHtah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
228
English
Spanish
farmacia
pharmacy
(fahrMAHsyah)
foto
photo
(FOHtoh)
pedazo
piece
(pehDTHAHsoh)
lástima
pity
(LAHSteemah)
lugar
place
(looGAHR)
palomitas de maíz
popcorn
(pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
posible
possible
(pohSEEbleh)
oficina de correos
post office
(ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)
franqueo
postage
(frahnKEHoh)
olla
pot
(OHyah)
papa
potato
(PAHpah)
bonito
pretty
(bohNEEtoh)
problema
problem
(prohBLEHmah)
pronóstico
prognosis
(prohNOHSteekoh)
purse
bolsa de mano
(hand bag)
(BOHLsah deh MAHnoh)
pirámide
pyramid
(peeRAHmeedtheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
229
English
Spanish
lluvia
rain
(YOObyah)
rojo
red
(RROHhoh)
refrigerador
refrigerator
(rehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
relajado
relaxed
(rrehlahHAHdthoh)
recuerda
remember [imperative]
(rrehKWEHRdthah)
devuelve
return [imperative]
(dehBWEHLbeh)
arroz
rice
(ahRROHS)
caña
rod
(KAHnyah)
cuarto
room
(KWAHRtoh)
ruinas
ruins
(RRWEEnahs)
salchicha
sausage
(sahlCHEEchah)
cuenta de ahorros
savings account
(KWEHNtah deh ahOHrrohs)
bufanda
scarf
(booFAHNdah)
ciencias
science
(SYEHNsyahs)
mariscos
seafood
(mahREESkohs)
segundo (2°)
second (2nd)
(sehGOONdoh )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
230
English
Spanish
secretaria
secretary
(sehkrehTAHryah)
sharp
en punto
(on point)
(ehn POONtoh)
ella acaba de...
she just finished...
(EHyah ahKAHbah deh)
zapatería
shoe store
(sahpahtehREEah)
corto
short
(KOHRtoh)
bajo
short
(BAHhoh)
hermanos
siblings
(ehrMAHnohs)
talla
size
(TAHyah)
aguanieve
sleet
(ahwahNYEHbeh)
pequeño
small
(pehKEHnyoh)
chico
small
(CHEEkoh)
huele
smells
(WEHleh)
nieve
snow
(NYEHbeh)
tan
so
(tahn)
fútbol
soccer
(FOOTbohl)
unos
some
(OOnohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
231
English
Spanish
somewhere
algún lugar
(any place)
(ahlGOON looGAHR)
sopa
soup
(SOHpah)
cuchara
spoon
(kooCHAHrah)
deporte
sport
(dehPOHRteh)
mancha
spot
(MAHNchah)
plaza
square
(PLAHsah)
estadio
stadium
(ehsTAHdyoh)
estampilla
stamp
(ehstahmPEEyah)
hoja
stationery
(OHhah)
papelería
stationery store
(pahpehlehREEah)
revuelve
stir [imperative]
(rrehBWEHLbeh)
revuelva
stir [imperative]
(rrehBWEHLbah)
tormenta
storm
(tohrMEHNtah)
estufa
stove
(ehsTOOfah)
metro
subway
(MEHtroh)
traje
suit
(TRAHheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
232
English
Spanish
sol
sun
(sohl)
bloqueador solar
sunblock
(blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR)
anteojos de sol
sunglasses
(ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
soleado
sunny
(sohlehAHdthoh)
traje de baño
swimsuit
(TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
lleva
take [imperative]
(YEHbah)
saca
take out [imperative]
(SAHkah)
alto
tall
(AHLtoh)
sabe
tastes
(SAHbeh)
sabrosa
tasty
(sahBROHsah)
taxi
taxi
(TAHksee)
maestro
teacher
(mahEHStroh)
equipo
team
(ehKEEpoh)
cucharita
teaspoon
(koochahREEtah)
temperatura
temperature
(tehmpehrahTOOrah)
los perros
the dogs
(lohs PEHrrohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
233
English
Spanish
el mayor
the oldest
(ehl mahYOHR)
su
their
(soo)
dan
they give
(dahn)
delgado
thin
(dehlGAHdthoh)
cosa
thing
(KOHsah)
por
through
(pohr)
entrada
ticket (for the movie theater)
(ehnTRAHdthah)
vez
time
(behs)
acompañar
to accompany
(ahkohmpahNYAHR)
añadir
to add
(ahnyahDTHEER)
permitir
to allow
(pehrmeeTEER)
llegar
to arrive
(yehGAHR)
to ask (him) for
pedirle
(to ask for (from him))
(pehDTHEERleh)
pedir
to ask for
(pehDTHEER)
hornear
to bake
(ohrnehAHR)
haber
to be
(ahBEHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
234
English
Spanish
estar hecha
to be made
(ehsTAHR EHchah)
valer
to be worth
(bahLEHR)
hervir
to boil
(ehrBEER)
traerle
to bring you
(trahEHRleh)
festejar
to celebrate
(fehstehHAHR)
cambiar
to change
(kahmBYAHR)
cobrar
to charge
(kohBRAHR)
cerrar
to close
(sehRRAHR)
venir
to come
(behNEER)
cocinar
to cook
(kohseeNAHR)
cortar
to cut
(kohrTAHR)
bailar
to dance
(bayLAHR)
depositar
to deposit
(dehpohseeTAHR)
hacer
to do
(ahSEHR)
desayunar
to eat breakfast
(dehsahyooNAHR)
cenar
to eat dinner
(sehNAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
235
English
Spanish
almorzar
to eat lunch
(ahlmohrSAHR)
disfrutar
to enjoy
(deesfrooTAHR)
tener ganas de
to feel like
(tehNEHR GAHnahs deh)
acabar
to finish
(ahkahBAHR )
pescar
to fish
(pehsKAHR)
quedar
to fit
(kehDTHAHR)
pronosticar
to forecast
(prohnohsteeKAHR)
olvidarse
to forget
(ohlbeeDTHAHRseh)
olvidar
to forget
(ohlbeeDTHAHR)
conseguir
to get
(kohnsehGEER)
refrescar
to get cooler
(rehfrehsKAHR)
levantarse
to get up
(lehbahnTAHRseh)
bajar
to go down
(bahHAHR)
ir a pasear
to go for a walk
(eer ah pahsehAHR)
salir
to go out
(sahLEER)
ir de compras
to go shopping
(eer deh KOHMprahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
236
English
Spanish
hacer turismo
to go sightseeing
(ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
subir
to go up
(sooBEER)
moler
to grind
(mohLEHR)
haber trabajado
to have worked
(ahBEHR trahbahHAHdthoh)
oír
to hear
(ohEER)
invitar
to invite
(eenbeeTAHR)
saber
to know
(sahBEHR)
irse
to leave
(EERseh)
dejar
to let
(dehHAHR)
vivir
to live
(beeBEER)
parecerse a
to look like
(pahrehSEHRseh ah)
verse
to look oneself
(BEHRseh)
to love
encantar
(to enchant)
(ehnkahnTAHR)
amar
to love
(ahMAHR)
hacer
to make
(ahSEHR)
machacar
to mash
(mahchahKAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
237
English
Spanish
to meet each other
encontrarnos
(to find each other)
(ehnkohnTRAHRnohs)
extrañar
to miss
(ehkstrahNYAHR)
abrir
to open
(ahBREER)
retirar
to pick up (a package)
(rrehteeRAHR)
jugar
to play
(hooGAHR)
preferir
to prefer
(prehfehREER)
preparar
to prepare
(prehpahRAHR)
guardar
to put away
(gwahrDTHAHR)
llover
to rain
(yohBEHR)
alcanzar
to reach
(ahlkahnSAHR)
recomendar
to recommend
(rrehkohmehnDAHR)
recordar
to remember
(rrehkohrDTHAHR)
acordarse de
to remember
(ahkohrDTHAHRseh deh)
devolver
to return
(dehbohlBEHR)
andar
to ride
(ahnDAHR)
vender
to sell
(behnDEHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
238
English
Spanish
mandar
to send
(mahnDAHR)
enviar
to send
(ehnBYAHR)
mostrar
to show
(mohsTRAHR)
mostrarte
to show you
(mohsTRAHRteh)
cantar
to sing
(kahnTAHR)
dormir
to sleep
(dohrMEER)
oler
to smell
(ohLEHR)
nevar
to snow
(nehBAHR)
quedarse
to stay
(kehDTHAHRseh)
revolver
to stir
(rrehbohlBEHR)
tomar sol
to sunbathe
(tohMAHR sohl)
hacer surf
to surf
(ahSEHR soorf)
nadar
to swim
(nahDTHAHR)
llevar
to take
(yehBAHR)
sacar
to take out
(sahKAHR)
broncearse
to tan
(brohnsehAHRseh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
239
English
Spanish
saber
to taste
(sahBEHR)
enseñar
to teach
(ehnsehNYAHR)
decir
to tell
(dehSEER)
to tell (her)
decirle
(to say to (her))
(dehSEERleh)
echar
to throw
(ehCHAHR)
recorrer
to tour
(rrehkohRRER)
transferir
to transfer
(trahnsfehREER)
usar
to use
(ooSAHR)
visitar
to visit
(beeseeTAHR)
caminar
to walk
(kahmeeNAHR)
mirar
to watch
(meeRAHR)
calzar
to wear (footwear)
(kahlSAHR)
extraer
to withdraw
(ehkstrahEHR)
trabajar
to work
(trahbahHAHR)
hoy
today
(oy)
turista
tourist
(tooREEStah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
240
English
Spanish
toalla
towel
(tohAHyah)
paraguas
umbrella
(pahRAHwahs)
tío
uncle
(TEEoh)
debajo de
under
(dehBAHhoh deh)
universidad
university
(ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)
vacaciones
vacation
(bahkahSYOHnehs)
pueblo
village
(PWEHbloh)
caminando
walking
(kahmeeNAHNdoh)
pared
wall
(pahREHD)
fue
was
(fweh)
era
was (for permanent states of being)
(EHrah)
iba a
was going to
(EEbah ah)
catarata
waterfall
(kahtahRAHtah)
encontramos
we find
(ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
hemos oído
we have heard
(EHmohs ohEEdthoh)
nos encanta
we love
(nohs ehnKAHNtah )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
241
English
Spanish
llevamos
we take
(yehBAHmohs)
tomamos
we take
(tohMAHmohs)
íbamos a
we were going to
(EEbahmohs ah)
tiempo
weather
(TYEHMpoh)
semana
week
(sehMAHnah)
weekend
fin de semana
(end of week)
(feen deh sehMAHnah)
rara
weird
(RRAHrah)
quién
who
(kyehn)
whose
de quién
(of who)
(deh kyehn)
será
will be (for permanent states of being)
(sehRAH )
alcanzará
will reach
(ahlkahnsahRAH)
madera
wood
(mahDTHEHrah)
año
year
(AHnyoh)
amarillo
yellow
(ahmahREEyoh)
ayer
yesterday
(ahYEHR)
aún
yet
(ahOON)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
242
English
Spanish
me acompañaras
you (could) accompany me
(meh ahkohmpahNYAHrahs)
me dejaras
you (would) let me
(meh dehHAHrahs)
trajiste
you brought
(trahHEESteh)
puedes
you can
(PWEHdthehs)
hagas
you do
(AHgahs)
disfrutaste
you enjoyed
(deesfrooTAHSteh)
te olvidaste
you forgot
(teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)
vas
you go
(bahs)
vayas
you go [subjunctive]
(BAHyahs)
te vayas
you go [subjunctive]
(teh BAHyahs)
tienes
you have
(TYEHnehs)
has oído
you have heard
(ahs ohEEdthoh)
te gusta
you like
(teh GOOStah)
you look
te ves
(you look yourself)
(teh behs)
te pareces a
you look like
(teh pahREHsehs ah)
amas
you love
(AHmahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
243
English
Spanish
extrañas
you miss
(ehksTRAHnyahs)
juegas
you play
(HWEHgahs)
prefieres
you prefer
(prehFYEHrehs)
recomiendas
you recommend
(rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
te acuerdas
you remember
(teh ahKWEHRdthahs)
deberías
you should
(dehbehREEahs)
llevas
you take
(YEHbahs)
calza
you wear (footwear)
(KAHLsah)
fuiste
you went
(FWEESteh)
saliste
you went out
(sahLEESteh)
ibas a
you were going to
(EEbahs ah)
joven
young
(HOHbehn)
tuyo
yours
(TOOyoh)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
244
Phrase Review
English
Spanish
¿De quién es esta foto?
Whose photo is this?
(deh kyehn ehs EHStah FOHtoh)
Es mía. Y esta es mi familia.
It's mine and this is my family.
(ehs MEEah ee EHStah ehs mee fahMEElyah)
¿Quién es él?
Who is he?
(kyehn ehs ehl)
Él es mi hermano y es mayor que yo.
He's my brother and he's older than me.
(ehl ehs mee ehrMAHnoh ee ehs mahYOHR
keh yoh)
Se parece a mi papá, ¿no?
He looks like my dad, doesn't he?
(seh pahREHseh ah mee pahPAH noh)
¡Sí! Se parecen mucho.
Yes! They look a lot alike.
(see seh pahREHsehn MOOchoh)
Y, ¿de quién son estos?
And, whose are these?
(ee deh kyehn sohn EHStohs)
Son mis mascotas, los pájaros, Dina y
Popis. Dina es más pequeña que Popis.
They are my pets, the birds, Dina and Popis. Dina
is smaller than Popis.
(sohn mees mahsKOHtahs lohs PAHhahrohs
DEEnah ee POHpees DEEnah ehs mahs
pehKEHnyah keh POHpees)
Son lindos, ¿no?
They're cute, aren't they?
(sohn LEENdohs noh)
¡No! ¡No me gustan los pájaros!
No! I don't like birds!
(noh noh meh GOOStahn lohs PAHhahrohs)
¿Quién está en esta foto?
Who is in this photo?
(kyehn ehsTAH ehn EHStah FOHtoh)
en esta foto
in this photo
(ehn EHStah FOHtoh)
¡Él es mi papá y ella es mi mamá!
He is my dad and she is my mom!
(ehl ehs mee pahPAH ee EHyah ehs mee
mahMAH)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
245
English
Spanish
¡Él no es mi papá! Es mi tío, Carlos.
He is not my dad! It's my uncle Carlos.
(ehl noh ehs mee pahPAH ehs mee TEEoh
KAHRlohs)
¡No sé quién es esta señora!
I don't know who this woman is!
(noh seh kyehn ehs EHStah sehNYOHrah)
Él es mi primo Lucas. Mi prima María está
a la derecha.
He is my cousin Lucas. My cousin Maria is to the
right.
(ehl ehs mee PREEmoh LOOkahs mee
PREEmah mahREEah ehsTAH ah lah
dehREHchah)
She is Ana's cousin.
Ella es la prima de Ana.
(She is the cousin of Ana.)
(EHyah ehs lah PREEmah deh AHnah)
Él es mi tío y la señora que está a la
izquierda es mi tía.
He's my uncle and the woman that is to the left is
my aunt.
(ehl ehs mee TEEoh ee lah sehNYOHrah keh
ehsTAH ah lah eesKYEHRdthah ehs mee
TEEah)
¿Quiénes son ellos?
Who are they?
(KYEHnehs sohn EHyohs)
Ellos son mis hermanos.
They are my siblings.
(EHyohs sohn mees ehrMAHnohs)
¿Quiénes están aquí, en esta foto?
Who is here in this photo?
(KYEHnehs ehsTAHN ahKEE ehn EHStah
FOHtoh)
Es mi familia.
It's my family.
(ehs mee fahMEElyah)
Ellos son mis padres, mi hermano y mi
hermana.
These are my parents, my brother, and my sister.
(EHyohs sohn mees PAHdthrehs mee
ehrMAHnoh ee mee ehrMAHnah)
Ellos son mis abuelos, mi abuelo Pedro y
mi abuela María.
These are my grandparents, my grandfather
Pedro and my grandmother Maria.
(EHyohs sohn mees ahBWEHlohs mee
ahBWEHloh PEHdthroh ee mee ahBWEHlah
mahREEah)
¿De quién es este pájaro?
Whose is this bird?
(deh kyehn ehs EHSteh PAHhahroh)
¿De quién es?
Whose is it?
(deh kyehn ehs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
246
English
Spanish
¿De quién es este hámster tan lindo?
Whose is this nice hamster?
(deh kyehn ehs EHSteh HAHMStehr tahn
LEENdoh)
(Of who is this so nice hamster?)
No sé. Mi hámster no es tan peludo.
I don't know. My hamster isn't so furry.
(noh seh mee HAHMStehr noh ehs tahn
pehLOOdthoh)
¡Qué perro tan lindo!
What a nice dog!
(keh PEHrroh tahn LEENdoh)
el perro de mi hermano
my brother's dog
(ehl PEHrroh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)
the dog in the photo
el perro de la foto
(the dog of the photo)
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh)
No es de mi hermano.
It's not my brother's.
(noh ehs deh mee ehrMAHnoh)
¡El perro de la foto no es de mi hermano!
The dog in the photo is not my brother's!
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs deh
mee ehrMAHnoh )
¡El perro de la foto no es de mi hermano!
¿De quién es?
The dog in the photo is not my brother's! Whose is
it?
(ehl PEHrroh deh lah FOHtoh noh ehs deh
mee ehrMAHnoh deh kyehn ehs)
No es mío.
It's not mine.
(noh ehs MEEoh)
El perro con pelo largo no es mío.
The dog with long hair is not mine.
(ehl PEHrroh kohn PEHloh LAHRgoh noh ehs
MEEoh)
La mía tiene pelo largo.
Mine has long hair.
(lah MEEah TYEHneh PEHloh LAHRgoh)
short haired
de pelo corto
(of short hair)
(deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)
El de pelo corto.
The short haired one.
(ehl deh PEHloh KOHRtoh)
Mi perro es el pequeño de pelo corto.
My dog is the small, short haired one.
(mee PEHrroh ehs ehl pehKEHnyoh deh
PEHloh KOHRtoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
247
English
Spanish
¿De quiénes son estos gatos con
manchas?
Whose are these cats with spots?
(deh KYEHnehs sohn EHStohs GAHtohs kohn
MAHNchahs)
Esta gata es de Lucía. Se llama Princesa.
This is Lucy's cat. Its name is Princess.
(EHStah GAHtah ehs deh looSEEah seh
YAHmah preenSEHsah)
No me gustan los animales.
I don't like animals.
(noh meh GOOStahn lohs ahneeMAHlehs)
No me gusta.
I don't like
(noh meh GOOStah)
Me gustan los perros.
I like dogs.
(meh GOOStahn lohs PEHrrohs)
¿Le gusta mi gato? Se llama Botas.
Do you like my cat? His name is Botas.
(leh GOOStah mee GAHtoh seh YAHmah
BOHtahs)
¿Te gusta mi mascota?
Do you like my pet?
(teh GOOStah mee mahsKOHtah)
¿No te gustan?
You don't like them?
(noh teh GOOStahn)
¡Ese niño no se parece a tu hermano!
That boy doesn't look like your brother!
(EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah too
ehrMAHnoh)
no se parece a
doesn't look like
(noh seh pahREHseh ah)
ese niño se parece a
that boy looks like
(EHseh NEEnyoh seh pahREHseh ah)
ese niño no se parece a
that boy doesn't look like
(EHseh NEEnyoh noh seh pahREHseh ah)
Se parece a mi mejor amigo.
He looks like my best friend.
(seh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHR
ahMEEgoh)
¡Qué linda foto! Esta señora se parece a
mi mejor amiga.
What a nice photo! This woman looks like my best
friend.
(keh LEENdah FOHtoh EHStah sehNYOHrah
seh pahREHseh ah mee mehHOHR
ahMEEgah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
248
English
Spanish
Ella no se parece a mi mamá. Mi mamá
tiene pelo castaño.
She doesn't look like my mom. My mom has
brown hair.
(EHyah noh seh pahREHseh ah mee mahMAH
mee mahMAH TYEHneh PEHloh kahsTAHnyoh)
el pelo rubio de mi papá
my dad's blond hair
(ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH)
El pelo rubio de mi papá se parece al pelo
de mi hermano.
My dad's blond hair looks like my brother's hair.
(ehl PEHloh RROObyoh deh mee pahPAH seh
pahREHseh ahl PEHloh deh mee ehrMAHnoh)
¿A quién me parezco?
Who do I look like?
(ah kyehn meh pahREHSkoh)
No me parezco a Juan. Él es alto y
delgado.
I don't look like Juan. He is tall and thin.
(noh meh pahREHSkoh ah hwahn ehl ehs
AHLtoh ee dehlGAHdthoh )
¿A quién te pareces?
Who do you look like?
(ah kyehn teh pahREHsehs)
No soy tan delgado como él.
I'm not as thin as him.
(noh soy tahn dehlGAHdthoh KOHmoh ehl)
Me parezco mucho a mi abuelito. Pero no
soy tan gordo como él.
I look a lot like my grandpa. But I'm not as fat as
he is.
(meh pahREHSkoh MOOchoh ah mee
ahbwehLEEtoh PEHroh noh soy tahn
GOHRdthoh KOHmoh ehl)
Mi hija se parece mucho a mí, pero ella no
es tan baja como yo.
My daughter looks a lot like me, but she isn't as
short as me.
(mee EEhah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah
mee PEHroh EHyah noh ehs tahn BAHhah
KOHmoh yoh)
Me parezco a mi hermano. ¡Pero yo no soy
tan malo como él!
I look like my brother. But I'm not as mean as he
is!
(meh pahREHSkoh ah mee ehrMAHnoh
PEHroh yoh noh soy tahn MAHloh KOHmoh
ehl)
¿A quién se parece María?
Who does Maria look like?
(ah kyehn seh pahREHseh mahREEah)
Se parece a su tía Clarisa.
She looks like her aunt Clarisa.
(seh pahREHseh ah soo TEEah klahREEsah)
Tu perro es más tranquilo que el mío.
Your dog is calmer than mine.
(too PEHrroh ehs mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehl
MEEoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
249
English
Spanish
más tranquilo que el mío
calmer than mine
(mahs trahnKEEloh keh ehl MEEoh)
Mi perro es más gordo que el tuyo.
My dog is fatter than yours.
(mee PEHrroh ehs mahs GOHRdthoh keh ehl
TOOyoh)
the most fun
el más divertido
(the more fun)
(ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh)
Benito es el perro más divertido.
Benito is the most amusing dog.
(behNEEtoh ehs ehl PEHrroh mahs
deebehrTEEdthoh)
(Benito is the more fun dog.)
el más divertido de todos
the most amusing of all
(ehl mahs deebehrTEEdthoh deh TOHdthohs)
¡Mis mascotas son las más divertidas de
todas!
My pets are the most amusing of all!
(mees mahsKOHtahs sohn lahs mahs
deebehrTEEdthahs deh TOHdthahs)
Este gato es más malo que el mío.
This cat is meaner than mine.
(EHSteh GAHtoh ehs mahs MAHloh keh ehl
MEEoh)
I thought he was
creí que él era
(I believed that he was)
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah)
the shortest
el más bajo
(the more short)
(ehl mahs BAHhoh)
the shortest in the family
el más bajo de la familia
(the more short of the family)
(ehl mahs BAHhoh deh lah fahMEElyah)
Creí que él era el más bajo de la familia.
I thought he was the shortest in the family.
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BAHhoh deh
lah fahMEElyah)
Creí que él era el más viejo de la familia.
I thought he was the oldest in the family.
(krehEE keh ehl EHrah ehl mahs BYEHhoh deh
lah fahMEElyah)
No. Es el más joven.
No. He's the youngest.
(noh ehs ehl mahs HOHbehn)
Tomás es mayor que yo.
Tomas is older than me.
(tohMAHS ehs mahYOHR keh yoh)
Yo no soy el mayor.
I'm not the oldest.
(yoh noh soy ehl mahYOHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
250
English
Spanish
Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no?
She looks a lot like me, doesn't she?
(EHyah seh pahREHseh MOOchoh ah mee
noh)
Esta es su mascota, ¿no?
This is your pet, isn't it?
(EHStah ehs soo mahsKOHtah noh)
Es rubia, ¿no?
She's blond, right?
(ehs RROObyah noh )
La mía es la más alta de todas, ¿no?
Mine is the tallest of all, isn't she?
(lah MEEah ehs lah mahs AHLtah deh
TOHdthahs noh)
Bienvenida. Pase, por favor. ¿Me permite
su abrigo?
Welcome. Come in, please. May I take your coat?
(byehnbehNEEdthah PAHseh pohr fahBOHR
meh pehrMEEteh soo ahBREEgoh)
Gracias. Su casa es hermosa. Me encanta
esa lámpara roja de allá.
Thanks. Your house is beautiful. I love that red
lamp over there.
(GRAHsyahs soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah
meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah deh ahYAH)
Gracias. Permítame mostrarle la casa.
Thanks. Allow me to show you the house.
(GRAHsyahs pehrMEEtahmeh mohsTRAHRleh
lah KAHsah )
Esa es la sala de estar y esas puertas dan
al patio.
This is the living room and through those doors is
the patio.
(EHsah ehs lah SAHlah deh ehsTAHR ee
EHsahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)
Este pasillo da a la cocina y los cuartos
están en el segundo piso.
Down this hall is the kitchen and the bedrooms
are on the second floor.
(EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnah
ee lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHn ehn ehl
sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
Su casa es muy acogedora.
Your house is very cozy.
(soo KAHsah ehs mwee ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
¡Muchas gracias!
Thank you very much.
(MOOchahs GRAHsyahs)
¡Bienvenido! Pase por favor.
Welcome! Come in please.
(byehnbehNEEdthoh PAHseh pohr fahBOHR )
Let me take your coat.
Permítame su abrigo.
(Allow me your coat.)
(pehrMEEtahmeh soo ahBREEgoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
251
English
Spanish
Permítame su sombrero, por favor.
Let me take your hat, please.
(pehrMEEtahmeh soo sohmBREHroh pohr
fahBOHR)
May I take your scarf?
¿Me permite su bufanda?
(Will you allow me your scarf?)
(meh pehrMEEteh soo booFAHNdah)
Permítame guardar su bolsa aquí.
Let me put your bag away here.
(pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soo
BOHLsah ahKEE)
Permítame guardar sus cosas.
Let me put your things away.
(pehrMEEtahmeh gwahrDTHAHR soos
KOHsahs)
traerle algo
to bring you something
(trahEHRleh AHLgoh)
something to drink
algo para tomar
(something for drink)
(AHLgoh PAHrah tohMAHR)
Permítame traerle algo para tomar.
Allow me to bring you something to drink.
(pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh PAHrah
tohMAHR)
Permítame traerle algo para comer.
Let me bring you something to eat.
(pehrMEEtahmeh trahEHRleh AHLgoh PAHrah
kohMEHR)
Permíteme guardar tu abrigo allí.
Let me put your coat there.
(pehrMEEtehmeh gwahrDTHAHR too
ahBREEgoh ahYEE)
Su casa es hermosa.
Your house is beautiful.
(soo KAHsah ehs ehrMOHsah)
Su casa es muy hermosa y acogedora.
Your house is very beautiful and cozy.
(soo KAHsah ehs mwee ehrMOHsah ee
ahkohhehDTHOHrah)
mesa de madera
wood table
(MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)
¡Qué hermosa mesa de madera!
What a beautiful wood table!
(keh ehrMOHsah MEHsah deh mahDTHEHrah)
Me gusta el piso rojo. Es muy bonito.
I like the red floor. It's very pretty.
(meh GOOStah ehl PEEsoh RROHhoh ehs
mwee bohNEEtoh)
blue paint on the ceiling
pintura azul del techo
(blue paint of the ceiling)
(peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehl TEHchoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
252
English
Spanish
Me gusta la pintura azul del techo.
I like the blue paint on the ceiling.
(meh GOOStah lah peenTOOrah ahSOOL dehl
TEHchoh)
¡Qué lindo color en las paredes!
What a nice color on the walls!
(keh LEENdoh kohLOHR ehn lahs
pahREHdthehs)
Me gusta el color amarillo claro de la
mesa.
I like the light yellow color of the table.
(meh GOOStah ehl kohLOHR ahmahREEyoh
KLAHroh deh lah MEHsah)
¿Puedo mostrarle la casa?
Can I show you the house?
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)
mostrarle la casa
show you the house
(mohsTRAHRleh lah KAHsah)
¿Puedo mostrarle...?
Can I show you...?
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh)
¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?
Can I show you the living room?
(leh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah SAHlah deh
ehsTAHR)
Puedo mostrarle la cocina.
I can show you the kitchen.
(PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHRleh lah kohSEEnah)
¿Puedes mostrarme...?
Can you show me...?
(¿PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh...?)
¿Puedes mostrarme el jardín?
Can you show me the garden?
(PWEHdthehs mohsTRAHRmeh ehl
hahrDTHEEN)
Quiero mostrarte...
I want to show you...
(KYEHroh mohsTRAHRteh)
Te quiero mostrar la casa.
I want to show you the house.
(teh KYEHroh mohsTRAHR lah KAHsah)
No te puedo mostrar la cocina.
I can't show you the kitchen.
(noh teh PWEHdthoh mohsTRAHR lah
kohSEEnah)
Pase. Quiero mostrarle la cocina.
Come in. I want to show you the kitchen.
(PAHseh KYEHroh mohsTRAHRleh lah
kohSEEnah )
Me encanta esa lámpara roja.
I love that red lamp.
(meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
253
English
Spanish
esa lámpara roja
that red lamp
(EHsah LAHMpahrah RROHhah)
Me encanta esa lámpara roja de allá.
I love that red lamp over there.
(meh ehnKAHNtah EHsah LAHMpahrah
RROHhah deh ahYAH)
(I love that red lamp from there.)
Nos encanta su comedor.
We love your dining room.
(nohs ehnKAHNtah soo kohmehDTHOHR)
¡Nos encanta su casa! Es muy hermosa.
We love your house! It's very beautiful.
(nohs ehnKAHNtah soo KAHsah ehs mwee
ehrMOHsah)
on the table
sobre la mesa
(on top of the table)
(SOHbreh lah MEHsah)
las flores amarillas que están sobre la
mesa
the yellow flowers that are on the table
(lahs FLOHrehs ahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHN
SOHbreh lah MEHsah)
¡Me encantan las flores amarillas que
están sobre la mesa!
I love the yellow flowers that are on the table!
(meh ehnKAHNtahn lahs FLOHrehs
ahmahREEyahs keh ehsTAHN SOHbreh lah
MEHsah)
Las llaves están sobre la mesa.
The keys are on top of the table.
(lahs YAHbehs ehsTAHN SOHbreh lah
MEHsah)
al lado de la puerta
next to the door
(ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)
el cuadro que está al lado de la mesa
the painting that is next to the table
(ehl KWAHdthroh keh ehsTAH ahl LAHdthoh
deh lah MEHsah)
¡Me encanta el cuadro que está al lado de
la puerta!
I love the painting that's next to the door!
(meh ehnKAHNtah ehl KWAHdthroh keh
ehsTAH ahl LAHdthoh deh lah PWEHRtah)
Están al lado de la mesa de madera.
They are next to the wood table.
(ehsTAHN ahl LAHdthoh deh lah MEHsah deh
mahDTHEHrah)
Me gusta la alfombra azul.
I like the blue carpet.
(meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah ahSOOL)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
254
English
Spanish
Me gusta la alfombra verde que está
debajo del escritorio.
I like the green carpet that's under the desk.
(meh GOOStah lah ahlFOHMbrah BEHRdtheh
keh ehsTAH dehBAHhoh dehl
ehskreeTOHryoh)
Están debajo del escritorio de allá.
They are under the desk over there.
(ehsTAHN dehBAHhoh dehl ehskreeTOHryoh
deh ahYAH)
Los cuartos están en el segundo piso.
The rooms are on the second floor.
(lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN ehn ehl
sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
los cuartos están
the rooms are
(lohs KWAHRtohs ehsTAHN)
en el segundo piso
on the second floor
(ehn ehl sehGOONdoh PEEsoh)
el comedor y la cocina
the dining room and the kitchen
(ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah)
El comedor y la cocina están en la planta
baja.
The dining room and the kitchen are on the first
floor.
(ehl kohmehDTHOHR ee lah kohSEEnah
ehsTAHN ehn lah PLAHNtah BAHhah)
¿El baño está por aquí?
Is the bathroom over here?
(ehl BAHnyoh ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)
¿Hay un baño en el segundo piso?
Is there a bathroom on the second floor?
(ay oon BAHnyoh ehn ehl sehGOONdoh
PEEsoh)
¿Dónde está el pasillo?
Where is the hallway?
(DOHNdeh ehsTAH ehl pahSEEyoh)
Está por aquí.
It's over here.
(ehsTAH pohr ahKEE)
dan al pasillo
they give (way) to the hallway
(dahn ahl pahSEEyoh)
Las puertas verdes dan al pasillo.
Through the green doors is the hallway.
(lahs PWEHRtahs BEHRdthehs dahn ahl
pahSEEyoh)
(The green doors give (way) to the hallway.)
Estas puertas dan al patio.
Through these doors is the patio.
(EHStahs PWEHRtahs dahn ahl PAHtyoh)
Este pasillo da a la cocina.
Down this hallway is the kitchen.
(EHSteh pahSEEyoh dah ah lah kohSEEnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
255
English
Spanish
Marcos va a festejar su cumpleaños este
fin de semana.
Marcos is going to celebrate his birthday this
weekend.
(MAHRkohs bah ah fehstehHAHR soo
koomplehAHnyohs EHSteh feen deh
sehMAHnah)
¿Te gustaría venir?
Would you like to come?
(teh goostahREEah behNEER)
Juega mi equipo favorito este fin de
semana.
My favorite team is playing this weekend.
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh
EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
¿Sabes si va a mirar el partido?
Do you know if he is going to watch the match?
(SAHbehs see bah ah meeRAHR ehl
pahrTEEdthoh)
¡Por supuesto! Es su equipo favorito
también.
Of course! It's his favorite team too.
(pohr sooPWEHStoh ehs soo ehKEEpoh
fahbohREEtoh tahmBYEHN)
No sé. Mi esposa consiguió trabajo y ha
trabajado mucho esta semana.
I don't know. My wife got a job and she's worked a
lot this week.
(noh seh mee ehsPOHsah kohnseeGYOH
trahBAHhoh ee ah trahbahHAHdthoh
MOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)
Deberías decirle que venga entonces.
You should tell her to come then.
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
ehnTOHNsehs)
Me gustaría pero a ella no le gustan los
deportes. Prefiere ir a bailar.
I'd like to but she doesn't like sports. She prefers
to go dancing.
(meh goostahREEah PEHroh ah EHyah noh
leh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs
prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)
Entiendo. No hay problema. ¡Quizás la
próxima!
I understand. No problem. Maybe next time.
(ehnTYEHNdoh noh ay prohBLEHmah
keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
Él va a festejar.
He is going to celebrate.
(ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR)
Él va a festejar su cumpleaños.
He is going to celebrate his birthday.
(ehl bah ah fehstehHAHR soo
koomplehAHnyohs)
este fin de semana
this weekend
(EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
Vas a ir.
You are going to go.
(bahs ah eer)
¿Vas a ir a la fiesta?
Are you going to go to the party?
(bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
256
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
257
English
Spanish
la fiesta de Pablo
Pablo's party
(lah FYEHStah deh PAHbloh)
¿Vas a ir a la fiesta de Pablo esta noche?
Are you going to go to Pablo's party tonight?
(bahs ah eer ah lah FYEHStah deh PAHbloh
EHStah NOHcheh)
¡Por supuesto! ¿Quieres venir conmigo?
Of course! Do you want to come with me?
(pohr sooPWEHStoh KYEHrehs behNEER
kohnMEEgoh)
fiesta de disfraces
costume party
(FYEHStah deh deesFRAHsehs)
¿Quieres venir a la fiesta de disfraces
conmigo?
Do you want to come to the costume party with
me?
(KYEHrehs behNEER ah lah FYEHStah deh
deesFRAHsehs kohnMEEgoh)
próximo fin de semana
next weekend
(PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)
¿Quieres venir conmigo el próximo fin de
semana?
Do you want to come with me the next weekend?
(KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ehl
PROHkseemoh feen deh sehMAHnah)
la cena de Marcos
Marcos' dinner party
(lah SEHnah deh MAHRkohs)
¿Quieres venir conmigo a la cena de
Marcos el próximo fin de semana?
Do you want to come with me to Marcos' dinner
party next weekend?
(KYEHrehs behNEER kohnMEEgoh ah lah
SEHnah deh MAHRkohs ehl PROHkseemoh
feen deh sehMAHnah)
No puedo ir.
I can't go.
(noh PWEHdthoh eer)
No puedo ir a su cumpleaños.
I can't go to his birthday.
(noh PWEHdthoh eer ah soo
koomplehAHnyohs)
Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana.
My favorite team plays that week.
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh
EHsah sehMAHnah)
mi equipo juega
my team plays
(mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
mi equipo favorito
my favorite team
(mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
258
English
Spanish
juega mi equipo favorito
my favorite team plays
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh fahbohREEtoh)
juega esa semana
plays that week
(HWEHgah EHsah sehMAHnah)
equipo de fútbol
soccer team
(ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl)
mi equipo de fútbol favorito
my favorite soccer team
(mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl
fahbohREEtoh)
Juega mi equipo de fútbol favorito ese día.
My favorite soccer team plays that day.
(HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh deh FOOTbohl
fahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)
No puedo ir a su cumpleaños. Juega mi
equipo de fútbol favorito ese día.
I can't go to your birthday. My favorite soccer
team plays that day.
(noh PWEHdthoh eer ah soo
koomplehAHnyohs HWEHgah mee ehKEEpoh
deh FOOTbohl fahbohREEtoh EHseh DEEah)
equipo de básquet
basketball team
(ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht)
su equipo de básquet favorito
your favorite basketball team
(soo ehKEEpoh deh BAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)
¿Cuándo juega su equipo de básquet
favorito?
When does your favorite basketball team play?
(KWAHNdoh HWEHgah soo ehKEEpoh deh
BAHSkeht fahbohREEtoh)
¿Te gustan los deportes?
Do you like sports?
(teh GOOStahn lohs dehPOHRtehs)
What is your favorite sport?
¿Cuál es tu deporte favorito?
(Which is your favorite sport?)
(kwahl ehs too dehPOHRteh fahbohREEtoh)
¿Juegas algún deporte?
Do you play any sports?
(HWEHgahs ahlGOON dehPOHRteh)
Debería decirle que venga entonces.
You should tell her to come then.
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
ehnTOHNsehs)
(You should tell her that (she should) come then.)
debería decirle
(you) should tell her
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
259
English
Spanish
You should tell her to come.
Debería decirle que venga.
(You should tell her that (she should) come.)
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah)
Debería decirle entonces.
You should tell her then.
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh ehnTOHNsehs)
¿Debería decirle que venga conmigo?
Should I tell him to come with me?
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh BEHNgah
kohnMEEgoh)
You should tell her to watch.
Debería decirle que mire.
(You should tell her that (she should) watch.)
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh)
Debería decirle que mire el partido con
usted.
You should tell him to watch the match with you.
(dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh MEEreh ehl
pahrTEEdthoh kohn oosTEHDTH)
to ask him to speak with you
pedirle hablar con usted
(to ask for (him) to speak with you)
(pehDTHEERleh ahBLAHR kohn oosTEHDTH)
¿No debería pedirle que hable con usted?
Shouldn't you ask him to speak with you?
(noh dehbehREEah pehDTHEERleh keh
AHbleh kohn oosTEHDTH)
No debería decirle que llame.
You shouldn't tell her to call.
(noh dehbehREEah dehSEERleh keh YAHmeh)
Deberías decirle a tu amigo.
You should tell your friend.
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah too
ahMEEgoh)
¡Deberías decirle a tu amigo que venga a
mirar el partido!
You should tell your friend to come to watch the
match!
(dehbehREEahs dehSEERleh ah too
ahMEEgoh keh BEHNgah ah meeRAHR ehl
pahrTEEdthoh)
Ella ha trabajado mucho.
She has worked a lot.
(EHyah ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh)
Mi esposo ha trabajado mucho esta
semana.
My husband has worked a lot this week.
(mee ehsPOHsoh ah trahbahHAHdthoh
MOOchoh EHStah sehMAHnah)
Mi esposo consiguió trabajo y ha
trabajado mucho esta semana.
My husband got a job and has worked a lot this
week.
(mee ehsPOHsoh kohnseeGYOH trahBAHhoh
ee ah trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStah
sehMAHnah)
Mi esposa es maestra.
My wife is a teacher.
(mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
260
English
Spanish
Mi esposa es maestra y ha trabajado
mucho esta mañana.
My wife is a teacher and she has worked a lot this
morning.
(mee ehsPOHsah ehs mahEHStrah ee ah
trahbahHAHdthoh MOOchoh EHStah
mahNYAHnah)
Ella es mi secretaria.
She is my secretary.
(EHyah ehs mee sehkrehTAHryah)
No ha llegado a la oficina.
She hasn't arrived at the office.
(noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lah ohfeeSEEnah)
Aún no ha llegado a la oficina.
She hasn't arrived at the office yet.
(ahOON noh ah yehGAHdthoh ah lah
ohfeeSEEnah)
Mi secretaria no ha llegado a la oficina
aún.
My secretary hasn't arrived at the office yet.
(mee sehkrehTAHryah noh ah yehGAHdthoh
ah lah ohfeeSEEnah ahOON)
Mi hermano es ingeniero.
My brother is an engineer.
(mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh)
Mi hermano es ingeniero y ha tenido
mucho trabajo esta semana.
My brother is an engineer and he has had a lot of
work this week.
(mee ehrMAHnoh ehs eenhehNYEHroh ee ah
tehNEEdthoh MOOchoh trahBAHhoh EHStah
sehMAHnah)
Prefiere ir a bailar.
She prefers to go dancing.
(prehFYEHreh eer ah bayLAHR)
to go dancing
ir a bailar
(to go to dance)
(eer ah bayLAHR)
No le gusta.
She doesn't like it.
(noh leh GOOStah)
No le gusta bailar. Prefiere cantar.
She doesn't like dancing. She prefers to sing.
(noh leh GOOStah bayLAHR prehFYEHreh
kahnTAHR)
mirar una película
to watch a movie
(meeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)
¿Prefieres mirar una película?
Do you prefer to watch a movie?
(prehFYEHrehs meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah)
¿Qué prefieres hacer?
What do you prefer to do?
(keh prehFYEHrehs ahSEHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
261
English
Spanish
¿Quieres ir a bailar o prefieres mirar una
película?
Do you want to go dancing or do you prefer to
watch a movie?
(KYEHrehs eer ah bayLAHR oh prehFYEHrehs
meeRAHR OOnah pehLEEkoolah)
Prefiero mirar una película.
I prefer to watch a movie.
(prehFYEHroh meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah)
A ella no le gusta.
She doesn't like it.
(ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah)
A mí me gusta.
I do like it.
(ah mee meh GOOStah)
¡Quizás la próxima vez!
Maybe the next time!
(keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah behs)
Maybe the next time!
¡Quizás la próxima!
(Maybe the next!)
(keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
la próxima vez
the next time
(lah PROHkseemah behs)
Next time!
¡La próxima vez será!
(It will be next time.)
(lah PROHkseemah behs sehRAH)
No problem.
No hay problema.
(There is no problem.)
(noh ay prohBLEHmah)
¡No hay problema! La próxima vez será.
No problem! Next time.
(noh ay prohBLEHmah lah PROHkseemah
behs sehRAH)
Entiendo. ¡Quizás la próxima vez!
I understand. Maybe next time!
(ehnTYEHNdoh keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah
behs)
¡Qué lástima! No puedo ir. ¡Quizás la
próxima!
What a pity! I can't go. Maybe next time!
(keh LAHSteemah noh PWEHdthoh eer
keeSAHS lah PROHkseemah)
Hola. Te llamas Rosa, ¿verdad?
Hi. Your name is Rosa, right?
(OHlah teh YAHmahs RROHsah
behrDTHAHDTH)
Sí, te vi ayer con mi primo Carlos,
¿verdad?
Yes. I saw you yesterday with my cousin Carlos,
right?
(see teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh
KAHRlohs behrDTHAHDTH )
No me acuerdo de tu nombre, perdón.
I don't remember your name, sorry.
(noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh
pehrDTHOHN)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
262
English
Spanish
Sí, soy amigo de tu primo. Me llamo Juan.
Yes, I'm a friend of your cousin. My name is Juan.
(see soy ahMEEgoh deh too PREEmoh meh
YAHmoh hwahn)
Es un placer conocerte, Juan.
It's nice to meet you, Juan.
(ehs oon plahSEHR kohnohSEHRteh hwahn)
Igualmente. Oye, ¿has oído algo sobre la
fiesta de Ana este viernes?
Likewise. Listen, have you heard anthing about
Ana's party this Friday?
(eewahlMENteh OHyeh ahs ohEEdthoh
AHLgoh SOHbreh lah FYEHStah deh AHnah
EHSteh BYEHRnehs)
¡Claro! Acabó de invitarme.
Of course. She just invited me.
(KLAHroh ahkahBOH deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)
¡Qué bien! Me encantaría que me dejaras
acompañarte.
Thats good! I would love it if you would let me
accompany you.
(keh byehn meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
Mejor nos encontramos allí.
It's better if we meet there.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE )
el primo de Ana
Ana's cousin
(ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah)
Eres el primo de Ana, ¿verdad?
You're Ana's cousin, right?
(EHrehs ehl PREEmoh deh AHnah
behrDTHAHDTH)
Tu apellido es Saucedo - Gámez, ¿verdad?
Your last name is Saucedo - Gámez, right?
(too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs sahwSEHdthoh GAHmehs behrDTHAHDTH)
What is your last name?
¿Cuál es tu apellido?
(Which is your last name?)
(kwahl ehs too ahpehYEEdthoh)
Your last name is Garza, right?
Tu apellido es Garza, ¿cierto?
(Your last name is Garza, true?)
(too ahpehYEEdthoh ehs GAHRsah SYEHRtoh)
Perdón, no me acuerdo de tu nombre.
Sorry, I don't remember your name.
(pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh
too NOHMbreh)
Me acuerdo de tu nombre.
I remember your name.
(meh ahKWEHRdthoh deh too NOHMbreh)
No me acuerdo.
I don't remember.
(noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
263
English
Spanish
Perdón, no me acuerdo.
Sorry, I don't remember.
(pehrDTHOHN noh meh ahKWEHRdthoh)
¿No te acuerdas?
You don't remember?
(noh teh ahKWEHRdthahs)
Ella no se acuerda de tu apellido.
She doesn't remember your last name.
(EHyah noh seh ahKWEHRdthah deh too
ahpehYEEdthoh)
el nombre de tu novio
your boyfriend's name
(ehl NOHMbreh deh too NOHbyoh)
Se me olvidó el nombre de tu novio.
I forgot your boyfriend's name.
(seh meh ohlbeeDTHOH ehl NOHMbreh deh
too NOHbyoh)
Te vi ayer con mi primo.
I saw you yesterday with my cousin.
(teh bee ahYEHR kohn mee PREEmoh)
Te vi ayer.
I saw you yesterday.
(teh bee ahYEHR)
Te vi ayer con Rosa.
I saw you yesterday with Rosa.
(teh bee ahYEHR kohn RROHsah)
el otro día
the other day
(ehl OHtroh DEEah)
Te vi el otro día.
I saw you the other day.
(teh bee ehl OHtroh DEEah)
¿Fuiste a bailar con tu novia?
Did you go dancing with your girlfriend?
(FWEESteh ah bayLAHR kohn too NOHbyah)
¿Fuiste a la discoteca con tu marido
anoche?
Did you go to the night club with your husband
last night?
(FWEESteh ah lah deeskohTEHkah kohn too
mahREEdthoh ahNOHcheh)
la otra noche
the other night
(lah OHtrah NOHcheh)
Fui la otra noche.
I went the other night.
(fwee lah OHtrah NOHcheh)
Anoche fui a la discoteca con mis primos.
I went to the night club with my cousins last night.
(ahNOHcheh fwee ah lah deeskohTEHkah
kohn mees PREEmohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
264
English
Spanish
¿Has oído algo sobre la fiesta de Ana de
este viernes?
Have you heard anything about Anna's party this
Friday?
(ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHSteh
BYEHRnehs)
has oído sobre
have you heard about
(ahs ohEEdthoh SOHbreh)
has oído algo sobre
have you heard something about
(ahs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh)
la fiesta de Ana
Ana's party
(lah FYEHStah deh AHnah)
la fiesta de Ana de este viernes
Ana's party this Friday
(lah FYEHStah deh AHnah deh EHSteh
BYEHRnehs)
(the party of Ana of this Friday)
¿Ha oído algo sobre la fiesta de este
viernes?
Have you heard anything about the party this
Friday?
(ah ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah deh EHSteh BYEHRnehs)
He oído mucho sobre esta discoteca.
I have heard a lot about this night club.
(eh ohEEdthoh MOOchoh SOHbreh EHStah
deeskohTEHkah)
No he oído nada.
I haven't heard anything.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah)
No he oído nada sobre la fiesta.
I haven't heard anything about the party.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah)
Hemos oído algo sobre la fiesta.
We have heard something about the party.
(EHmohs ohEEdthoh AHLgoh SOHbreh lah
FYEHStah)
¡He oído que este viernes es tu
cumpleaños!
I have heard that this Friday is your birthday!
(eh ohEEdthoh keh EHSteh BYEHRnehs ehs
too koomplehAHnyohs )
No hemos oído nada sobre el baile de este
jueves.
We haven't heard anything about the dance this
Thursday.
(noh EHmohs ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh
ehl BAYleh deh EHSteh HWEHbehs)
No he oído nada sobre las fiestas de este
sábado.
I haven't heard anything about the parties this
Saturday.
(noh eh ohEEdthoh NAHdthah SOHbreh lahs
FYEHStahs deh EHSteh SAHbahdthoh)
Ella acaba de invitarme.
She just invited me.
(EHyah ahKAHbah deh eenbeeTAHRmeh)
Mi novio acaba de invitarme a bailar esta
noche.
My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.
(mee NOHbyoh ahKAHbah deh
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
265
My boyfriend just invited me dancing tonight.
eenbeeTAHRmeh ah bayLAHR EHStah
NOHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
266
English
Spanish
Acabo de hablar con María.
I just finished speaking with Maria.
(ahKAHboh deh ahBLAHR kohn mahREEah)
Acabamos de comer.
We just finished eating.
(ahkahBAHmohs deh kohMEHR)
Ella me invitó anoche.
She invited me last night.
(EHyah meh eenbeeTOH ahNOHcheh)
Anoche, él me invitó a bailar.
Last night, he invited me dancing.
(ahNOHcheh ehl meh eenbeeTOH ah
bayLAHR)
La fiesta acabó muy tarde.
The party finished very late.
(lah FYEHStah ahkahBOH mwee TAHRdtheh)
La cena acabó muy temprano.
The dinner party finished very early.
(lah SEHnah ahkahBOH mwee tehmPRAHnoh)
¡Acabo de decirte!
I just finished telling you!
(ahKAHboh deh dehSEERteh)
Me encantaría que me dejaras
acompañarte.
I would love it if you let me accompany you.
(meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
me encantaría que me dejaras
I would love it if you (would) let me
(meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
dehHAHrahs)
que me dejaras acompañarte
if you (would) let me accompany you
(keh meh dehHAHrahs ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
Me gustaría acompañarte.
I would like to accompany you.
(meh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRteh)
¿Puedes acompañarme a la discoteca?
Can you accompany me to the night club?
(PWEHdthehs ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh ah lah
deeskohTEHkah)
Me gustaría comprarte algo para tomar.
I would like to buy you something to drink.
(meh goostahREEah kohmPRAHRteh AHLgoh
PAHrah tohMAHR)
¿Me dejarías comprarte algo para tomar?
Would you let me buy you something to drink?
(meh dehhahREEahs kohmPRAHRteh AHLgoh
PAHrah tohMAHR)
¿Te gustaría acompañarme al cine?
Would you like to accompany me to the movie
theater?
(teh goostahREEah ahkohmpahNYAHRmeh
ahl SEEneh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
267
English
Spanish
Me gustaría que me acompañaras al cine.
I would like it if you accompany me to the movie
theater.
(meh goostahREEah keh meh
ahkohmpahNYAHrahs ahl SEEneh)
¡Claro! Me encantaría que me
acompañaras a la fiesta.
Of course! I would love it if you accompany me to
the party.
(KLAHroh meh ehnkahntahREEah keh meh
ahkohmpahNYAHrahs ah lah FYEHStah)
Allí nos encontramos.
We will meet each other there.
(ahYEE nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
Mañana nos encontramos.
Tomorrow we will meet each other.
(mahNYAHnah nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs)
El lunes nos encontramos allí.
Monday we will meet each other there.
(ehl LOOnehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE)
Nos encontramos el domingo.
We will meet each other Sunday.
(nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehl dohMEENgoh)
Mejor nos encontramos allí esta noche.
Better we meet each other there tonight.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE
EHStah NOHcheh)
Hoy nos encontramos en la fiesta.
We will meet each other at the party today.
(oy nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ehn lah
FYEHStah)
El martes nos encontramos allí en la
fiesta.
Tuesday we will meet each other there at the
party.
(ehl MAHRtehs nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs
ahYEE ehn lah FYEHStah)
Mejor nos encontramos allí este martes.
Better we meet each other there this Tuesday.
(mehHOHR nohs ehnkohnTRAHmohs ahYEE
EHSteh MAHRtehs)
¡Te amo mucho!
I love you so much!
(teh AHmoh MOOchoh)
También te amo.
I love you too.
(tahmBYEHN teh AHmoh)
con todo mi corazón
with all my heart
(kohn TOHdthoh mee kohrahSOHN)
¡Te amo con todo mi corazón!
I love you with all my heart!
(teh AHmoh kohn TOHdthoh mee
kohrahSOHN)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
268
English
Spanish
¡Qué rica huele la comida! ¿Qué está
cocinando?
The food smells delicious! What are you cooking?
(keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah keh
ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh)
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo para la
cena de esta noche.
I'm cooking chicken soup for dinner tonight.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah
NOHcheh)
¡Mmm! ¿Cómo está hecha?
Yum! How is it made?
(mmm KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah)
No sé cocinar muy bien. ¿Usted me puede
enseñar?
I don't know how to cook very well. Can you teach
me?
(noh seh kohseeNAHR mwee byehn
oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)
¡Claro! Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias
y un chile del refrigerador.
Sure! Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili
pepper from the refrigerator.
(KLAHroh SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohs
sahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos al
agua que está hirviendo.
Then, cut them into little pieces and throw them in
the boiling water.
(LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwah
keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
Bueno,¿usted quiere que haga algo más?
Okay, do you want me to do anything else?
(BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah
AHLgoh mahs)
Sí, añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y
una cucharita de ajo.
Yes, add a dash of salt and pepper and a
teaspoon of garlic.
(see ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl
ee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtah
deh AHhoh)
¡Qué rica huele la comida!
The food smells delicious!
(keh RREEkah WEHleh lah kohMEEdthah)
¡Qué rica comida!
What delicious food!
(keh RREEkah kohMEEdthah)
¡La comida está rica!
The food is delicious!
(lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH RREEkah)
La comida huele deliciosa.
The food smells delicious.
(lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh dehleeSYOHsah)
¡La comida huele rara!
The food smells weird.
(lah kohMEEdthah WEHleh RRAHrah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
269
English
Spanish
¡Cocino comida deliciosa!
I cook delicious food!
(kohSEEnoh kohMEEdthah dehleeSYOHsah)
¡La comida sabe deliciosa!
The food tastes delicious!
(lah kohMEEdthah SAHbeh dehleeSYOHsah)
¡La comida está sabrosa!
The food is tasty.
(lah kohMEEdthah ehsTAH sahBROHsah)
Estoy cocinando sopa.
I'm cooking soup.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah)
sopa de pollo
chicken soup
(SOHpah deh POHyoh)
Estoy cocinando sopa de pollo.
I'm cooking chicken soup.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh)
Estoy cocinando la cena.
I'm cooking dinner.
(ehsTOY kohseeNAHNdoh lah SEHnah)
para la cena de esta noche
for dinner tonight
(PAHrah lah SEHnah deh EHStah NOHcheh)
Ella está cocinando sopa de pollo.
She is cooking chicken soup.
(EHyah ehsTAH kohseeNAHNdoh SOHpah deh
POHyoh)
Ella está horneando.
She's baking.
(EHyah ehsTAH ohrnehAHNdoh)
pastel de chocolate
chocolate cake
(pahsTEHL deh chohkohLAHteh)
Estoy horneando un pastel de chocolate
para la cena de esta noche.
I'm baking a chocolate cake for dinner tonight.
(ehsTOY ohrnehAHNdoh oon pahsTEHL deh
chohkohLAHteh PAHrah lah SEHnah deh
EHStah NOHcheh)
Estoy preparando un pastel de chocolate.
I'm preparing a chocolate cake.
(ehsTOY prehpahRAHNdoh oon pahsTEHL
deh chohkohLAHteh)
ella está haciendo
she is making
(EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
270
English
Spanish
Ella está haciendo un pastel.
She is making a cake.
(EHyah ehsTAH ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL)
Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el
desayuno de esta mañana.
I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this
morning.
(ehsTOY ahSYEHNdoh SOHpah deh POHyoh
PAHrah ehl dehsahYOOnoh deh EHStah
mahNYAHnah)
¿Estás haciendo un pastel de chocolate
para el postre?
Are you making a chocolate cake for dessert?
(ehsTAHS ahSYEHNdoh oon pahsTEHL deh
chohkohLAHteh PAHrah ehl POHStreh)
¿Qué cenamos esta noche?
What are we eating for dinner tonight?
(keh sehNAHmohs EHStah NOHcheh)
Hoy, almorzamos con mi familia.
Today, we are eating lunch with my family.
(oy ahlmohrSAHmohs kohn mee fahMEElyah)
Hoy almorzamos sopa de pollo.
Today we are eating chicken soup for lunch.
(oy ahlmohrSAHmohs SOHpah deh POHyoh)
¿Qué quieres desayunar?
What do you want to eat for breakfast?
(keh KYEHrehs dehsahyooNAHR)
¿Cómo está hecha la paella?
How is the paella made?
(KOHmoh ehsTAH EHchah lah pahEHyah)
La paella está hecha con mariscos y arroz.
The paella is made with seafood and rice.
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn
mahREESkohs ee ahRROHS)
La paella está hecha con salsa de tomate,
arroz y mariscos.
The paella is made with tomato sauce, rice and
seafood.
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn SAHLsah
deh tohMAHteh ahRROHS ee mahREESkohs)
Me gustan los mariscos.
I like seafood.
(meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs)
La paella está hecha con mariscos. ¿Te
gustan?
The paella is made with seafood. Do you like
them?
(lah pahEHyah ehsTAH EHchah kohn
mahREESkohs teh GOOStahn)
¡No me gustan los mariscos para nada!
I don't like seafood at all!
(noh meh GOOStahn lohs mahREESkohs
PAHrah NAHdthah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
271
English
Spanish
¿Te gusta la paella?
Do you like the paella?
(teh GOOStah lah pahEHyah)
Me gusta la paella con salchichas.
I like the paella with sausages.
(meh GOOStah lah pahEHyah kohn
sahlCHEEchahs)
A ella no le gusta que su paella esté hecha
con salchicha.
She doesn't like that her paella is made with
sausages.
(ah EHyah noh leh GOOStah keh soo
pahEHyah ehsTEH EHchah kohn
sahlCHEEchah)
Saca dos cebollas, dos zanahorias y un
chile del refrigerador.
Take out two onions, two carrots, and a chili
pepper from the refrigerator.
(SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs dohs
sahnahOHryahs ee oon CHEEleh dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
Saca dos cebollas.
Take out two onions.
(SAHkah dohs sehBOHyahs)
Saca una zanahoria.
Take out a carrot.
(SAHkah OOnah sahnahOHryah)
dos chiles y una zanahoria
two chili peppers and a carrot
(dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah sahnahOHryah)
Saca dos chiles y una zanahoria.
Take out two chili peppers and a carrot.
(SAHkah dohs CHEElehs ee OOnah
sahnahOHryah)
Saca dos chiles del refrigerador.
Take out two chili peppers from the refrigerator.
(SAHkah dohs CHEElehs dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
Saca un tenedor del cajón.
Take out a fork from the drawer.
(SAHkah oon tehnehDTHOHR dehl kahHOHN)
Saca una cuchara.
Take out a spoon.
(SAHkah OOnah kooCHAHrah)
Put the spoon back.
Devuelve la cuchara.
(Return the spoon.)
(dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah)
Devuelve el cuchillo al cajón.
Put the knife back in the drawer.
(dehBWEHLbeh ehl kooCHEEyoh ahl
kahHOHN)
(Put the knife back to the drawer.)
Devuelve la cuchara y el cuchillo a su
lugar.
Put the spoon and the knife back in their place.
(dehBWEHLbeh lah kooCHAHrah ee ehl
kooCHEEyoh ah soo looGAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
272
English
Spanish
Luego, córtalos en pedacitos.
Then, cut them in little pieces.
(Later, cut them in little pieces.)
(LWEHgoh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs)
Then, throw them into the water.
Luego, échalos al agua.
(Later, throw them to the water.)
(LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah)
boiling water
agua que está hirviendo
(water that is boiling)
(AHwah keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
Luego, échalos al agua que está hirviendo.
Then, throw them into the boiling water.
(LWEHgoh EHchahlohs ahl AHwah keh
ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
Primero, córtalos en pedacitos y échalos al
agua que está hirviendo.
First cut them in little pieces and throw them into
the boiling water.
(preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs ee EHchahlohs ahl AHwah
keh ehsTAH eerBYEHNdoh)
Corte los chiles en pedacitos.
Cut the chili peppers into little pieces.
(KOHRteh lohs CHEElehs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs)
Échelos al agua.
Throw them in the water.
(EHchehlohs ahl AHwah)
Revuelve las papas.
Stir the potatoes.
(rrehBWEHLbeh lahs PAHpahs)
Primero, muele los chiles.
First, grind the chili peppers.
(preeMEHroh MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs)
Muele los chiles y échalos al agua.
Grind the chili peppers and throw them into the
water.
(MWEHleh lohs CHEElehs ee EHchahlohs ahl
AHwah)
Muélelos y échalos a la olla.
Grind them and throw them in the pot.
(MWEHlehlohs ee EHchahlohs ah lah OHyah)
Saca las papas de la olla y machácalas.
Take out the potatoes from the pot and mash
them.
(SAHkah lahs PAHpahs deh lah OHyah ee
mahCHAHkahlahs)
Bueno. ¿Usted quiere que haga algo más?
Ok. Do you want me to do anything else?
(BWEHnoh oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah
AHLgoh mahs)
(Good. Do you want that I do something more?)
¿Usted quiere que haga algo?
Do you want me to do something?
(oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh AHgah AHLgoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
273
English
Spanish
What do you want me to do?
¿Qué quieres que haga?
(What do you want that I do?)
(keh KYEHrehs keh AHgah)
¿Quieres algo más?
Do you want something else?
(KYEHrehs AHLgoh mahs)
¿Quiere algo más del refrigerador?
Do you want anything else from the refrigerator?
(KYEHreh AHLgoh mahs dehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
No quiero que hagas eso.
I don't want you to do that.
(noh KYEHroh keh AHgahs EHsoh)
¿Usted quiere que ella vaya?
Do you want her to go?
(oosTEHDTH KYEHreh keh EHyah BAHyah)
Quiero que vayas a la cocina.
I want you to go to the kitchen.
(KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah)
Quiero que vayas a la cocina por algo más.
I want you to go to the kitchen for something else.
(KYEHroh keh BAHyahs ah lah kohSEEnah
pohr AHLgoh mahs)
Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta y una
cucharita de ajo.
Add a dash of salt and pepper and a teaspoon of
garlic.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl ee
peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah koochahREEtah deh
AHhoh)
Añade una pizca.
Add a dash.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah)
Añade una pizca de sal.
Add a dash of salt.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl)
Añade una pizca de sal y pimienta.
Add a dash of salt and pepper.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah deh sahl ee
peeMYEHNtah )
una cucharita de ajo
a teaspoon of garlic
(OOnah koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)
Después, añade una pizca de sal y
pimienta y una cucharita de ajo.
Then, add a dash of salt and pepper and a
teaspoon of garlic.
(dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdtheh OOnah PEESkah
deh sahl ee peeMYEHNtah ee OOnah
koochahREEtah deh AHhoh)
una taza de azúcar
a cup of sugar
(OOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
274
English
Spanish
Añade una taza de azúcar.
Add a cup of sugar.
(ahNYAHdtheh OOnah TAHsah deh
ahSOOkahr )
Primero, córtalos en pedacitos. Después,
añade una taza de azúcar.
First, cut them in little pieces. Then add a cup of
sugar.
(preeMEHroh KOHRtahlohs ehn
pehdthahSEEtohs dehsPWEHS ahNYAHdtheh
OOnah TAHsah deh ahSOOkahr )
Añada una taza de harina y dos cucharitas
de azúcar.
Add a cup of flour and two teaspoons of sugar.
(ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh ahREEnah
ee dohs koochahREEtahs deh ahSOOkahr )
¿Puedes añadir una taza de maíz a la olla?
Can you add a cup of corn to the pot?
(PWEHdthehs ahnyahDTHEER OOnah TAHsah
deh mahEES ah lah OHyah)
Añada una taza de harina de maíz.
Add a cup of cornmeal.
(ahNYAHdthah OOnah TAHsah deh ahREEnah
deh mahEES)
Revuelve la harina de maíz con dos
cucharitas de azúcar.
Stir the cornmeal with two teaspoons of sugar.
(rrehBWEHLbeh lah ahREEnah deh mahEES
kohn dohs koochahREEtahs deh ahSOOkahr )
¿Usted me puede enseñar?
Can you teach me?
(oosTEHDTH meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR)
Quiero enseñarte a cocinar.
I want to teach you to cook.
(KYEHroh ehnsehNYAHRteh ah kohseeNAHR)
¿Me puede enseñar a cocinar?
Can you teach me to cook?
(meh PWEHdtheh ehnsehNYAHR ah
kohseeNAHR)
I don't know how to cook.
No sé cocinar.
(I don't know to cook.)
(noh seh kohseeNAHR)
No sé cocinar. ¿Me puedes enseñar?
I don't know how to cook. Can you teach me?
(noh seh kohseeNAHR meh PWEHdthehs
ehnsehNYAHR)
usar el horno
to use the oven
(ooSAHR ehl OHRnoh)
¿Quieres que te enseñe a usar el horno?
You want me to teach you to use the oven?
(KYEHrehs keh teh ehnSEHnyeh ah ooSAHR
ehl OHRnoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
275
English
Spanish
No, prefiero el microondas.
No, I prefer the microwave.
(noh prehFYEHroh ehl meekrohOHNdahs)
¿Me puedes enseñar a usar la estufa?
Can you teach me to use the stove?
(meh PWEHdthehs ehnsehNYAHR ah ooSAHR
lah ehsTOOfah)
¡Vamos a pasear y disfrutar del paisaje!
Let's go for a walk and enjoy the landscape.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR ee deesfrooTAHR
dehl paySAHheh)
¿Adónde quieres ir a pasear?
Where do you want go for walk?
(ahDTHOHNdeh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR)
A la playa cerca de las montañas.
To the beach close to the mountains.
(ah lah PLAHyah SEHRkah deh lahs
mohnTAHnyahs)
¿Hace calor hoy?
Is it hot today?
(AHseh kahLOHR oy)
Sí y hace sol también.
Yes, and it's sunny too.
(see ee AHseh sohl tahmBYEHN)
¿Cuál es la temperatura ahora?
What is the temperature now?
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahOHrah)
Treinta y dos grados.
Thirty two degrees.
(TREYNtah ee dohs GRAHdthohs)
Vámonos entonces.
Let's go then.
(BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs)
¡Vamos a pasear!
Let's go for a walk!
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR)
enjoy the landscape
disfrutar del paisaje
(to enjoy of the landscape)
(deesfrooTAHR dehl paySAHheh)
¡Vamos a disfrutar del paisaje!
Let's go enjoy the landscape!
(BAHmohs ah deesfrooTAHR dehl
paySAHheh)
(We go to enjoy of the landscape.)
¡Qué hermoso paisaje!
What a beautiful landscape!
(keh ehrMOHsoh paySAHheh)
¿Disfrutaste del paseo?
Did you enjoy the walk?
(deesfrooTAHSteh dehl pahSEHoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
276
English
Spanish
¡Vamos a las ruinas!
Let's go to the ruins!
(BAHmohs ah lahs RRWEEnahs)
Vamos a pasear por las ruinas.
Let's go for a walk through the ruins.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
RRWEEnahs)
¿Disfrutaste de tu paseo por las ruinas?
Did you enjoy your walk through the ruins?
(deesfrooTAHSteh deh too pahSEHoh pohr
lahs RRWEEnahs)
Vamos a ver.
Let's go see.
(BAHmohs ah behr)
¡Vamos a ver las pirámides!
Let's go see the pyramids!
(BAHmohs ah behr lahs peeRAHmeedthehs)
It's hot.
Hace calor.
(It makes heat.)
(AHseh kahLOHR )
Hace frío hoy.
It's cold today.
(AHseh FREEoh oy)
Yesterday, it was cold.
Ayer hizo frío.
(Yesterday, it made cold.)
(ahYEHR EEsoh FREEoh)
last week
la semana pasada
(the past week)
(lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah)
La semana pasada hizo frío.
Last week it was cold.
(lah sehMAHnah pahSAHdthah EEsoh
FREEoh)
Hizo más calor hoy que ayer.
It was hotter today than yesterday.
(EEsoh mahs kahLOHR oy keh ahYEHR)
Mañana hará calor.
Tomorrow, it will be hot.
(mahNYAHnah ahRAH kahLOHR)
la próxima semana
next week
(lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah)
La próxima semana va a hacer calor.
Next week, it is going to be hot.
(lah PROHkseemah sehMAHnah bah ah
ahSEHR kahLOHR)
¿Va a hacer frío mañana?
Is it going to be cold tomorrow?
(bah ah ahSEHR FREEoh mahNYAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
277
English
Spanish
¿Hará frío mañana?
Will it be cold tomorrow?
(ahRAH FREEoh mahNYAHnah)
Today it's sunny.
Hoy hace sol.
(Today it makes sun.)
(oy AHseh sohl)
¡Hay muchas nubes!
There are many clouds!
(ay MOOchahs NOObehs)
¿Puedes ver el sol? No hay muchas nubes.
Can you see the sun? There aren't many clouds.
(PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl noh ay
MOOchahs NOObehs)
Está muy nublado hoy.
It's very cloudy today.
(ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh oy)
No puedes ver el sol. Está muy nublado.
You can't see the sun. It's very cloudy.
(noh PWEHdthehs behr ehl sohl ehsTAH
mwee nooBLAHdthoh)
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para
hoy?
What is the weather forecast for today?
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh PAHrah oy)
weather forecast
pronóstico del tiempo
(prognosis of the weather)
(prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh)
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo?
What is the weather forecast?
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh)
(Which is the forecast of the weather ?)
el pronóstico del tiempo para hoy
the weather forecast for today
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh
PAHrah oy)
¿Cómo está el tiempo?
How is the weather?
(KOHmoh ehsTAH ehl TYEHMpoh)
¿Cuál es el pronóstico del tiempo para
este fin de semana?
What is the weather forecast for this weekend?
(kwahl ehs ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl
TYEHMpoh PAHrah EHSteh feen deh
sehMAHnah)
Va a llover.
It's going to rain.
(bah ah yohBEHR)
Está muy nublado. ¿Va a llover?
It's very cloudy. Is it going to rain?
(ehsTAH mwee nooBLAHdthoh bah ah
yohBEHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
278
English
Spanish
el pronóstico dice
the forecast says
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh)
El pronóstico dice que va a llover.
The forecast says that it is going to rain.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh bah ah
yohBEHR)
¿Pronostican mal tiempo para este fin de
semana?
Do they forecast bad weather for this weekend?
(prohnohsTEEkahn mahl TYEHMpoh PAHrah
EHSteh feen deh sehMAHnah)
the entire week
toda la semana
(all the week)
(TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)
No, pronostican buen tiempo para toda la
semana.
No, they forecast good weather for the entire
week.
(noh prohnohsTEEkahn bwehn TYEHMpoh
PAHrah TOHdthah lah sehMAHnah)
Va a haber una tormenta hoy.
There is going to be a storm today.
(bah ah ahBEHR OOnah tohrMEHNtah oy)
va a haber
there is going to be
(bah ah ahBEHR)
¿Va a haber mal tiempo mañana?
Is there going to be bad weather tomorrow?
(bah ah ahBEHR mahl TYEHMpoh
mahNYAHnah)
¡Va a haber un huracán!
There's going to be a hurricane!
(bah ah ahBEHR oon oorahKAHN)
It's going to hail.
Va a caer granizo.
(Hail is going to fall.)
(bah ah kahEHR grahNEEsoh)
It hailed yesterday.
Cayó granizo ayer.
(Hail fell yesterday.)
(kahYOH grahNEEsoh ahYEHR)
¿Va a nevar hoy?
Is it going to snow today?
(bah ah nehBAHR oy)
Creo que va a nevar.
I think that it's going to snow.
(KREHoh keh bah ah nehBAHR)
¿Te gusta la nieve?
Do you like the snow?
(teh GOOStah lah NYEHbeh)
La nieve es hermosa pero muy fría.
The snow is beautiful but very cold.
(lah NYEHbeh ehs ehrMOHsah PEHroh mwee
FREEah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
279
English
Spanish
El martes va a caer aguanieve.
Tuesday, it's going to sleet.
(ehl MAHRtehs bah ah kahEHR
ahwahNYEHbeh)
(The Tuesday, it's going to fall sleet.)
¿Cayó mucha aguanieve?
Did it sleet a lot?
(kahYOH MOOchah ahwahNYEHbeh)
¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas
cerca de la playa?
Do you want to go for a walk through the
mountains close to the beach?
(KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
mohnTAHnyahs SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)
por las montañas
through the mountains
(pohr lahs mohnTAHnyahs)
¿Quieres ir a pasear por las montañas?
You want to go for a walk through the mountains?
(KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR pohr lahs
mohnTAHnyahs)
close to the beach
cerca de la playa
(close of the beach)
(SEHRkah deh lah PLAHyah)
Vamos a pasear por el bosque.
Let's go for a walk through the forest.
(BAHmohs ah pahsehAHR pohr ehl BOHSkeh)
Voy a dar un paseo por el bosque.
I'm going to go for a walk through the forest.
(boy ah dahr oon pahSEHoh pohr ehl
BOHSkeh)
(I'm going to give a walk through the forest.)
Hace calor en el desierto.
It's hot in the desert.
(AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)
No quieres ir a pasear en el desierto.
¡Hace mucho calor!
You don't want to go for a walk in the desert. It's
very hot!
(noh KYEHrehs eer ah pahsehAHR ehn ehl
dehSYEHRtoh AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR)
Hace más frío en mi ciudad que en el
desierto.
It's colder in my city than in the desert.
(AHseh mahs FREEoh ehn mee
syooDTHAHDTH keh ehn ehl dehSYEHRtoh)
¡Vamos a ver las ruinas de la Ciudad
Perdida!
Let's go see the ruins of the Lost City!
(BAHmohs ah behr lahs RRWEEnahs deh lah
syooDTHAHDTH pehrDTHEEdthah)
What is the temperature today?
¿Cuál es la temperatura hoy?
(Which is the temperature today?)
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah oy)
What is the temperature?
¿Cuál es la temperatura?
(Which is the temperature?)
(kwahl ehs lah tehmpehrahTOOrah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
280
English
Spanish
¿Cuál será la temperatura mañana?
What will the temperature be tomorrow?
(kwahl sehRAH lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
mahNYAHnah)
¿Cuál fue la temperatura ayer?
What was the temperature yesterday?
(kwahl fweh lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahYEHR)
La temperatura será alta mañana.
The temperature will be high tomorrow.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah sehRAH AHLtah
mahNYAHnah)
La temperatura fue más alta hoy que ayer.
The temperature was higher today than
yesterday.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs AHLtah
oy keh ahYEHR)
La tempertatura fue más baja ayer que
hoy.
The temperature was lower yesterday than today.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah fweh mahs BAHhah
ahYEHR keh oy)
La temperatura va a alcanzar los treinta
grados el domingo.
The temperature is going to reach thirty degrees
Sunday.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah
ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs ehl
dohMEENgoh)
Va a alcanzar los trienta grados.
It's going to reach thirty degrees.
(bah ah ahlkahnSAHR lohs TREYNtah
GRAHdthohs)
¡La temperatura no va a alcanzar los
veinte grados hoy!
The temperature is not going to reach twenty
degrees today!
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah noh bah ah
ahlkahnSAHR lohs BEYNteh GRAHdthohs oy)
La temperatura alcanzará los treinta
grados.
The temperature will reach thirty degrees.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah ahlkahnsahRAH
lohs TREYNtah GRAHdthohs)
El pronóstico del tiempo dice que la
temperatura alcanzará los diez grados
hoy.
The weather forecast says that the temperature
will reach ten degrees today.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh dehl TYEHMpoh
DEEseh keh lah tehmpehrahTOOrah
ahlkahnsahRAH lohs dyehs GRAHdthohs oy)
La temperatura va a subir el martes.
The temperature is going to go up Tuesday.
(lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehl
MAHRtehs)
El pronóstico dice que la temperatura va a
subir el martes.
The forecast says that the temperature is going
to go up on Tuesday.
(ehl prohNOHSteekoh DEEseh keh lah
tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah sooBEER ehl
MAHRtehs)
Mañana la temperatura va a bajar.
Tomorrow the temperature is going to go down.
(mahNYAHnah lah tehmpehrahTOOrah bah
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
281
Tomorrow the temperature is going to go down.
ah bahHAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
282
English
Spanish
Va a bajar cinco grados.
It's going to go down five degrees.
(bah ah bahHAHR SEENkoh GRAHdthohs)
Pronostican que la temperatura va a bajar
diez grados.
They forecast that the temperature is going to go
down ten degrees.
(prohnohsTEEkahn keh lah
tehmpehrahTOOrah bah ah bahHAHR dyehs
GRAHdthohs)
Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos por si
refresca.
Let's take our coats in case it gets cooler.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohs
ahBREEgohs pohr see rrehFREHSkah)
vamos a llevar
let's take
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR)
Vamos a llevar nuestros abrigos.
Let's take our coats.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR NWEHStrohs
ahBREEgohs)
por si refresca
in case it gets cooler
(pohr see rrehFREHSkah)
¿Va a refrescar?
Is it going to get cooler?
(bah ah rrehfrehsKAHR)
Vamos a llevar agua.
Let's take water.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah)
Hace calor en el parque.
It's hot in the park.
(AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)
Vamos a llevar agua por si hace calor en el
parque.
Let's take water in case it's hot in the park.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR AHwah pohr see
AHseh kahLOHR ehn ehl PAHRkeh)
Pronostican lluvia. ¿Llevamos el paraguas?
They forecast rain. Should we take the umbrella?
(prohnohsTEEkahn YOObyah yehBAHmohs
ehl pahRAHwahs)
(They forecast rain. Do we take the umbrella?)
por si llueve
in case it rains
(pohr see YWEHbeh)
Vamos a llevar el paraguas por si llueve
esta noche.
Let's take the umbrella in case it rains tonight.
(BAHmohs ah yehBAHR ehl pahRAHwahs pohr
see YWEHbeh EHStah NOHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
283
English
Spanish
¿Vas a las cataratas?
Are you going to the waterfalls?
(bahs ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs)
Lleva la cámara.
Take the camera.
(YEHbah lah KAHmahrah)
¿Vas a ir a las cataratas? ¡Lleva la cámara!
Are you going to go to the waterfalls? Take the
camera!
(bahs ah eer ah lahs kahtahRAHtahs YEHbah
lah KAHmahrah)
por si nieva
in case it snows
(pohr see NYEHbah)
¿Quieres mi abrigo?
Do you want my coat?
(KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh)
¿Quieres llevar mi abrigo por si nieva?
Do you want to take my coat in case it snows?
(KYEHrehs yehBAHR mee ahBREEgoh pohr
see NYEHbah)
¿Quieres mi abrigo por si refresca?
Do you want my coat in case it gets cooler?
(KYEHrehs mee ahBREEgoh pohr see
rrehFREHSkah)
¡Vámonos entonces, antes de que llueva!
Let's go then, before it rains!
(BAHmohnohs ehnTOHNsehs AHNtehs deh
keh YWEHbah)
let's go before
vámonos antes de que
(let's go before of that)
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh)
antes de que llueva
before it rains
(AHNtehs deh keh YWEHbah)
¡Vámonos antes de que caiga granizo!
Let's go before it hails!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgah
grahNEEsoh)
(Let's go before hail falls!)
¡Vámonos antes de que nieve!
Let's go before it snows!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh NYEHbeh)
¡Vámonos antes de que caiga aguanieve!
(BAHmohnohs AHNtehs deh keh KAYgah
ahwahNYEHbehvAHmohnohs AHntehs deh
keh kAHeegah ahgooahneeEHveh)
Let's go before it sleets!
Tengo que ir de compras.
I have to go shopping.
(TEHNgoh keh eer deh KOHMprahs)
¿Qué necesitas comprar?
What do you need to buy?
(keh nehsehSEEtahs kohmPRAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
284
English
Spanish
Me quedé sin leche y también necesito
zapatos nuevos.
I'm out of milk and I also need new shoes.
(meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee
tahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs
NWEHbohs)
¿Qué número calzas?
What size shoe do you wear?
(keh NOOmehroh KAHLsahs)
Creo que el número aquí es cuarenta.
I think the number here is forty.
(KREHoh keh ehl NOOmehroh ahKEE ehs
kwahREHNtah)
¿Qué zapatería me recomiendas?
What shoe store do you recommend?
(keh sahpahtehREEah meh
rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
Vamos a la zapatería que está en la calle
San Martín.
Let's go to the shoe store on San Martín street.
(BAHmohs ah lah sahpahtehREEah keh
ehsTAH ehn lah KAHyeh sahn mahrTEEN)
¿A qué hora cierra?
What time does it close?
(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah)
Mmm...no sé. Pero aquí las tiendas cierran
tarde.
Mmm… I don’t know, but the stores here close
late.
(mmm noh seh PEHroh ahKEE lahs
TYEHNdahs SYEHrrahn TAHRdtheh)
al centro comercial
to the mall
(ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
Tengo que ir al centro comercial.
I have to go to the mall.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL)
Tengo que comprar un vestido.
I have to buy a dress.
(TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh)
para la fiesta
for the party
(PAHrah lah FYEHStah)
para la fiesta de esta noche
for the party tonight
(PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh EHStah NOHcheh)
Tengo que comprar un vestido para la
fiesta de esta noche.
I have to buy a dress for the party tonight.
(TEHNgoh keh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh PAHrah lah FYEHStah deh
EHStah NOHcheh)
Tengo que ir a la zapatería.
I have to go to the shoe store.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ah lah sahpahtehREEah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
285
English
Spanish
Tengo que irme.
I have to leave.
(TEHNgoh keh EERmeh)
Me tengo que ir.
I have to leave.
(meh TEHNgoh keh eer)
Voy de compras.
I'm going shopping.
(boy deh KOHMprahs)
Voy al centro comercial.
I'm going to the mall.
(boy ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
¿Vas a la zapatería?
Are you going to the shoe store?
(bahs ah lah sahpahtehREEah)
de compras conmigo
shopping with me
(deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)
¿Vas de compras conmigo?
Are you going shopping with me?
(bahs deh KOHMprahs kohnMEEgoh)
I ran out of milk!
¡Me quedé sin leche!
(I stayed without milk. )
(meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh)
I ran out of
me quedé sin
(I stayed without)
(meh kehDTHEH seen)
¡No me quedé sin leche!
I didn't run out of milk!
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh )
Me quedé sin hojas.
I ran out of stationery.
(meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs)
Voy a la papelería.
I'm going to the stationery store.
(boy ah lah pahpehlehREEah)
Me quedé sin hojas. Voy a la papelería.
I ran out of stationery. I'm going to the stationery
store.
(meh kehDTHEH seen OHhahs boy ah lah
pahpehlehREEah)
¿Vas a la papelería? ¿Me compras hojas?
Are you going to the stationery store? Will you buy
me stationery?
(bahs ah lah pahpehlehREEah meh
KOHMprahs OHhahs)
cartón de leche
milk carton
(kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
286
English
Spanish
El cartón de leche está en el refrigerador.
The milk carton is in the refrigerator.
(ehl kahrTOHN deh LEHcheh ehsTAH ehn ehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
¡No me quedé sin leche! El cartón está en
el refrigerador.
I didn't run out of milk! The carton is in the
refrigerator.
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ehl
kahrTOHN ehsTAH ehn ehl
rrehfreehehrahDTHOHR)
¡Ay no! Me quedé sin cereales.
Oh no! I ran out of cereal!
(ay noh meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehs)
caja de cereales
box of cereal
(KAHhah deh sehrehAHlehs)
¿Puedes comprar una caja de cereales?
Can you buy a box of cereal?
(PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah
deh sehrehAHlehs)
Me quedé sin cereales. ¿Puedes comprar
una caja?
I ran out of cereal. Can you buy a box?
(meh kehDTHEH seen sehrehAHlehs
PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR OOnah KAHhah)
Tengo que ir al mercado.
I have to go to the market.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Vas al mercado?
Are you going to the market?
(bahs ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Puedes ir al mercado?
Can you go to the market?
(PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh)
¿Puedes ir al mercado? Me quedé sin
leche y cereales.
Can you go to the market? I ran out of milk and
cereal.
(PWEHdthehs eer ahl mehrKAHdthoh meh
kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ee sehrehAHlehs )
Me quedé sin azúcar. ¿Puedes comprar un
kilo, por favor?
I ran out of sugar. Can you buy a kilo, please?
(meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr
PWEHdthehs kohmPRAHR oon KEEloh pohr
fahBOHR)
Necesito un litro de leche para el pastel.
I need a liter of milk for the cake.
(nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh deh LEHcheh
PAHrah ehl pahsTEHL)
Me quedé sin azúcar y también necesito
un litro de leche.
I ran out of sugar and I also need a liter of milk.
(meh kehDTHEH seen ahSOOkahr ee
tahmBYEHN nehsehSEEtoh oon LEEtroh deh
LEHcheh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
287
English
Spanish
No me quedé sin leche. ¡Aquí hay un litro!
I didn't run out of milk. There's a liter here!
(noh meh kehDTHEH seen LEHcheh ahKEE ay
oon LEEtroh)
¿Qué tienda me recomiendas?
What store do you recommend?
(keh TYEHNdah meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
¿Qué me recomiendas?
What do you recommend to me?
(keh meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
¿Me puedes recomendar una tienda, por
favor?
Can you recommend a store to me, please?
(meh PWEHdthehs rrehkohmehnDAHR OOnah
TYEHNdah pohr fahBOHR)
Necesito comprar un vestido.
I need to buy a dress.
(nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh)
¡Qué hermoso vestido!
What a beautiful dress!
(keh ehrMOHsoh behsTEEdthoh)
Necesito comprar un vestido. ¿Qué tienda
de ropa me recomiendas?
I need to buy a dress. What clothing store do you
recommend to me?
(nehsehSEEtoh kohmPRAHR oon
behsTEEdthoh keh TYEHNdah deh RROHpah
meh rrehkohMYEHNdahs)
la tienda que está en la avenida San Juan
the store that is on San Juan Avenue
(lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)
Te recomiendo la tienda que está en la
avenida San Juan.
I recommend to you the store that is on San Juan
Avenue.
(teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh lah TYEHNdah keh
ehsTAH ehn lah ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn
)
Quiero comprar zapatos.
I want to buy shoes.
(KYEHroh kohmPRAHR sahPAHtohs)
Necesito zapatos nuevos.
I need new shoes.
(nehsehSEEtoh sahPAHtohs NWEHbohs)
Te recomiendo esa zapatería.
I recommend that shoe store to you.
(teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
Él lo recomienda.
He recommends it.
(ehl loh rrehkohMYEHNdah)
Él la recomienda.
He recommends it.
(ehl lah rrehkohMYEHNdah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
288
English
Spanish
Ella lo recomendó.
She recommended it.
(EHyah loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
él te recomendó
he recommended to you
(ehl teh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Él te lo recomendó.
He recommended it to you.
(ehl teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Ella me la recomendó.
She recommended it to me.
(EHyah meh lah rrehkohmehnDOH)
Ella te lo recomendó.
She recommended it to you.
(EHyah teh loh rrehkohmehnDOH)
¿Qué tienda te recomendó?
What store did he recommend to you?
(keh TYEHNdah teh rrehkohmehnDOH)
Él me recomendó esa zapatería.
He recommended that shoe store to me.
(ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
Él me recomendó la zapatería que está en
la avenida San Juan.
He recommended to me the shoe store that is on
San Juan Avenue.
(ehl meh rrehkohmehnDOH lah
sahpahtehREEah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn)
Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos.
That shoe store has pretty shoes.
(EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHneh
sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs)
Te lo recomiendo.
I recommend it to you.
(teh loh rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
Esa zapatería tiene zapatos bonitos. Te la
recomiendo.
That shoe store has pretty shoes. I recommend it
to you.
(EHsah sahpahtehREEah TYEHneh
sahPAHtohs bohNEEtohs teh lah
rrehkohMYEHNdoh)
Esa tienda vende trajes económicos.
That store sells inexpensive suits.
(EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh TRAHhehs
ehkohNOHmeekohs)
esa tienda vende
that store sells
(EHsah TYEHNdah BEHNdeh )
Voy a comprar un traje nuevo.
I'm going to buy a new suit.
(boy ah kohmPRAHR oon TRAHheh NWEHboh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
289
English
Spanish
¿Qué vende esa tienda?
What does that store sell?
(keh BEHNdeh EHsah TYEHNdah)
La tienda que está en la avenida San Juan
vende vestidos económicos.
The store that is on San Juan Avenue sells
inexpensive dresses.
(lah TYEHNdah keh ehsTAH ehn lah
ahbehNEEdthah sahn hwahn BEHNdeh
behsTEEdthohs ehkohNOHmeekohs)
evening dress
vestido de fiesta
(dress of party)
(behsTEEdthoh deh FYEHStah)
Disculpe, ¿vende vestidos de fiesta?
Excuse me, do you sell evening dresses?
(deesKOOLpeh BEHNdeh behsTEEdthohs deh
FYEHStah)
¡Esos zapatos son caros!
Those shoes are expensive!
(EHsohs sahPAHtohs sohn KAHrohs)
No vayas a esa tienda.
Don't go to that store.
(noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah)
Los zapatos que venden son caros.
The shoes that they sell are expensive.
(lohs sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohn
KAHrohs)
No vayas a esa tienda. Los zapatos que
venden son caros.
Don't go to that store. The shoes that they sell
are expensive.
(noh BAHyahs ah EHsah TYEHNdah lohs
sahPAHtohs keh BEHNdehn sohn KAHrohs)
No te recomiendo esa zapatería.
I don't recommend that shoe store to you.
(noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah)
No te recomiendo esa zapatería. Venden
zapatos caros.
I don't recommend that shoe store to you. They
sell expensive shoes.
(noh teh rrehkohMYEHNdoh EHsah
sahpahtehREEah BEHNdehn sahPAHtohs
KAHrohs)
What time?
¿A qué hora?
(To what hour?)
(ah keh OHrah)
tienda de música
music store
(TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah)
¿A qué hora cierra la tienda de música?
What time does the music store close?
(ah keh OHrah SYEHrrah lah TYEHNdah deh
MOOseekah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
290
English
Spanish
A las siete de la tarde (7:00 p.m.).
At seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.).
(ah lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)
La tienda de música cierra a las siete de la
tarde (7:00 p.m.).
The music store closes at seven p.m. (7:00 p.m.).
(lah TYEHNdah deh MOOseekah SYEHrrah ah
lahs SYEHteh deh lah TAHRdtheh)
¿A qué hora abre?
What time does it open?
(ah keh OHrah AHbreh)
¿A qué hora abre el centro comercial?
What time does the mall open?
(ah keh OHrah AHbreh ehl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL)
A las ocho de la mañana (8:00 a.m.).
At eight a.m. (8:00 a.m.).
(ah lahs OHchoh deh lah mahNYAHnah)
Abre a las nueve de la mañana (9:00
a.m.).
It opens at nine a.m. (9:00 a.m.).
(AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh deh lah
mahNYAHnah)
A la una de la mañana (1:00 a.m.).
At one a.m. (1:00 a.m.).
(ah lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)
El centro comercial cierra a la una de la
mañana. (1:00 a.m.)
The mall closes at one a.m. (1:00 a.m.)
(ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrah ah
lah OOnah deh lah mahNYAHnah)
¿Qué hora es?
What time is it?
(keh OHrah ehs)
Disculpe, ¿qué hora es?
Excuse me, what time is it?
(deesKOOLpeh keh OHrah ehs)
Son las seis (6:00).
It's six (6:00).
(sohn lahs seys)
Son las ocho de la noche (8:00 p.m.).
It's eight p.m. (8:00 p.m.).
(sohn lahs OHchoh deh lah NOHcheh)
Es la una (1:00).
It's one (1:00).
(ehs lah OOnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
291
English
Spanish
Creo que la farmacia cierra alrededor de
las ocho (8:00).
I think that the pharmacy closes around eight
(8:00).
(KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah
ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)
la farmacia cierra
the pharmacy closes
(lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah)
creo que cierra...
I think that it closes...
(KREHoh keh SYEHrrah)
Creo que la farmacia cierra a las ocho
(8:00).
I think that the pharmacy closes at eight (8:00).
(KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah SYEHrrah ah
lahs OHchoh)
Alrededor de las ocho (8:00).
Around eight (8:00).
(ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs OHchoh)
El centro comercial cierra alrededor de las
diez (10:00).
The mall closes around ten (10:00).
(ehl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrrah
ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs)
Me voy alrededor de las ocho (8:00).
I'm leaving around eight (8:00).
(meh boy ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs
OHchoh)
Vamos alrededor de las cuatro (4:00).
Let's go around four (4:00).
(BAHmohs ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs
KWAHtroh)
La tienda abre a las nueve en punto
(9:00).
The store opens at nine sharp (9:00).
(lah TYEHNdah AHbreh ah lahs NWEHbeh ehn
POONtoh)
de una a tres de la tarde
from one to three p.m.
(deh OOnah ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )
La papelería cierra de una a tres de la
tarde.
The stationery store closes from one to three
p.m.
(lah pahpehlehREEah SYEHrrah deh OOnah
ah trehs deh lah TAHRdtheh )
Disculpe, ¿está abierto?
Excuse me, is it open?
(deesKOOLpeh ehsTAH ahBYEHRtoh)
No creo que la farmacia esté abierta.
I don't think that the pharmacy is open.
(noh KREHoh keh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTEH
ahBYEHRtah)
Son las nueve en punto. Creo que la
farmacia está cerrada.
It's nine sharp. I think that the pharmacy is closed.
(sohn lahs NWEHbeh ehn POONtoh KREHoh
keh lah fahrMAHsyah ehsTAH
sehRRAHdthah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
292
English
Spanish
La zapatería está cerrada. Abre alrededor
de las diez.
The shoe store is closed. It opens around ten.
(lah sahpahtehREEah ehsTAH sehRRAHdthah
AHbreh ahlrrehdthehDTHOHR deh lahs dyehs
)
No creo que cierre tarde.
I don't think that it closes late.
(noh KREHoh keh SYEHrreh TAHRdtheh)
antes de las diez de la noche.
before ten p.m.
(AHNtehs deh lahs dyehs deh lah NOHcheh)
No creo que el centro comercial cierre
antes de las diez de la noche.
I don't think that the mall closes before ten p.m.
(noh KREHoh keh ehl SEHNtroh
kohmehrSYAHL SYEHrreh AHNtehs deh lahs
dyehs deh lah NOHcheh )
No creo que la tienda abra hoy.
I don't think that the store opens today.
(noh KREHoh keh lah TYEHNdah AHbrah oy)
¡Este pantalón me queda grande!
These pants are big on me!
(EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthah
GRAHNdeh)
(These pants fit me big!)
¡Me queda grande!
It fits me big!
(meh KEHdthah GRAHNdeh)
Este pantalón no me queda grande.
These pants aren't big on me.
(EHSteh pahntahLOHN noh meh KEHdthah
GRAHNdeh)
(These pants don't fit me big.)
Me queda chico.
It's small on me.
(meh KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
¡Ay no! ¡Este pantalón me queda chico!
Oh no! These pants are small on me!
(ay noh EHSteh pahntahLOHN meh KEHdthah
CHEEkoh)
¿Qué talla es usted?
What size are you?
(keh TAHyah ehs oosTEHDTH)
Yo soy talla chica.
I'm size small.
(yoh soy TAHyah CHEEkah)
Quiero esta camiseta en talla chica.
I want this tee shirt in size small.
(KYEHroh EHStah kahmeeSEHtah ehn TAHyah
CHEEkah)
No soy talla chica. Soy talla mediana.
I’m not size small. I’m size medium.
(noh soy TAHyah CHEEkah soy TAHyah
mehDTHYAHnah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
293
English
Spanish
¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana?
Do you have this dress in a size medium?
(TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn TAHyah
mehDTHYAHnah)
¿Tiene este vestido en talla mediana? Este
me queda chico.
Do you have this dress in a size medium? This is
small on me.
(TYEHneh EHSteh behsTEEdthoh ehn TAHyah
mehDTHYAHnah EHSteh meh KEHdthah
CHEEkoh)
Me queda bien.
It fits me well.
(meh KEHdthah byehn)
Esta talla me queda bien.
This size fits me well.
(EHStah TAHyah meh KEHdthah byehn)
La talla chica no me queda bien. ¿Tiene
talla mediana?
The size small doesn't fit me well. Do you have a
size medium?
(lah TAHyah CHEEkah noh meh KEHdthah
byehn TYEHneh TAHyah mehDTHYAHnah )
Creo que esta talla no me queda bien.
¿Tiene talla grande?
I think that this size doesn't fit me well. Do you
have size large?
(KREHoh keh EHStah TAHyah noh meh
KEHdthah byehn TYEHneh TAHyah
GRAHNdeh)
Tenemos talla grande y extra grande.
We have size large and extra large.
(tehNEHmohs TAHyah GRAHNdeh ee
EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)
Yo era talla grande.
I was size large.
(yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh)
Yo era talla grande. ¡Ahora soy talla extra
grande!
I was size large. Now I'm size extra large!
(yoh EHrah TAHyah GRAHNdeh ahOHrah soy
TAHyah EHKStrah GRAHNdeh)
What size shoe do you wear?
¿Qué número calza?
(What number do you wear?)
(keh NOOmehroh KAHLsah)
What size do you want?
¿Qué número quiere?
(What number do you want?)
(keh NOOmehroh KYEHreh)
Creo que este número me queda chico.
I think that this size is small on me.
(KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh meh
KEHdthah CHEEkoh)
Do you have one size bigger?
¿Tiene un número más?
(Do you have one number more?)
(TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh mahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
294
English
Spanish
Do you have one size smaller?
¿Tiene un número menos?
(Do you have one number less?)
(TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh MEHnohs)
They are big on me.
Me quedan grandes.
(They fit me big.)
(meh KEHdthahn GRAHNdehs)
Estos zapatos me quedan grandes. ¿Tiene
un número menos?
These shoes are big on me. Do you have one size
smaller?
(EHStohs sahPAHtohs meh KEHdthahn
GRAHNdehs TYEHneh oon NOOmehroh
MEHnohs)
No creo que este número me quede bien.
I don't think that this size fits me well.
(noh KREHoh keh EHSteh NOOmehroh meh
KEHdtheh byehn)
¡Qué hermosas botas!
What beautiful boots!
(keh ehrMOHsahs BOHtahs )
No creo que estas botas me queden bien.
I don't think that these boots fit me well.
(noh KREHoh keh EHStahs BOHtahs meh
KEHdthehn byehn)
Tengo que hacer unos mandados hoy. ¿Te
gustaría venir?
I have to run some errands today. Would you like
to come?
(TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs oy teh goostahREEah
behNEER)
¿Adónde vas?
Where are you going?
(ahDTHOHNdeh bahs)
Al banco y la oficina de correos.
To the bank and the post office.
(ahl BAHNkoh ee lah ohfeeSEEnah deh
kohRREHohs)
Sí, voy contigo. Tengo unas cartas para
mandar a los Estados Unidos.
Yes, I'll go with you. I have some letters to send to
the United States.
(see boy kohnTEEgoh TEHNgoh OOnahs
KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR ah lohs
ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)
¡Qué bien! Tengo un paquete para tu
mamá que necesito mandar.
Thats good! I have a package for your mom that I
need to send.
(¡keh byehn! TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh
PAHrah too mahMAH keh nehsehSEEtoh
mahnDAHR)
¿Por qué vas al banco?
Why are you going to the bank?
(¿pohr keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
Para cambiar los dólares por pesos.
To exchange the dollars for pesos.
(PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs pohr
PEHsohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
295
English
Spanish
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio acá?
What is the exchange rate here?
(¿kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
ahKAH?)
Tengo que hacer unos mandados.
I have to run some errands.
(I have to do some errands.)
(TEHNgoh keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs)
to run some errands
hacer unos mandados
(to do some errands)
(ahSEHR OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)
Tengo que ir a hacer unos mandados.
I have to go to run some errands.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ah ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs)
ir al centro
to go downtown
(eer ahl SEHNtroh)
Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unos
mandados.
I have to go downtown to run some errands.
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah ahSEHR
OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs)
Tengo que ir al centro a hacer unos
mandados. ¿Quieres venir?
I have to go downtown to run some errands. Do
you want to come?
(TEHNgoh keh eer ahl SEHNtroh ah ahSEHR
OOnohs mahnDAHdthohs. ¿KYEHrehs
behNEER?)
¿Quieres venir a hacer unos mandados
conmigo?
Do you want to come run some errands with me?
(¿KYEHrehs behNEER ah ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs kohnMEEgoh?)
no tienes que
you don't have to
(noh TYEHnehs keh)
No tienes que hacerlo.
You don't have to do it.
(noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHRloh)
No tienes que hacer los mandados. Yo
puedo ir.
You don't have to run the errands. I can go.
(noh TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR lohs
mahnDAHdthohs yoh PWEHdthoh eer)
¿Puedo ir contigo?
Can I go with you?
(¿PWEHdthoh eer kohnTEEgoh?)
Si tienes que hacer unos mandados,
¿puedo ir contigo?
If you have to run some errands, can I go with
you?
(see TYEHnehs keh ahSEHR OOnohs
mahnDAHdthohs PWEHdthoh eer
kohnTEEgoh)
Tengo unas cartas para mandar a Francia.
I have some letters to send to France.
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrah
mahnDAHR ah FRAHNsyah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
296
English
Spanish
cartas para mandar
letters to send
(KAHRtahs PAHrah mahnDAHR)
Tengo unas cartas.
I have some letters.
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs)
Tengo unas cartas para mandar.
I have some letters to send.
(TEHNgoh OOnahs KAHRtahs PAHrah
mahnDAHR)
Tengo que mandar una carta a los Estados
Unidos.
I have to send a letter to the United States.
(TEHNgoh keh mahnDAHR OOnah KAHRtah ah
lohs ehsTAHdthohs ooNEEdthohs)
un paquete para mandar
a package to send
(oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHR)
Tengo un paquete para mandar a Italia.
I have a package to send to Italy.
(TEHNgoh oon pahKEHteh PAHrah mahnDAHR
ah eeTAHlyah)
¿Cuánto cuesta mandar este paquete a
Italia?
How much does it cost to send this package to
Italy?
(¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah mahnDAHR EHSteh
pahKEHteh ah eeTAHlyah?)
Me gustaría enviar esta postal a México.
I would like to send this postcard to Mexico.
(meh goostahREEah ehnBYAHR EHStah
pohsTAHL ah MEHheekoh)
¿Cuánto cuesta la estampilla?
How much does the stamp cost?
(¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lah
ehstahmPEEyah?)
Tengo que enviar esta postal. ¿Cuánto
cuesta la estampilla?
I have to send this postcard. How much does the
stamp cost?
(TEHNgoh keh ehnBYAHR EHStah pohsTAHL.
¿KWAHNtoh KWEHStah lah ehstahmPEEyah?)
¿Cuánto cobran para enviar un paquete?
How much do they charge to send a package?
(¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHR
oon pahKEHteh?)
¿Cuánto cobran para enviar una carta a
Alemania?
How much do they charge to send a letter to
Germany?
(¿KWAHNtoh KOHbrahn PAHrah ehnBYAHR
OOnah KAHRtah ah ahlehMAHnyah?)
retirar un paquete
to pick up a package
(rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)
Buenos días. Necesito retirar un paquete.
Good morning. I need to pick up a package.
(BWEHnohs DEEahs nehsehSEEtoh
rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
297
English
Spanish
¿De dónde viene?
Where does it come from?
(¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh?)
¿De dónde viene su paquete?
Where does your package come from?
(¿deh DOHNdeh BYEHneh soo pahKEHteh?)
Tengo que retirar un paquete que viene de
Alemania.
I have to pick up a package from Germany.
(I have to pick up a package that comes from
Germany.)
(TEHNgoh keh rrehteeRAHR oon pahKEHteh
keh BYEHneh deh ahlehMAHnyah)
¿Por qué vas?
Why are you going?
(¿pohr keh bahs?)
¿Vas al banco?
Are you going to the bank?
(¿bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
¿Por qué no vas al banco?
Why don't you go to the bank?
(¿pohr keh noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh?)
then to the mall
luego al centro comercial
(later to the mall)
(LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL)
¿Por qué no vamos al banco y luego al
centro comercial?
Why don't we go to the bank and then to the mall?
(¿pohr keh noh BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh ee
LWEHgoh ahl SEHNtroh kohmehrSYAHL?)
¿Trajiste la tarjeta de crédito?
Did you bring the credit card?
(¿trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh?)
¿Por qué no trajiste la tarjeta de crédito?
Why didn't you bring the credit card?
(pohr keh noh trahHEESteh lah tahrHEHtah
deh KREHdtheetoh)
¿Por qué no llevas la tarjeta de débito?
Why don't you take the debit card?
(pohr keh noh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh
DEHbeetoh)
Vamos al banco. ¿Por qué no llevas la
tarjeta de débito?
We are going to the bank. Why don't you take the
debit card?
(BAHmohs ahl BAHNkoh pohr keh noh
YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh DEHbeetoh)
¿Para qué vas a la oficina de correos?
What are you going to the post office for?
(PAHrah keh bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh
kohRREHohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
298
English
Spanish
¿Para qué vas?
What are you going for?
(PAHrah keh bahs)
¿Vas a la oficina de correos?
Are you going to the post office?
(bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)
¿Para qué llevas los cheques?
What are you taking the checks for?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs)
si no vas al banco
if you're not going to the bank
(see noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)
¿Para qué llevas los cheques si no vas al
banco?
What are you taking the checks for if you're not
going to the bank?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lohs CHEHkehs see
noh bahs ahl BAHNkoh)
Si vas al banco, lleva los cheques.
If you go to the bank, take the checks.
(see bahs ahl BAHNkoh YEHbah lohs
CHEHkehs)
Si no tienes la carta, ¿para qué vas a la
oficina de correos?
If you don't have the letter, what are you going to
the post office for?
(see noh TYEHnehs lah KAHRtah PAHrah keh
bahs ah lah ohfeeSEEnah deh kohRREHohs)
¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito?
What are you taking the credit card for?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh)
si tienes el dinero
if you have the money
(see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)
¿Para qué llevas la tarjeta de crédito si
tienes el dinero?
What are you taking the credit card for if you have
the money?
(PAHrah keh YEHbahs lah tahrHEHtah deh
KREHdtheetoh see TYEHnehs ehl deeNEHroh)
¿Para qué necesita usar el cajero
automático?
What do you need to use the ATM for?
(PAHrah keh nehsehSEEtah ooSAHR ehl
kahHEHroh ahwtohMAHteekoh)
Puedo hacerlo en línea.
I can do it on-line.
(PWEHdthoh ahSEHRloh ehn LEEnehah)
No tengo que ir al cajero automático.
Puedo hacerlo en línea.
I don't have to go to the ATM. I can do it on-line.
(noh TEHNgoh keh eer ahl kahHEHroh
ahwtohMAHteekoh PWEHdthoh ahSEHRloh
ehn LEEnehah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
299
English
Spanish
transferir el dinero
to transfer the money
(trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh)
¿Puedo transferir el dinero en línea?
Can I transfer the money on-line?
(PWEHdthoh trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh
ehn LEEnehah)
¿Para qué vas al banco? Puedes transferir
el dinero en línea.
What are you going to the bank for? You can
transfer the money on-line.
(PAHrah keh bahs ahl BAHNkoh PWEHdthehs
trahnsfehREER ehl deeNEHroh ehn
LEEnehah)
Porque quiero cambiar los dólares por
pesos.
Because I want to exchange the dollars for pesos.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR lohs
DOHlahrehs pohr PEHsohs)
because I want to exchange
porque quiero cambiar
(because I want to change)
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR)
pesos por dólares
pesos for dollars
(PEHsohs pohr DOHlahrehs)
Quiero cambiar dólares por pesos.
I want to exchange dollars for pesos.
(KYEHroh kahmBYAHR DOHlahrehs pohr
PEHsohs)
Tienes que ir al banco.
You have to go to the bank.
(TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh)
Tienes que ir al banco si quieres cambiar
los dólares.
You have to go to the bank if you want to
exchange the dollars.
(TYEHnehs keh eer ahl BAHNkoh see
KYEHrehs kahmBYAHR lohs DOHlahrehs)
estas monedas por billetes
these coins for bills
(EHStahs mohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)
Porque quiero cambiar estas monedas por
billetes.
Because I want to exchange these coins for bills.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh kahmBYAHR EHStahs
mohNEHdthahs pohr beeYEHtehs)
extraer dinero del banco
to withdraw money from the bank
(ehkstrahEHR deeNEHroh dehl BAHNkoh)
Porque quiero extraer dinero del banco.
Because I want to withdraw money from the bank.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh ehkstrahEHR deeNEHroh
dehl BAHNkoh)
Porque quiero depositar dinero.
Because I want to deposit money.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR
deeNEHroh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
300
English
Spanish
Porque quiero depositar dinero en mi
cuenta de ahorros.
Because I want to deposit money in my savings
account.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR
deeNEHroh ehn mee KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs)
Porque quiero depositar estos cheques en
la cuenta de ahorros.
Because I want to deposit these checks in the
savings account.
(POHRkeh KYEHroh dehpohseeTAHR EHStohs
CHEHkehs ehn lah KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs)
Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros.
I'm going to open a savings account.
(boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs)
Voy a abrir una cuenta de ahorros porque
quiero depositar mi dinero.
I'm going to open a savings account because I
want to deposit my money.
(boy ah ahBREER OOnah KWEHNtah deh
ahOHrrohs POHRkeh KYEHroh
dehpohseeTAHR mee deeNEHroh)
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio?
What is the exchange rate?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh )
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio para cambiar
los pesos por dólares?
What is the exchange rate to exchange pesos for
dollars?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
PAHrah kahmBYAHR lohs PEHsohs pohr
DOHlahrehs)
¿Cuánto es el franqueo acá?
How much is the postage here?
(KWAHNtoh ehs ehl frahnKEHoh ahKAH)
¿Cuál es la tasa de cambio allá?
What is the exchange rate over there?
(kwahl ehs lah TAHsah deh KAHMbyoh
ahYAH)
¿Cuánto valen los dólares acá?
How much are dollars worth here?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs DOHlahrehs
ahKAH)
¿Cuánto valen los colones acá?
How much are colons worth here?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs kohLOHnehs
ahKAH)
¿Cuánto valen los sobres?
How much are the envelopes worth?
(KWAHNtoh BAHlehn lohs SOHbrehs)
Necesito unos sobres.
I need some envelopes.
(nehsehSEEtoh OOnohs SOHbrehs)
Necesito ir a la papelería para comprar
unos sobres.
I need to go to the stationery store to buy some
envelopes.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ah lah pahpehlehREEah
PAHrah kohmPRAHR OOnohs SOHbrehs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
301
English
Spanish
¿Qué quieres hacer hoy?
What do you want to do today?
(keh KYEHrehs ahSEHR oy)
Tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
I feel like going to the beach.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah PLAHyah)
Yo también, hace mucho calor hoy.
Me too. It's very hot today.
(yoh tahmBYEHN AHseh MOOchoh kahLOHR
oy)
Sí, necesito broncearme para verme bien.
Yes, I need to get a tan to look good.
(see nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh
PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
¿Vamos caminando o en taxi?
Are we going to walk or take a taxi?
(BAHmohs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
Mejor vamos a pie.
It's better if we go on foot.
(mehHOHR BAHmohs ah pyeh)
Sí, ¡es más saludable!
Yes, it's healthier!
(see ehs mahs sahlooDTHAHbleh)
Recuerda traer dinero por si tenemos que
comprar algo.
Remember to bring money in case we have to buy
something.
(rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh pohr
see tehNEHmohs keh kohmPRAHR AHLgoh)
¡Claro! Voy a llevar el bloqueador solar y
las toallas.
Sure! I'm going to take the sunblock and the
towels.
(KLAHroh boy ah yehBAHR ehl
blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lahs
tohAHyahs)
tengo ganas de
I feel like
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh)
tengo ganas de ir
I feel like going
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer)
a la playa
to the beach
(ah lah PLAHyah)
No tengo ganas de ir a la playa.
I don't feel like going to the beach.
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah lah
PLAHyah)
¿Tienes ganas de nadar?
Do you feel like swimming?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
302
English
Spanish
Tengo ganas de nadar.
I feel like swimming.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh nahDTHAHR)
levantarme tarde
to get myself up late
(lehbahnTAHRmeh TAHRdtheh)
Tengo ganas de levantarme tarde.
I feel like getting up late.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh lehbahnTAHRmeh
TAHRdtheh)
No tengo ganas de levantarme temprano.
I don't feel like getting up early.
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh
lehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh)
No tengo ganas de levantarme temprano
en vacaciones.
I don't feel like getting up early on vacation.
(noh TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh
lehbahnTAHRmeh tehmPRAHnoh ehn
bahkahSYOHnehs)
tener ganas de hacer
to feel like doing
(tehNEHR GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)
¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer?
What do you feel like doing?
(keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR)
en tus vacaciones
on your vacation
(ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
¿Qué tienes ganas de hacer en tus
vacaciones?
What do you feel like doing on your vacation?
(keh TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh ahSEHR ehn
toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
¿Tienes ganas de ir al cine?
Do you feel like going to the movie theater?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh eer ahl SEEneh)
¿Tienes ganas de venir?
Do you feel like coming?
(TYEHnehs GAHnahs deh behNEER)
Tengo ganas de comer.
I feel like eating.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR)
Tengo ganas de comer palomitas de maíz.
I feel like eating popcorn.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh kohMEHR
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
Tengo ganas de mirar una película y
comer palomitas de maíz.
I feel like watching a movie and eating popcorn.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh meeRAHR OOnah
pehLEEkoolah ee kohMEHR pahlohMEEtahs
deh mahEES)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
303
English
Spanish
Tengo ganas de dormir.
I feel like sleeping.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER)
Estoy cansado. Tengo ganas de dormir.
I'm tired. I feel like sleeping.
(ehsTOY kahnSAHdthoh TEHNgoh GAHnahs
deh dohrMEER)
Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde.
I feel like sleeping until late.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStah
TAHRdtheh)
Tengo ganas de dormir hasta tarde en mis
vacaciones.
I feel like sleeping until late on my vacation.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh dohrMEER AHStah
TAHRdtheh ehn mees bahkahSYOHnehs)
¡Necesito broncearme para verme bien!
I need to tan to look good!
(nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh PAHrah
BEHRmeh byehn)
to look good
verme bien
(to look myself well)
(BEHRmeh byehn)
para verme bien
for me to look good
(PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
Quiero ir a la playa para broncearme.
I want to go to the beach to tan.
(KYEHroh eer ah lah PLAHyah PAHrah
brohnsehAHRmeh)
¿Podemos ir a la playa?
Can we go to the beach?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)
Necesito broncearme. ¿Podemos ir a la
playa?
I need to tan. Can we go to the beach?
(nehsehSEEtoh brohnsehAHRmeh
pohDTHEHmohs eer ah lah PLAHyah)
Necesito ir al gimnasio.
I need to go to the gym.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh)
Necesito ir al gimnasio para verme bien.
I need to go to the gym to look good.
(nehsehSEEtoh eer ahl heemNAHsyoh
PAHrah BEHRmeh byehn)
Te ves bien.
You look good.
(teh behs byehn)
Te ves bien con ese vestido.
You look good in that dress.
(teh behs byehn kohn EHseh behsTEEdthoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
304
English
Spanish
¡Te ves saludable!
You look healthy!
(teh behs sahlooDTHAHbleh)
¿Vas al gimnasio? ¡Te ves saludable!
Do you go to the gym? You look healthy!
(bahs ahl heemNAHsyoh teh behs
sahlooDTHAHbleh)
¡Te ves relajado!
You look relaxed!
(teh behs rrehlahHAHdthoh)
¿Estás de vacaciones? ¡Te ves relajado!
Are you on vacation? You look relaxed!
(ehsTAHS deh bahkahSYOHnehs teh behs
rrehlahHAHdthoh)
¡Te ves bien con esos anteojos de sol!
You look good with those sunglasses!
(teh behs byehn kohn EHsohs
ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
¿Vas a la playa? ¿No necesitas llevar tus
anteojos?
Are you going to the beach? Don't you need to
take your sunglasses?
(bahs ah lah PLAHyah noh nehsehSEEtahs
yehBAHR toos ahntehOHhohs)
caminando o en taxi
walking or in taxi
(kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
¿Vas caminando o en taxi?
Are you going to walk or take a taxi?
(bahs kahmeeNAHNdoh oh ehn TAHksee)
¿Vamos a pie?
Are we going on foot?
(BAHmohs ah pyeh)
Should we take a taxi?
¿Tomamos un taxi?
(Do we take a taxi?)
(tohMAHmohs oon TAHksee)
¿Tomamos el autobús?
Should we take the bus?
(tohMAHmohs ehl ahwtohBOOS)
¿Vamos en autobús o en taxi?
Are we going on the bus or in a taxi?
(BAHmohs ehn ahwtohBOOS oh ehn
TAHksee)
¿Quieres tomar el metro o el autobús?
Do you want to take the subway or the bus?
(KYEHrehs tohMAHR ehl MEHtroh oh ehl
ahwtohBOOS)
¿Tomamos el metro para ir al cine?
Should we take the subway to go to the movie
theater?
(tohMAHmohs ehl MEHtroh PAHrah eer ahl
SEEneh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
305
English
Spanish
¡Vamos en bicicleta!
Let's go on bike!
(BAHmohs ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
to ride a bike
andar en bicicleta
(to ride on bike)
(ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
Do you want to go bike riding?
¿Quieres andar en bicicleta?
(Do you want to ride a bike?)
(KYEHrehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
Do you know how to ride a bike?
¿Sabes andar en bicicleta?
(Do you know to ride on bike?)
(SAHbehs ahnDAHR ehn beeseeKLEHtah)
andar a caballo
to ride a horse
(ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
Can we go horseback riding?
¿Podemos andar a caballo?
(Can we ride a horse?)
(pohDTHEHmohs ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
I don't know how to ride a horse.
No sé andar a caballo.
(I don't know to ride a horse.)
(noh seh ahnDAHR ah kahBAHyoh)
aprender a andar
to learn to ride
(ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR)
Quiero aprender a andar a caballo.
I want to learn to ride a horse.
(KYEHroh ahprehnDEHR ah ahnDAHR ah
kahBAHyoh)
Iba a hacer surf pero olvidé la tabla.
I was going to surf but I forgot my board.
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh
ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
Iba a hacer surf.
I was going to surf.
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf)
¡Olvidé la tabla!
I forgot the board!
(ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
¿No ibas a...?
Weren't you going to...?
(noh EEbahs ah)
¿No ibas a hacer surf?
Weren't you going to surf?
(noh EEbahs ah ahSEHR soorf)
Sí, ¡pero olvidé la tabla!
Yes, but I forgot the board!
(see PEHroh ohlbeeDTHEH lah TAHblah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
306
English
Spanish
Olvidé el traje de baño.
I forgot my swimsuit.
(ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
¿Qué pasó? ¿No ibas a tomar sol?
What happened? Weren't you going to sunbathe?
(keh pahSOH noh EEbahs ah tohMAHR sohl)
¡Iba a tomar sol pero olvidé el traje de
baño!
I was going to sunbathe but I forgot my swimsuit!
(EEbah ah tohMAHR sohl PEHroh
ohlbeeDTHEH ehl TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
¿Trajiste tu traje de baño?
Did you bring your swimsuit?
(trahHEESteh too TRAHheh deh BAHnyoh)
Te olvidaste tu traje de baño.
You forgot your swimsuit.
(teh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh too TRAHheh deh
BAHnyoh)
¡Iba a hacer surf pero llovió!
I was going to surf but it rained!
(EEbah ah ahSEHR soorf PEHroh yohBYOH)
to play basketball
jugar al básquet
(to play to the basketball)
(hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
¿No ibas a jugar al básquet?
Weren't you going to play basketball?
(noh EEbahs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
¡Ay, no! ¡Olvidaste la pelota!
Oh, no! You forgot the ball!
(ay noh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah pehLOHtah)
Íbamos a jugar al básquet.
We were going to play basketball.
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht)
Íbamos a jugar al básquet pero olvidaste
la pelota.
We were going to play basketball but you forgot
the ball.
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR ahl BAHSkeht
PEHroh ohlbeeDTHAHSteh lah pehLOHtah)
¡Íbamos a jugar con la pelota pero la
olvidaste!
We were going to play with the ball but you forgot
it!
(EEbahmohs ah hooGAHR kohn lah
pehLOHtah PEHroh lah ohlbeeDTHAHSteh)
Recuerda llevar la caña por si vamos a
pescar.
Remember to take the rod in case we go fishing.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah
pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
Recuerda llevar la caña.
Remember to take the rod.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
307
English
Spanish
ir a pescar
to go fishing
(eer ah pehsKAHR)
Vamos a pescar.
We go fishing.
(BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
por si vamos a pescar
in case we go fishing
(pohr see BAHmohs ah pehsKAHR)
Recuerda llevar la caña si quieres ir a
pescar.
Remember to take the rod if you want to go
fishing.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah KAHnyah see
KYEHrehs eer ah pehsKAHR)
Recuerda llamarla.
Remember to call her.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHRlah)
Recuerda llamar a Lucía.
Remember to call Lucía.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah)
Recuerda llamar a Lucía. Ella quiere ir al
cine también.
Remember to call Lucía. She wants to go to the
movie theater too.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yahMAHR ah looSEEah
EHyah KYEHreh eer ahl SEEneh tahmBYEHN)
Recuerda llevar la toalla.
Remember to take the towel.
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)
Si vas a la playa recuerda llevar la toalla.
If you go to the beach, remember to take the
towel.
(see bahs ah lah PLAHyah rrehKWEHRdthah
yehBAHR lah tohAHyah)
traer dinero para las entradas
to bring money for the tickets
(trahEHR deeNEHroh PAHrah lahs
ehnTRAHdthahs)
las entradas y las palomitas de maíz
the tickets and the popcorn
(lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahs
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
Recuerda traer dinero para las entradas y
las palomitas de maíz.
Remember to bring money for the tickets and the
popcorn.
(rrehKWEHRdthah trahEHR deeNEHroh
PAHrah lahs ehnTRAHdthahs ee lahs
pahlohMEEtahs deh mahEES)
el bloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol
the sunblock and the sunglasses
(ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee lohs
ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
308
English
Spanish
¿Vas a tomar sol? ¡Recuerda llevar el
bloqueador solar y los anteojos de sol!
Are you going to sunbathe? Remember to take
the sunblock and the sunglasses!
(bahs ah tohMAHR sohl rrehKWEHRdthah
yehBAHR ehl blohkehahDTHOHR sohLAHR ee
lohs ahntehOHhohs deh sohl)
¡Vamos a la plaza!
Let's go to the square!
(BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)
¡Recuerda llevar la pelota por si vamos a
la plaza!
Remember to take the ball in case we go to the
square!
(rrehKWEHRdthah yehBAHR lah pehLOHtah
pohr see BAHmohs ah lah PLAHsah)
¡Quiero hacer turismo!
I want to go sightseeing!
(KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Qué quieres ver?
What do you want to see?
(keh KYEHrehs behr)
Todo lo que debería ver antes de irme.
Everything I should see before leaving.
(TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah behr
AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
Bueno. Tengo algunas ideas.
Okay. I have some ideas.
(BWEHnoh TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs
eeDTHEHahs)
¿Quieres ver el estadio Azteca?
Do you want to see the Aztec stadium?
(KYEHrehs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh ahsTEHkah)
Sí, pero también quiero ver lugares sin
muchos turistas.
Yes, but I also want to see places without a lot of
tourists.
(see PEHroh tahmBYEHN KYEHroh behr
looGAHrehs seen MOOchohs tooREEStahs)
¡Hay algunos lugares buenos para visitar
en el pueblo!
There are some good places to visit in the village!
(ay ahlGOOnohs looGAHrehs BWEHnohs
PAHrah beeseeTAHR ehn ehl PWEHbloh)
¿Podemos visitar la casa donde vivió Frida
Kahlo?
Can we visit the house where Frida Kahlo lived?
(pohDTHEHmohs beeseeTAHR lah KAHsah
DOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
¡Claro! Pero está un poco lejos.
Sure! But it's a little far.
(KLAHroh PEHroh ehsTAH oon POHkoh
LEHhohs)
Quiero hacer turismo.
I want to go sightseeing.
(KYEHroh ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
309
English
Spanish
¿Quieres hacer turismo?
Do you want to go sightseeing?
(KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
Me gusta hacer turismo.
I like to go sightseeing.
(meh GOOStah ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo?
Where do you want to go sightseeing?
(DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh)
¿Dónde quieres hacer turismo en tus
vacaciones?
Where do you want to go sightseeing on your
vacation?
(DOHNdeh KYEHrehs ahSEHR tooREESmoh
ehn toos bahkahSYOHnehs)
to take a guided tour
hacer una visita guiada
(to do a guided tour)
(ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
Quiero hacer una visita guiada.
I want to take a guided tour.
(KYEHroh ahSEHR OOnah beeSEEtah
GYAHdthah)
¿Te gustaría hacer una visita guiada por
las ruinas?
Would you like to take a guided tour through the
ruins?
(teh goostahREEah ahSEHR OOnah
beeSEEtah GYAHdthah pohr lahs
RRWEEnahs)
¡Vamos a recorrer las ruinas!
Let's tour the ruins!
(BAHmohs ah rrehkohRRER lahs RRWEEnahs)
¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!
I would love to tour the palace!
(meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehl
pahLAHsyoh)
¡Me encantaría recorrer el palacio!
¿Cuándo hay una visita guiada?
I would love to tour the palace! When is there a
guided tour?
(meh ehnkahntahREEah rrehkohRRER ehl
pahLAHsyoh KWAHNdoh ay OOnah
beeSEEtah GYAHdthah)
Quiero ver todo lo que debería antes de
irme.
I want to see everything that I should before I
leave.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh keh
dehbehREEah AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
Quiero ver todo.
I want to see everything.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh)
antes de irme
before I leave
(AHNtehs deh EERmeh)
Quiero ver todo antes de irme.
I want to see everything before I leave.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh AHNtehs deh
EERmeh)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
310
English
Spanish
Todo lo que debería.
Everything that I should.
(TOHdthoh loh keh dehbehREEah)
Quiero ver todo lo que debería.
I want to see everything that I should.
(KYEHroh behr TOHdthoh loh keh
dehbehREEah)
¿Qué debería ver antes de irme?
What should I see before I leave?
(keh dehbehREEah behr AHNtehs deh
EERmeh)
Everything possible.
Todo lo posible.
(All the thing(s) possible.)
(TOHdthoh loh pohSEEbleh)
¿Adónde debería ir antes de irme?
Where should I go before I leave?
(ahDTHOHNdeh dehbehREEah eer AHNtehs
deh EERmeh)
¿Debería ver el estadio?
Should I see the stadium?
(dehbehREEah behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh)
antes de que te vayas
before you go
(AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)
Deberías ver el estadio Azteca antes de
que te vayas.
You should see the Aztec stadium before you go.
(dehbehREEahs behr ehl ehsTAHdyoh
ahsTEHkah AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)
Deberías hacer todo lo posible.
You should do everything possible.
(dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh loh
pohSEEbleh)
para ir al estadio antes de que te vayas
to go to the stadium before you leave
(PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh AHNtehs deh
keh teh BAHyahs)
Deberías hacer todo lo posible para ir al
estadio antes de que te vayas.
You should do everything possible to go to the
stadium before you leave.
(dehbehREEahs ahSEHR TOHdthoh loh
pohSEEbleh PAHrah eer ahl ehsTAHdyoh
AHNtehs deh keh teh BAHyahs)
¿Qué quieres ver antes de que te vayas?
What do you want to see before you go?
(keh KYEHrehs behr AHNtehs deh keh teh
BAHyahs)
Tengo algunas ideas de lo que podemos
hacer.
I have some ideas of what we can do.
(TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs deh loh
keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)
Tengo algunas ideas.
I have some ideas.
(TEHNgoh ahlGOOnahs eeDTHEHahs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
311
English
Spanish
lo que podemos
what we can
(loh keh pohDTHEHmohs)
lo que podemos hacer
what we can do
(loh keh pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR)
¿Tienes idea de lo que podemos hacer si
llueve?
Do you have an idea of what we can do if it rains?
(TYEHnehs eeDTHEHah deh loh keh
pohDTHEHmohs ahSEHR see YWEHbeh)
¡No tengo idea!
I have no idea!
(noh TEHNgoh eeDTHEHah)
Tengo una buena idea.
I have a good idea.
(TEHNgoh OOnah BWEHnah eeDTHEHah)
¡Esa es una mala idea!
That's a bad idea!
(EHsah ehs OOnah MAHlah eeDTHEHah)
¡Esa es una excelente idea!
That's an excellent idea!
(EHsah ehs OOnah ehksehLEHNteh
eeDTHEHah)
¡Tengo una mejor idea!
I have a better idea!
(TEHNgoh OOnah mehHOHR eeDTHEHah)
Quisiera visitar la galería de arte.
I wish I could visit the art gallery.
(keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah
deh AHRteh)
(I would want to visit the gallery of art.)
galería de arte
art gallery
(gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)
visitar la galería de arte
to visit the art gallery
(beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah deh AHRteh)
No hay tiempo.
There's no time.
(noh ay TYEHMpoh)
Quisiera visitar la galería pero no hay
tiempo.
I wish I could visit the gallery but there's no time.
(keeSYEHrah beeseeTAHR lah gahlehREEah
PEHroh noh ay TYEHMpoh)
¿Hay tiempo para visitar la catedral?
Is there time to visit the cathedral?
(ay TYEHMpoh PAHrah beeseeTAHR lah
kahtehDTHRAHL)
¡Quisieras salir con ella!
You wish you could go out with her!
(keeSYEHrahs sahLEER kohn EHyah)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
312
English
Spanish
el monumento a San Martín
the monument to San Martin
(ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahn mahrTEEN)
Quiero ver el monumento a San Martín.
I want to see the monument to San Martin.
(KYEHroh behr ehl mohnooMEHNtoh ah sahn
mahrTEEN)
museo de ciencias
science museum
(mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)
¡Vamos al museo de ciencias!
Let's go to the science museum!
(BAHmohs ahl mooSEHoh deh SYEHNsyahs)
Este es el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo.
This is the village where Frida Kahlo lived.
(EHSteh ehs ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh
beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
el pueblo donde vivió Frida Kahlo
the village where Frida Kahlo lived
(ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh beeBYOH
FREEdthah KAHloh)
Quiero visitar el pueblo donde vivió Frida
Kahlo.
I want to visit the village where Frida Kahlo lived.
(KYEHroh beeseeTAHR ehl PWEHbloh
DOHNdeh beeBYOH FREEdthah KAHloh)
Esta es la casa donde ella vivió.
This is the house where she lived.
(EHStah ehs lah KAHsah DOHNdeh EHyah
beeBYOH)
Esta es la universidad.
This is the university.
(EHStah ehs lah ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH)
¿Aquí estudió Sabato?
Did Sabato study here?
(ahKEE ehstooDTHYOH SAHbahtoh)
Sí, esta es la universidad donde él
estudió.
Yes, this is the university where he studied.
(see EHStah ehs lah
ooneebehrseeDTHAHDTH DOHNdeh ehl
ehstooDTHYOH)
¿Este es el barrio donde él vivió?
Is this the neighborhood where he lived?
(EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH)
until he was five years old
hasta los cinco años
(until the five years)
(AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)
Este es el barrio donde él vivió hasta los
cinco años.
This is the neighborhood where he lived until he
was five years old.
(EHSteh ehs ehl BAHrryoh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH AHStah lohs SEENkoh AHnyohs)
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
313
English
Spanish
¿Es este el pueblo donde él vivió hasta los
dieciocho años?
Is this the village where he lived until he was
eighteen years old?
(ehs EHSteh ehl PWEHbloh DOHNdeh ehl
beeBYOH AHStah lohs dyehSYOHchoh
AHnyohs)
¿Podemos ir a algún lugar con menos
turistas?
Can we go somewhere with fewer tourists?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR
kohn MEHnohs tooREEStahs)
¿Podemos ir a algún lugar?
Can we go somewhere?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR)
Quiero ir a algún lugar con menos gente.
I want to go somewhere with fewer people.
(KYEHroh eer ah ahlGOON looGAHR kohn
MEHnohs HEHNteh)
Hay muchos turistas.
There are a lot of tourists.
(ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs)
somewhere else
algún otro lugar
(some other place)
(ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar?
Can we go somewhere else?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR)
Hay muchos turistas aquí. Vamos a algún
otro lugar.
There are a lot of tourists here. Let's go
somewhere else.
(ay MOOchohs tooREEStahs ahKEE BAHmohs
ah ahlGOON OHtroh looGAHR)
Tengo ganas de ir a algún lugar.
I feel like going somewhere.
(TEHNgoh GAHnahs deh eer ah ahlGOON
looGAHR)
museo de historia
history museum
(mooSEHoh deh eesTOHryah)
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar después?
Can we go somewhere else after?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR dehsPWEHS)
¿Podemos ir a algún otro lugar después
del museo de historia?
Can we go somewhere else after the history
museum?
(pohDTHEHmohs eer ah ahlGOON OHtroh
looGAHR dehsPWEHS dehl mooSEHoh deh
eesTOHryah)
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
314
Cultural Notes
It is very common in Latin America for extended family members to live together. Many times mom,
dad, children, grandparents, and even aunts, uncles and cousins will live in the same home.
It is very common to see at least one pet in Latin American homes. People seem to enjoy the
companionship of a dog, cat, or even a bird or hamster. And if you happen to visit a home in the
countryside, you'll find that people also have horses as pets!
The use of nicknames is very common in many Latin American countries. And in many cases, nicknames
are adjectives that describe the person's appearance. For example, chico (small), pequeño (small), or
chaparro (short) are commonly used to refer to a young boy. And chica, pequeña, or
chaparrita (notice the diminutive form) are used to refer to a young girl.
As a guest, you will see that it is very common for Latin American hosts to offer you a drink or something
to eat. In some countries it can be considered somewhat rude to refuse this when it is offered to you. In
others, you will just surrender to the insistence of the host!
There is no comparison to Latin America when it comes to hospitality. Latin American people enjoy
giving time and attention to their guests. And, the entire host family will be proud of showing you around
their house to make you feel at home. So, be ready to enjoy hospitality and also keep you ears wide
open as Latin Americans also like to share their thoughts and feelings with their guests!
It is very common to hear people refer to la sala de estar as just "sala" or even "el living."
"Spanglish" is very common in Latin America, and this is not the only borrowed word you are likely to
hear.
There's not much difference between "dinner" and "dinner party" in Spanish. You will hear people use the
word cena interchangeably. If you think you won't be able to know the difference, don't worry! The
context will always help you figure it out!
Did you know that many countries in Latin America have their own national sport? In 1933, the
charreadas (similar to rodeos) were defined as Mexico's national sport. Argentina's national sport is
pato: a sport played with a six-handle ball on horseback. It was defined as a national sport in 1953. You
may have also heard about the tejo, Colombia's national sport, that consists of throwing metal discs to
strike the targets (made of gunpowder and called mechas).
Latin American cultures possess a wide variety of music that represents each of the countries. Some of
the most popular rhythms are cumbia in Colombia and tango in Argentina. Other traditional sounds
are candombe (Uruguay), ranchera (Mexico), cuecas (Chile), and boleros (in countries such as
Cuba, Puerto Rico and Mexico). One of the main characteristics of these rhythms is their diversity and
mixture of styles.
In Latin America, it is very common for people to have two last names. The first last name is the paternal
surname and the second is the maternal surname. So if you have the name Cielo Flores - Baldemar,
Flores is the paternal name and Baldemar is the maternal surname.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
315
In some countries, like Mexico, a colloquial term to say my wife is mi vieja. This is similar to the term,
'my old lady,' that is sometimes used in the US. You may also hear, mi señora. Remember, señora is
also used as a synonym for woman. These are very colloquial ways of saying wife, but it is good to be
aware of them when traveling abroad.
You may run into someone special on your travels and before you know it you will want to express to
them how you feel. This next section will teach you how to use key phrases commonly used between
couples in Latin America. Ready?
Saying I love you to someone is very common in Latin America, whether it be with your boyfriend,
husband, someone in your family, or even a friend. People in Latin American countries are generally very
affectionate and not embarrassed to express themselves.
There are many terms of endearment in Spanish, corazón (heart) can be used in this way. Many times
you will hear corazón or corazoncito between husbands and wives, boyfriends and girlfriends, and
between parents and children. Using endearing terms to show affection in Latin America is very
common.
Like many other people around the world, Latin American families use food to show love and
appreciation. Meal time is usually a time for families to socialize and spend time together. If guests
come over it is very common for the hostess to cook a meal for that person.
Some countries have different ways of saying chicken and chicken soup. For example, "chicken soup" in
Mexico is commonly called caldo de pollo, but in Peru and other South American countries, both pollo
and gallina (hen) are used to mean chicken, so you may hear sopa de gallina.
Did you find it strange that we said Estoy haciendo sopa de pollo para el desayuno de esta
mañana (I'm making chicken soup for breakfast this morning)? It's common in many Latin American
countries to eat what we would would consider to be dinner food in the morning. Many times you simply
warm up the previous night's dinner for breakfast!
Latin American families have two lunch times. One before dinner (usually a normal meal) and one after
dinner that normally consists of coffee and bread or something light, depending on the country. There is
also an evening snack called a merienda that comes between lunch and dinner.
In some countries, and especially with Spanish speakers living in the United States, there exists another
word for lunch, lonche and the act of eating lunch is lonchar. It is borrowed from English.
Paella is a dish from Spain that is common in many Latin American countries, especially those that are
on the coast because it's made with seafood. It is a seafood rice dish in a tomato-like sauce. ¡Qué rica
paella! (What delicious paella!).
In most Latin American countries, chile means pepper, as in jalepeño pepper, green pepper, etc. But in
Peru and other countries in the Andean region of South America, every kind of pepper is called ají.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
316
Another note worth mentioning is that on account of the English influence on Spanish, there is a very
anglicized way of saying "to put something back." Instead of devolver, it is very common to hear poner
para atrás. It is not grammatically correct in Spanish, but it is common to hear. For example, Pon la
cuchara para atrás, (usually pronounced like "Pon la cuchara pa' tras," ) is more frequently heard
than the grammatically correct Devuelve la cuchara.
The word for potato in Latin America is papa, but in Spain it is patata.
There is also another word for corn, choclo. It is actually a word from Quechua, the indigenous
population of the Andes, who are the living descendants of the Inca Empire.
There are many ancient ruins for visitors to see in Latin America. In Mexico, for example, you can go to
the great Chichen Itza, located in the Yucatan Peninsula. In Peru, you can hike the Inca Trail and visit
Machu Picchu. You may also be interested in the Lost City (Ciudad Perdida) in Colombia. This city is
said to have housed a population somewhere between 2,000 to 8,000 people! So you will have plenty of
chances to learn all about ancient civilizations.
Did you know that Latin America has more pyramids than the rest of the world combined? The best
known Latin American pyramids include the Castillo at Chichén Itzá in the Yucatan, the Great Pyramid
in the Aztec capital of Tenochtitlan, the Pyramid at Cholula, the Inca's great temple at Cuzco in Peru,
and the Pyramid of the Sun and the Pyramid of the Moon at Teotihuacán in central Mexico. The Great
Pyramid of Cholula in Puebla, Mexico is the largest pyramid by volume in the world!
You are probably familiar with the English idiomatic expression, "It's raining cats and dogs!" There is a
similar expression in Spanish. We say, "¡Llueven sapos de panza!" which more or less translates to,
"It's raining toads on their bellies!" meaning, the rain drops are so big they look like toad bellies!
Hurricanes strike at different places in Latin America, and depending on where they strike, they can be
called hurricanes (huracanes), typhoons (tifones), or cyclones (ciclones).
In America, the hurricane season lasts from June to November and affects the north Atlantic and
northeast Pacific oceans. The most threatened areas are the Caribbean, Mexico, Central America, and
the east and Gulf coasts of the United States. Therefore, if you are planning to travel to these areas
during the hurricane season be sure to keep track of weather to make sure you are properly prepared!
Did you know that Aconcagua is the highest peak in the western hemisphere? It is located in Mendoza,
Argentina, and its peak reaches 6,962 m (22,841 ft.)
There are many deserts in Latin America. The Atacama Desert in northern Chile is the driest place on
Earth! And, the Patagonia Desert, located primarily in Argentina with small parts in Chile, is the largest
desert in America.
La Ciudad Perdida is located in Sierra Nevada, Colombia. It is believed to have been founded around
800 A.D. The only entrance to the city is through the dense jungle at the top of approximately 1,200
stone steps!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
317
Did you know that the United States is the only country in the world that officially uses Fahrenheit to
measure the temperature? It is! Everyplace else uses Celsius. Thirty-two degrees Celsius is equal to
about 90 degrees Fahrenheit. You can find conversion calculators online to help you get used to the
different system.
The Galápagos Islands National Park is a must see if traveling to Ecuador!
Salto Ángel (Angel Falls) in the jungle of Venezuela, is the world's highest waterfall. It is 3,212 feet high
and the plunge is 2,648 feet! ¡Qué hermoso!
Did you know that most, if not all, countries in Latin America use the metric system? Therefore, they use
kilos instead of pounds (libras). The word kilo comes from the Greek word "thousand" (that is, a
thousand grams). One kilo equals 2.20 pounds.
You will find that many businesses display their hours of operation in military time, i.e., a 24 hour format.
However, this is not very common when people speak. Here we will practice the way you say time in a
conversation.
If you go to Latin America, you will probably be surprised to see public places opened until very late. In
some countries, people have dinner at 9 or 10 pm. Therefore, restaurants open and close very late at
night, and so do pubs, discos, and shopping malls. In other cases, especially in countries where the
weather can get really hot, stores in general close at noon and open when the sun starts to go down.
If you are planning to shop for shoes, remember to check out an international shoe size conversion
chart. Sizing is different in different countries in Latin America. Some countries like Argentina use the
European sizing system where shoes range in size from 35 to 48.5! And other countries like Mexico use
a system based on the length of the foot in centimeters and the sizes range from 2 to 12.5. Quite a
difference, huh?
When addressing letters and packages for Latin American countries, you should be aware that the street
name always comes first followed by the number of the house. For example, Calle San Martín 1234.
Also, be aware that C.P. stands for código postal (zip code).
Just like in the US, postal rates will vary depending on the country you are sending the letter or package
from and its destination. The postal service can sometimes take quite a bit longer, and depending on
the origin and destination country, mail delivery is not always as reliable as you may be accustomed to in
the US. When sending important letters and/or packages outside of the US, it is always a good idea to
purchase extra insurance just in case something happens to your package.
Banks in Latin America have different operating hours depending on the country. In Uruguay, for
example, all banks are open from 1 p.m. to 6 p.m. whereas in Argentina they open at 9 a.m. and close at
3 p.m. Opening hours in Mexico, on the other hand, will depend on the branch. Some banks there open
from 8 a.m to 7 p.m.!
US dollar exchange rates differ depending on the country you visit. For example, in Mexico 1 dollar is
currently worth 12.71 pesos. But, in Argentina the exchange rate for American dollars to Argentinian
pesos is 3.93, and the boliviano (Bolivian currency) is 7.03. Chilean pesos are currently 10.82 pesos for
1 dollar, and in Paraguay the guarani exchanges at the staggering rate of 4,765.09 to 1 American
dollar!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
318
If you are spending your next vacation in Latin America, there are some must-see beaches! One of them
is Tayrona in the Parque Nacional Tayrona (Colombia). There you will find lots of hiking and
swimming opportunities. You may also want to consider going to El Agua on the north coast of Isla
Margarita (Venezuela). But if you are planning to go a little bit further, don't miss the opportunity to
visit José Ignacio, a paradise in Uruguay!
Did you know that the ciclorutas in Bogotá, Colombia, are the largest and most comprehensive network
of bicycle routes in the world? This network of bike paths is also connected to a bus system which has
bicycle parking facilities. If you are planning to visit don't miss the opportunity to get to know the city in a
fun and healthy way!
Are you a surfer? If so, you will be able to find some of the world's best waves in Arica, Iquique, y La
Serena (all in Chile); Herradura y Punta Hermosa en Perú; and also Montañita y Salinas en
Ecuador. Enjoy the ride!
Spending time at la plaza is a popular leisure time activity in Latin America. Almost every city has at
least one plaza. People of all ages go there in the evenings to meet people, take walks, and relax.
The Aztec stadium (in Mexico) is the only stadium in the world to host two World Cup final matches, in
1970 and in 1986. It is also the largest stadium in Latin America!
The biggest cathedral in Colombia and one of the biggest in South America, the Primary Cathedral of
Bogota, was built between 1807 and 1823.
San Martín was an Argentinean general and one of the principal leaders of the independence
movement in South America. He organized expeditions to liberate Peru and Chile from the Spanish
Royalist Forces.
Frida Kahlo was born on July 6, 1907, in the town of Coyoacán in Mexico. She combined the difficult
experiences in her life with strong Mexican and Native American cultural influences to create her
paintings. Kahlo died on July 13th, 1954. Although her art was hardly appreciated during her lifetime, she
has become a feminist icon and has inspired generations of painters.
Ernesto Sabato is an Argentine novelist, journalist, and essayist. In 1982, he was nominated for Nobel
Prize in Literature, an award that was finally given to Gabriel Garcia Marquez. He celebrated his 99th
birthday on June 24th, 2010. Although today almost nothing is known about Sabato, his novels like El
túnel (The Tunnel) and Uno y el Universo (One and the Universe), along with other novels and essays,
will always be Latin American icons in literary culture.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
319
Grammar Notes
Remember that the verb está is used for "you are" (formal) as well as "he / she / it is" when referring to
temporary states of being.
Did you say "*este foto?" Even though this noun ends with -o, it's a feminine word. This is because just
like the English word photo, foto is short for fotografía (photograph), which as you can see ends with an
-a. So, the next time you use it, remember to change the adjective accordingly!
In Latin American countries, kids use endearing forms of kinship terms, like pá, papi, or papá instead of
padre (father), and má, mami, or mamá instead of madre (mother). It is also very common to hear
the use of diminutive forms--varied forms of word endings showing endearment or relative size. In
Mexico you will frequently hear -ito / -ita as in papito and mamita, and -cito / -cita for words that end
with a consonant: corazón (heart) would be corazoncito.
In Spanish when you want to be polite, show respect or to address a woman you don't know, you can use
the word señora (ma'am). The same also applies for addressing men, except of course you would say
señor (sir). These more formal terms can also be used in place of the words woman and man. For
example, instead of saying, "La mujer a mi derecha" (The woman on my right) you can say, "La
señora a mi derecha."
Did you remember to change primo to prima in order to agree with the gender of Maria?
Did you notice the Spanish possessive construction? The -'s is not used to show possession in Spanish.
Instead you place the noun in possession before de followed by the possessing noun. For example,
"Juan's dad," would be el papá de Juan, literally, "the dad of Juan" and "Maria's house," is la casa de
María (the house of Maria).
You already know how to say uncle in Spanish, tío. Now, try applying the gender rule you have learned to
this word in order to answer this next slide.
Remember how to say "that" as in, "I believe that I have a high fever" (Creo que tengo fiebre alta)?
Keep this in mind for the next slide.
For this next challenge, try replacing "woman" with another word in order to sound more polite.
Did you notice that quién changed to quiénes? This is because it has to agree with the subject of the
sentence, which is plural. So, you say ¿Quiénes son ellos? (Who are they?), but ¿Quién es él? (Who
is he?).
Did you notice that the plural form of hermano (brother) is used to refer to siblings (hermanos)? This
is the same for parents (padres), uncles (tíos) and grandparents (abuelos). To form these words you
simply use the masculine plural forms. Also, in Spanish tíos can refer to your uncles (all males) or even
your aunt and uncle.
For this next challenge remember that the verb has to agree with the subject of the sentence in number,
that is, plural or singular, as well as gender. Do you remember the plural form of estar?
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
320
Do you recall that in Spanish, it is not common to say "This is ...," and then the name, to introduce a
person? Instead we say "He is ..." or "She is...," and then the person's name or relationship to the person
introducing them. The same applies to the plural form. Whereas in English it is perfectly fine to say,
"These are my parents," in Spanish you would say, "They are my parents" (Ellos son mis padres).
Recall how father is padre, and parents is padres, brother is hermano and siblings is hermanos.
Keeping this pattern in mind, try your hand at this next one.
Did you notice that even when saying "whose" you use the possessive construction and put de (of)
before quién (who)?
By now, you already know that the "h" in Spanish is silent. You have learned the words hospital,
hermana, and hongos. But, did you notice that the "h" in the word hámster is pronounced? This is
just an exception to the silent -h rule because hamster is a word that was borrowed from English.
You will also hear people use the word cabello instead of pelo. They both mean hair and are
interchangeable.
In English we wouldn't use a possessive construction to create this phrase, but in Spanish you can! You
can actually use either the possessive construction, el pájaro de la foto, literally "the bird of the
picture," or you can use a phrase similar to how we would say it in English, el pájaro que está en la
foto (the bird that is in the picture). However, the first example is shorter and more commonly used.
Los is the plural form of the masculine article, el. You may remember this from los Estados Unidos
(the United States). And, las is the plural form of the feminine article, la.
For this next slide imagine that you are talking about your female cat, Fifi.
You might have said, *Mía tiene pelo largo. This is almost correct. However, Spanish requires the
use of "the" before possessive pronouns like, mine, yours, his, and so on.
You probably noticed that in order to say, "The short haired one" we didn't actually say the word "one."
For sentences of this type, "one" is implied by the use of the singular article, el. Or, if the noun is
feminine, la.
Did you remember to change de quién to the plural form de quiénes?
I'll bet you can figure out how to form the feminine word for gato! Use it in the following slide.
Remember, in Spanish to make the plural of a noun that ends with a consonant, you have to add "-es" to
the end of the noun. Let's give it a try!
Before you try to put it all together you should be aware that this construction requires the use of the
article before animales.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
321
Did you say, *"No me gusta los animales."? Almost! You have learned that the verb always agrees
with the subject of the sentence in person and number, and though it might seem different here this is
actually still the case. Gustar, and a few other verbs like it which you will see in a later chapter, look as if
they agree with the object, e.g., los animales, but I assure you, los animales is actually the subject of
the sentence, and me is the indirect object. No me gustan los animales can actually be translated
as, "The animals are not likeable to me." So here you can clearly see that "the animals" is the subject
and "to me" is the indirect object. So, me gusta (I like) changes to the plural form me gustan and the
correct answer is, No me gustan los animales.
Did you remember to use the plural form of te gusta?
Did you remember to use the feminine form of lindo because foto is a feminine word? And what about
"best friend"? Did you get it right and say, mejor amiga?
For, "looks like my brother's hair," you may have said *se parece a pelo de mi hermano. This is
close. However, Spanish requires the use of the article el before pelo. Also, any time you have a before
the masculine article el these two words will combine to form al.
If you said, ¿Quién me parezco? you were almost correct! Next time remember that the structure is
parecerse a and you have to use a whenever you use the verb parecerse. In a question, this
preposition a moves to the beginning of the sentence. So, you say, ¿A quién me parezco?
Do you remember that alto also means high?
The Spanish equivalent of the English structure "as...as" (like the expression, "He is as tall as…") is
tanto...como. So, when talking about qualities, you only have to add the adjective to this structure.
Therefore, you will say: No soy tan alto como él (I'm not as tall as him) or Ella es tan delgada
como yo (She is as thin as I am).
Try using the endearing form of abuelo for this next slide.
You previously learned corto as "short." Corto is used to refer to the short length or duration of
something, while bajo refers to a short stature.
The comparative structure (as in, "calmer than...") is represented in Spanish by using más...que
(more...than). For example, "thinner than" is más delgado que and, "fatter than" is más gordo que.
Did you remember to use the article el before the possessive pronoun mío?
Did you say, *el más divertido de todo? The structure de todo, when used with comparatives like
"most" and "more," is always plural, even when the noun you are talking about is singular. You can think
of it as anticipating or carrying an implied plural noun: Mi perro es el más divertido de todos (los
perros) (My dog is the most amusing of all (the dogs)). Just like other adjectives in Spanish, todo must
agree in gender with the noun it modifies.
Don't forget number and gender agreement for this next challenge!
Era" is the past tense of "ser," which you already know is the more permanent form of "to be." Era is
used to refer to the nature of something or things that are more permanent like characteristics, in the
past tense.
Tag questions in Spanish are easy! Anytime you want to end a statement with a little tag question (like,
"Isn't it?" or "Doesn't he?") all you have to do is add ¿No? to the end of your statement. Let's practice.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
322
You may also hear Es rubia, ¿verdad?, which literally means, "She's blond, true?" We will look at this
tag question a little later in the course. For now just know that either way is fine.
Did you notice the meaning would be the same for both Permítame su bufanda and ¿Me permite
su bufanda? These two ways of asking, "May I take...?" have the same meaning and are used
interchangeably. When using the question form, all you do is detach the ending -me, move it to become
the first word of the question, and change the "a" at then end of the verb to "e." Permítame (Allow me.)
becomes ¿Me permite? (Will you allow me?).
You may also hear cartera or even just bolsa (bag) used to mean purse. Throughout this course we will
use bolsa in sentences to mean purse.
Did you say, *su cosas? Just like almost every other word in Spanish, possessive pronouns, like tu
(your) , su (his / her / its and your "formal"), and mi (my), must also agree in number with the subject of
the sentence. This is why the correct answer is sus cosas.
In Spanish, to talk about the materials things are made of, you use the same construction that is used
for possessives. For example, mesa de madera is literally "table of wood."
Did you notice the word order? When using descriptive words, you generally place the noun before the
adjective that describes it.
In Spanish, pintura can refer to paint or a painting. Don't worry, the context will help you determine
which meaning is being used!
Did you notice how de and el combined to become del? Anytime the preposition 'of' (de), comes
before the masculine article el, they combine to become one word, del. If you think about it, it makes
sense. Try saying *de el. Doesn't it just come out as del anyhow?
Notice how we changed "to bring" (traer) to "to bring you" (traerle) by adding -le to the end of the
word. Keep this pattern in mind when you attempt the next challenge.
Did you say ¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de estar? That's correct! However, there is more than one
way to say this. When asking a question with verbs that end with -le, -te, or -me, you have the option of
moving this personal pronoun ending to the front of the question. So you can say, ¿Puedo mostrarle
la sala de estar? or ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar? Both sentences have the same
meaning!
Keep in mind how we changed "to explain" (explicar) to "to explain to me" (explicarme) when
attempting this next slide.
For the next slide, try to use the informal person marker -te at the beginning of the sentence.
Now try the same thing with this negative sentence.
Did you say, *Te no puedo mostrar la cocina. or something similar? With negative sentences, the
negation always comes at the very beginning. So, the correct answer is, No te puedo mostrar la
cocina. Of course you could also say, No puedo mostrarte la cocina. In either case, the negative
element always comes first.
Did you remember to change ese to esa and rojo to roja in order to agree with the gender of
lámpara?
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
323
"On" can be translated different ways in Spanish: sobre, en, and encima de. For example, "las flores
en la mesa," "las flores sobre la mesa" and "las flores encima de la mesa" can all be
translated as "the flowers on the table." However, there are slight differences. En means "on," as in "on
the wall" or "on the table"; sobre can only be used to mean "on top of"; and encima de can mean
either "on top of" or "above.
Remember me gusta (I like) and the plural form me gustan? Well, encantar is another one of those
verbs that looks like it agrees with the object, as in, Me encantan las flores. However, a true English
translation would be, "The flowers are enchanting to me." So we use the plural form of encantar in this
case because it actually agrees with las flores.
You have already learned that pintura can mean painting. Cuadro is another word that can be used for
painting.
Cuarto literally means "room." However, it is also often used to mean bedroom.
For this next slide, remember, if the subject is plural the verb must also be plural. Do you remember the
plural form of estar?
Another very common word for pasillo (hallway) is corredor (corridor). However, pasillo is also used to
mean aisle, as in the rows between the seats on an airplane. Corredor can not be used in this sense.
Did you remember that a and el combine to become al? Great job!
You already learned that su means both “your” in a formal context and “her.” Remember how Spanish
uses the same form of the verb for “he / she / it and you (formal)"? You also use the same possessive
pronoun for “his / her / its and your (formal).” Pretty easy, huh?!
Cumpleaños is actually a compound word. Cumple comes from the verb cumplir (to complete) and
años means years. Interesting isn't it!
Did you say *esta fin de semana? You were almost correct! Fin de semana is a noun phrase made
up of two nouns fin (end) and semana (week). In situations like this, the adjective changes according to
the first noun (fin, in this case). Since fin is a masculine noun (you say el fin), then the adjective has to
be modified accordingly. Therefore, the correct response is este fin de semana.
You likely said, *fiesta de disfraz. However in Spanish, this phrase is actually plural. So the correct
answer is, fiesta de disfraces, or literally, "party of costumes."
Did you remember to change próximo according to the first noun, fin?
You may remember that the Spanish word for "weekend" is "fin de semana," which literally means, "end
of week."
Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana, can also be translated, "My favorite team is playing that
week." Many times in English we use the present progressive form ("is playing") to talk about something
that will take place in the future. However, this doesn't work in Spanish. Instead you use either the
regular present tense, juega (plays), or the future tense, va a jugar (is going to play). So, you can say
either Juega mi equipo favorito esa semana or Mi equipo favorito va a jugar esa semana.
In English, we use the plural pronoun "they" to refer to teams, as in, "they play." This is not the case in
Spanish. "Team" is treated as a singular noun, "the team." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.
You will find that many times Spanish uses cuál (which) when English would use "what" (qué). Generally
speaking, when there is a limited group from which you can chose the reply, i.e., sports, colors, etc., in
Spanish, we use cuál.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
324
Remember how we changed hablar (to speak) to the informal "you speak" (hablas)? So how would you
say "you play" in an informal situation?
Remember that you use the same form of the verb for he/ she/ it and you (formal). This also applies to
attached personal pronoun endings. So, decirle means “to tell him / her / you (formal)."
Venga (come) is the subjunctive form of the verb venir (to come). Recall our WEIRDO NUT acronym
which we use to help us remember when to use the subjunctive mood. Remember, the subjunctive
mood is a form of the verb used in Spanish to convey Wishes, Impersonal Expressions, Emotions,
Requests, Doubts/ Desires, Opinions, Negative Commands, Uncertainty, or Tentativeness. For example,
“Have a nice day” (Que tenga un buen día) uses the subjunctive form of tener, tenga. Generally,
when you have que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.
Did you remember that her/ him/ it/ you (formal) all use the same indirect object pronoun le?
This structure may seem somewhat strange to you. In English, we can think of "to ask for" as both "to
ask someone for something" or "to ask for something from someone." It would depend on the context of
the sentence which structure would work best. However, you already know that le is the Spanish indirect
object pronoun. This means that we cannot adopt the structure "to ask someone for something," as in
such a structure "someone" is the direct object. Therefore, we have to use the structure "to ask for
something from someone," even though in English, this sounds strange in the context of the following
slides.
For this next challenge, keep in mind that we use the subjunctive mood to convey a request or
suggestion, such as when we say "Shouldn't you..." Remember how we formed the subjunctive mood of
mirar, que mire?
Did you notice that Spanish doesn't use the indefinite article un (a) before trabajo (job)?
You may also hear people use the word todavía instead of aún. Both words mean "yet."
Did you say No ha llegado a la oficina aún? That's also correct! In Spanish, the word "yet" can be
used at the beginning or the end of the sentence.
Did you notice the pattern? Trabajar (to work) became ha trabajado (has worked), llegar (to arrive)
became ha llegado (has arrived), and tener (to have) changed to ha tenido (has had). So it's simple,
for verbs preceded by "he/she/it has" and "you (formal) have," you remove the -ar or -er verb ending and
replace it with -ado (for -ar) and -ido (for -er). Don't forget to add ha (has / have) to the beginning!
Since you learned that the Spanish equivalent to -ing verbs is formed by adding -ando, you may have
said, *ir a bailando. However, verbs that end in -ing are usually used for actions that are happening at
that moment, like "I'm walking." However, in sentences like this one, the "dancing" is not actually
happening at that moment in time. So to say, *ir a bailando would be incorrect since you are actually
speaking of something that may happen in the future.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
325
For this next slide remember that while the structure for sentences with gustar appears to be similar as
other verb phrases, they are actually very different. A literal translation of the structure reveals that, Me
gusta tu casa, is actually, "Your house is liked by me" or "Your house is likable to me." Also, remember
he/she/it and you (formal) all use the same personal pronoun, le. Ready?
You can also include this type of expression, that is, a with the personal pronoun, in sentences with
gustar. This is usually done for emphasis. However, remember that you are really saying, "To her it is
not likeable" "To me it is likeable" etc. Ready?!
Remember you previously learned how to form tag questions, i.e., Ella se parece mucho a mí, ¿no?
Now we will learn another type of tag question. Ready?!
¿Cierto? is another way you can form a tag question in Spanish. Cierto and verdad are
interchangeable in most cases.
There is another way to ask someone's last name in Spanish. You may hear ¿Cómo te apellidas?
which literally means, "How do you surname yourself?"
Remember the reflexive verbs llamarse, me llamo and sentirse, me siento? Well, acordarse is
another reflexive verb. Remember, reflexive verbs mean the action of the subject is being carried out on
the subject itself. The personal pronouns se / me or te must always be included with reflexive verbs.
You might have noticed that we dropped the de from acordarse de (to remember) on the previous
slide. This is because when we use acordarse de, it must be followed by what was remembered. If we
simply want to say I remember, it should not be used.
You already know Disculpe and Lo siento, can also mean, “I'm sorry.” Any one of these can be used in
this situation.
Do you remember the verbs conocer (to know), conocerte (to know you) and mostrar (to show),
mostrarte (to show you)? Attempt this next challenge with this in mind.
You may recall that esposo also means husband. Esposo and marido are synonyms and can be used
interchangeably.
Did you get the gender agreement for both 'the' (la) and 'other' (otra)?
Remember how we changed llegar (to arrive) to ha llegado (has / have arrived) and tener (to have) to
ha tenido (has / have had) by adding -ado for the -ar verbs and -ido for verbs ending in -er. Well, verbs
that end in -ir follow the same pattern as those that end in -er. Easy enough!
The word sobre has more than one meaning and a synonym. Sobre can mean 'on top of,' 'about,' and
'envelope,' depending on the context. Another word for 'about' in this context is acerca de.
Days of the week, unlike English, are not capitalized in Spanish.
Did you notice that we used de before este viernes? When you want to say something about an event
on a particular day in Spanish it is very common to use "de" as in, "la fiesta de este viernes" (the
party this Friday) and "la cena del próximo lunes" (the dinner party next Monday).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
326
Did you notice that we used algo (something) to mean 'anything?' For sentences such as this there is
no equivalent to the English word, 'anything.' You simply use, algo.
Recall that there is no Spanish equivalent for 'anything' when used to mean 'nothing' or 'something.'
Although, our American 2nd grade teachers frowned upon double negatives, i.e., 'I don't want nothing'
and 'He doesn't want no food,' this is actually the only way to construct such sentences in Spanish. So
instead of saying, "I haven't heard anything" in Spanish you actually say, "I haven't heard nothing."
Did you remember to use de before este and say de este jueves?
Apenas and recién can also be used to mean just. For example, you can say, Acaba de invitarme,
Apenas me invitó or Recién me invitó. They all mean, "She just invited me."
Remember, you can also say Ella me acaba de invitar.
Do you recall how we formed estamos (we are) from estar (to be) and bajamos (we get off) from
bajar (to get off)? Now apply this pattern to acabar de!
Did you recognize the pattern? To form the simple past of regular -ar verbs for he / she / it and you
(formal), all you do is drop the -ar ending and add -ó. So, invitar becomes invitó and acabar changes
to acabó.
The verb dejaras, is the past subjunctive form of dejar. It is also sometimes referred to as the
imperfect subjunctive. The past subjunctive form is used instead of the regular present subjunctive
because the main verb, encantar, is in the conditional form, me encantaría. It may sound difficult now
but just remember, whenever the main verb of the sentence is conditional, i.e., would love (encantaría),
etc, the secondary verb must be in the past subjunctive form. Don't worry you will get plenty of practice
with Mango!
Recall how we formed the conditional form of the verb gustar (to like) by adding the -ía ending,
gustaría (would like)? In English, we show conditionality by using the word would, as in, "I would like to
go," (Me gustaría ir). The conditional form can be, but is not always, followed by a secondary clause.
For example, I would like to go but I have to work (Me gustaría ir pero tengo que trabajar). Forming
the conditional form is easy in Spanish. Generally, all you do is add the ending -ía to the verb. Now let's
try this with encantar!
You may have said, "*me encantaría si me dejaras." However, in this case since we are using the
subjunctive form of the verb we use que, literally "that" instead of si (if). Remember, generally when you
have que directly before the verb you will use the subjunctive form.
You likely recall learning ¡Por supuesto! to say, "Of course!" ¡Por supuesto! and ¡Claro! are
synonymous and can be used interchangeably.
Me acompañaras is in the past subjunctive form. Changing regular -ar verbs for you (informal) is really
easy! All you do is add -as to the end. So, dejar becomes dejaras and acompañar is
acompañaras. Easy right?
Did you recognize that encontrarnos is a reflexive verb? Very Good! It comes from the verb
encontrarse. Don't forget that with reflexive verbs the action is being carried out on the subject itself
and the pronouns se, te, me, or (in this case nos) have to move to the front when the root verb is
changed.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
327
For this next challenge, remember how we changed estar (to be) to estamos (we are) and bajar (to
get off) to bajamos (we get off). Ready?
Now let's put the two together to say, "we find each other." Remember the verb ending -amos and also
remember the reflexive pronoun nos now moves to the front of the verb. Let's give it a shot!
Did you notice we used the definite article, el, in front of the day of the week in Spanish? In English we
usually say, "I will see you Monday." However, in Spanish you must always use 'the' before the day of the
week. So, you would say, "Te veré el lunes," literally, "I will see you the Monday." All the days of the
week are masculine. So, just remember to always add el before the day of the week.
Did you remember to use el in front of the day of the week? Good job!
Remember to move the pronoun -te to the front of the verb.
Did you say Te amo también (I love you too)? This is also okay.
Amor is the noun meaning love in general. The amorcito diminutive comes from this noun. Many
times you will hear people call their loved ones, mi amor (my love) or as we have learned before, mi
amorcito.
In Spanish, it is more common to say that the food smells, looks, or tastes rich. Unlike English, we tend
to say delicious in those circumstances, but most Spanish speakers will say rica. Deliciosa (delicious) is
also used, but rica tends to be more common. In this course we will use both rica and deliciosa to
mean delicious. So, when you hear delicious, you will know that you can use either one.
Que can be used in many ways in Spanish. When used in questions it means, "what?" When it appears
at the beginning of an expression like, ¡Qué rica,! it means "how," as in, "How delicious!" When que
without an accent mark is in the middle of a phrase or sentence joining together two clauses it means
"that," as in, "The food that she cooks is delicious!" (¡La comida que cocina es deliciosa!).
From this point on we are going to practice using deliciosa, instead of rica, to mean delicious. Just
remember they both mean delicious and rica is more commonly used.
The verb saber has two meanings. It can mean "to know" or "to taste." You just have to listen to the
context to figure out which saber is being used.
Did you get it right and put de before esta noche? Remember, when you want to say something about
an event on a particular day in Spanish you use de before the specific day or time.
In addition to pastel, torta is used in some countries to mean cake.
It is common to hear native Spanish speakers use the word preparar (to prepare) and hacer (to make)
instead of "to cook" (cocinar). It is useful to be familiar with all of these terms.
Did you remember that we introduced hacer as "to do"? Good job! It also means "to make."
Remember that mañana means both "tomorrow" and "morning." Keep this in mind for the next
challenge.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
328
Unlike English, in Spanish we have a verb for meal times. For example, dinner is cena and the act of
eating dinner is cenar.
You may have said, "*¿Qué estamos cenando para la cena de esta noche?" However, just like we
saw with Juega mi equipo favorito esta semana (My favorite team is playing this week), the act of
eating dinner is not happening in that moment but rather will take place in the near future. In Spanish,
we simply use the present tense, cenamos (we are eating dinner) or literally, "we eat dinner." Also, para
(for) is not necessary in Spanish. We simply say cenamos to mean both, "we eat dinner" and "we are
eating for dinner." Let's practice!
Mariscos (seafood) can be used both in the singular and in the plural. When we are speaking of one
type of seafood, like octopus, we would use the singular, as in El pulpo es una clase de marisco
(Octopus is a kind of seafood). But when we are talking about more than one type we use the plural Me
gustan todos los mariscos (I like all seafood).
Remember, when we use the expression Me gusta (I like) and it is followed by que, the next verb will be
in the subjunctive form. Since we are using this expression we are going to need to use the subjunctive.
Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive? Try to apply this to the verb estar for
the next slide.
It is very easy to construct the informal command form of verbs in Spanish. All you do is remove the -r
from the end. So, instead of saying sacar, the informal command form would be saca. Simple!
Did you notice the pattern? Recall that we saw an example of a pronoun attaching to the end of the verb
once before with decirle (to tell her). With córtalos (cut them) we see another example of an attached
pronoun, los (them). However, this time we are using a command form of the verb. So, we started with
cortar (to cut), then made the informal command form corta (cut), and then attached the pronoun
(los). Easy, right?!
Remember how we formed diminutives by adding endings like -ita, -ito, -cita and -cito to the end of
nouns? Take the word pedazo (piece) and make it diminutive, so that it will mean "little piece."
Pedacitos is the diminutive of the word pedazo (piece). The reason pedacitos is used here is
because we want "little" pieces, and that is what the word means. Diminutives are very commonly used in
Spanish.
There is more than one way to say "to throw" in Spanish. Echar, tirar, and botar each convey this
meaning.
It's very easy to form the formal command with Spanish. We begin with a word like cortar. Seeing that it
ends in -ar, we simply drop the -r and end up with corta, which is our informal command form. In a
formal command, instead of dropping the -r we drop the -ar and add and -e to end up with corte. The -ir
and -er verbs end with an -a in their respective formal commands. The rule is just like the subjunctive.
Now let's practice making the formal command with the attached pronoun. Remember, swap the -ar
ending for -e and add the pronoun to the end. Ready?!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
329
In order to complete this next challenge, you need to realize that when we say "them" we are referring to
"las papas." So make sure to get the gender right.
Recall our WEIRDO NUT model when forming the subjunctive for this next lesson. If the verb is about
"Desire" (the "D" in our acronym), like querer, and is followed by que, then we need the subjunctive.
This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.
Bueno means "good," but in this type of context it can also mean "okay" or "alright."
This next presentation is in the subjunctive form of the verb.
Recall how to use the command form of ir to give directions: Vaya a la derecha (Go to the right). Well,
the subjunctive uses the same form as the formal command. So when you see that the verb ir needs to
be put in the formal subjunctive, always use vaya.
This next presentation is in the subjunctive form.
For this next challenge remember, to make the informal command form of a verb in Spanish, all you do
is remove the final -r and if the verb ends in an -i change this to an -e. Ready?!
Agregar is a synonym of añadir; you can use them both interchangeably.
Recall that "spoon" is cuchara, from the phrase devuelve la cuchara (put the spoon back)? The word
"teaspoon" in Spanish is just the diminutive form of spoon. It literally means "little spoon." Interesting,
right?
In English we use the word "then" when we want to indicate something that happened or will happen after
something else, i.e., "First cut them in little pieces. Then add a pinch of salt." In Spanish, you need to use
después (after) for these types of sentences. Generally when giving instructions luego y después
can be used interchangeably.
The verb enseñar can also be translated as "to show."
This line can be said two ways. Remember, we have the option of putting the pronoun ( me, te, le,or se)
either in front of the verb, or it can be attached to the end. For example, instead of saying, ¿Usted me
puede enseñar? You can say ¿Usted puede enseñarme?
In Spanish, you don't need to use cómo (how) along with saber (to know) when followed by another
verb, as this combination implies knowing "how" to do something. For example, you say, "No sé cómo"
(I don't know how) but, "No sé cocinar" (I don't know how to cook - literally, "*I don't know to cook.")
Recall the verb "to bake" (hornear). Now we are teaching the noun "oven" (horno). Can you see that
the verb comes from the noun here? This will help you remember both vocabulary words.
Did you notice that disfrutar was followed by de? To enjoy is disfrutar. However, when it is followed by
the thing to be enjoyed or, the direct object, you have to add the preposition de. So, you are really
saying "to enjoy of," as in, "to enjoy of the landscape" (disfrutar del paisaje).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
330
In English, we use the verb "to be" to refer to the weather, e.g., "It's hot," "It's raining," etc. However in
Spanish, when referring to the weather we use the verb hacer (to make).
You may also hear, "la semana que viene," (the week that is coming) or "la semana que entra" (the
week that is entering) to mean, "next week." All three ways are correct.
Just like in English, Spanish also has two ways to describe a future event. You can use the future tense,
i.e., Hará calor mañana (It will be hot tomorrow), literally, "It will make heat tomorrow," or the simple
future tense, Va a hacer calor mañana (It is going to be hot tomorrow), literally, "It is going to make
heat tomorrow."
Using hacer is not the only way to convey, "It's sunny, cold, etc." You can also use estar. Ready?
Do you recall learning that singular masculine nouns drop the -o when they precede the noun they
modify? Recall the examples, un buen día vs. un día bueno, and un buen hombre vs. un hombre
bueno. This same rule applies to the adjective mal/ malo. We could place this adjective after the noun
it modifies and say tiempo malo (bad weather), in which case you can see we add the -o back to the
end of the word.
You previously learned that haber means “to have” when used as part of the present perfect tense,
e.g., to have worked (haber trabajado), etc. But haber, just like many other words you have seen
already, has multiple meanings. You have also already learned two other ways to say “to be” in Spanish,
ser and estar. Well, if you remember the word hay (there is/are), keep in mind that it is actually a form
of haber. So, whenever you want to use "there is/are," you will use haber. Let's practice!
Both ir a pasear and dar un paseo mean, "to go for a walk." Although, dar un paseo is usually
used to mean "to give a walk around," generally they can be used interchangeably.
You have already learned that era is the past tense form of ser. And this is correct. However, Spanish
actually has two simple past tense forms: the preterite and the imperfect. Fue is the preterite form of
ser used to refer to the 3rd person: he/ she/ it, and the 2nd person formal: you. This preterite form is
used to refer to actions in the past that were performed a specific number of times or that are seen as
completed. For example, "The game (that we played yesterday) was fun," (El juego [que jugamos
ayer] fue divertido). The imperfect form, on the other hand, is used to talk about actions that
occurred repeatedly or over a long period of time in the past. For example, "The game (that we played
as children) was fun," (El juego [que jugabamos de niños] era divertido). Since, in this lesson we
are referring to the weather of a specific day, yesterday for example, we will use the preterite past tense
form. This is because yesterday is of course completed and yesterday's weather therefore cannot be
something that occurred over a long period of time. This may seem complicated now, but don't worry,
you will get plenty of practice with Mango!
Bajo can mean both "short" and "low." Remember, the verb bajar (to get off)? Well, Yo bajo aquí,
isn't, "I'm short here," or "I'm low here," but rather, "I get off here."
Remember that in Spanish, you need to use the article in front of the day of the week, and that days of
the week are not capitalized.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
331
Future tense is easy in Spanish! For regular verbs all you do is take the root form, like alcanzar, and
add á to the end: alcanzará. So ser (to be) becomes será (will be).
You may recall that we learned subir as "to get on." Subir has multiple meanings in Spanish just like
bajar. Subir also means, "to go up."
Vámonos is the command form, "Let's go!" It's different than saying vamos. Although vamos is
sometimes used to mean "let's go," it really means, "we go / are going," as in, Vamos a la playa (We
go / are going to the beach). Vámonos a la playa can only be translated, "Let's go to the beach."
Think back to our WEIRDO NUT model for the subjunctive mood: wishes, impersonal expressions,
emotions, requests, doubts, opinions, negative commands, uncertainty, or tentativeness. Before it rains
(antes de que llueva), indicates tentativeness. Therefore we use the subjunctive form of the verb to
rain (llueva). Also, another clue is that it comes immediately after que.
Do you remember the general rule for forming the subjunctive in Spanish? Generally if the verb ends in
"-ar" you drop this ending and add an "-e." And, if the verb ends in "-er" or "-ir," you will drop this and add
an "-a." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.
In many Latin American countries, people use the English word "shopping" to refer to both the building
and the action of going shopping. So, you will probably hear people say Me voy de shopping or Me
voy al shopping. Did you notice the preposition change? Therefore, de shopping means de
compras and al shopping means al centro comercial.
You previously learned about reflexive verbs. Recall that with reflexive verbs the subject is performing the
action on itself. Remember the reflexive verb llamarse literally, "to call oneself?" Well, irse is the
reflexive form of ir (to go) and literally means, "to go oneself." With reflexive verbs you must always
include the pronoun me, te, or se.
Do you recall the two ways to say, "Can I show you the living room?" (¿Puedo mostrarle la sala de
estar? and ¿Le puedo mostrar la sala de estar?)? In Spanish you can leave the pronoun attached
to the end of the verb or move it to the front of the sentence. Now try moving the pronoun from irme to
the front.
Voy literally means "I go." But, it is also used to mean, "I'm coming." For example, if someone is calling
your name or knocking at your door, you should yell out, ¡Voy! to let them know you are on your way.
It is also common to hear, Me voy de compras.
In Spanish, the word hoja can mean both "sheet" of paper (stationery) or "leaf" from a tree. Don't worry,
the context will help you grasp the correct meaning!
We formed repetirlo (to repeat it) from repetir (to repeat), and aprendiéndolo (learning it) from
aprendiendo (learning). Now try applying this pattern to recomendar. Ready?
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
332
Did you notice how the pronoun lo moved from the end of the verb to the front? When the verb changes
form to agree with the subject, the attached pronoun detaches and moves in front of the verb. This is
why recomendarlo (to recommend it) becomes Él lo recomienda (He recommends it).
For this next slide assume that "it" refers to la tienda de ropa.
For this next challenge, recall how we changed invitar (to invite) to invitó (he/she invited) and acabar
(to finish) to acabó (he/she finished).
In Spanish, él te recomendó can mean either "he recommended to you" (as in, "He recommended
that store to you"), or "he recommended you" (as in, "He recommended you for the job"). As you already
know, the context will help you get it right!
For this next challenge assume that "it" refers to la tienda.
Do you recall the pattern for making the plural form of verbs? It's easy! You only have to replace the "-r"
with an "-n"! Keep this in mind for the next slide!
Do you remember the Spanish phrase tienda de ropa (clothing store)? Can you follow the same
pattern and figure out what the Spanish word for the next slide is?
Remember that in Spanish the preposition a is used in the question ¿A qué hora? literally, "To what
time?" You use this same structure when saying the time.
Did you notice that you need to include the article the with the hour? Literally you are saying, "To the
seven of the afternoon."
Did you say *a las uno de la mañana? That's almost correct. This is the only exception to the use of
las when giving the time. Because the number one is singular you use la. Also, when talking about time
it is always understood that hora is part of the phrase, as in, a la una (hora) de la mañana.
Therefore, since hora is feminine, you will use the feminine form of uno: una, and say, a la una de la
mañana (at one a.m).
You may have said *Es las seis? Good try! But, not quite. Remember the verb has to agree with the
noun in gender and number. This is why you use the plural form of ser, and say, Son las seis (It's six).
Did you say *A las ocho de la tarde? That's almost correct! In Spanish tarde refers to both
afternoon and evening. Noche (night) is used after seven pm.
The number one is singular, therefore you will need to use es instead of son. Don't worry! This is the
only case you will use es for time!
Remember that in Spanish, when you negate the verb creer you have to use the second verb in the
subjunctive form. Therefore, you will say No creo que la farmacia esté abierta (I don't think the
pharmacy is open) but Creo que la farmacia está abierta (I think the pharmacy is open).
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
333
I bet you remember how to form the subjunctive form of verbs ending with "-ir"! All you do is drop the "ir" ending and add an "-a." Ready?
You likely recall that quedar also means "to stay." Quedar can mean "to stay" or "to fit" depending on
the context of the conversation.
You may have said, Estos pantalones. Well, this is also correct. In Spanish, the word pants can be
plural or singular. So, you can say either Este pantalón or Estos pantalones.
Do you recall the word pequeño (small)? Chico also means "small" and is used rather than pequeño
to say that something doesn't fit you because it's too small.
Did you say *Esta talla me queda bueno? That's almost correct! Bueno is an adjective, and bien is
an adverb. Therefore, use bueno or buena if you are describing a noun as in, Su español es muy
bueno (Your Spanish is very good) where bueno describes the noun español. Bien, on the other
hand, describes a verb as in, Esta talla me queda bien (This size fits me well), where bien is telling
you something about the verb and not the noun.
Did you notice that we use the word grande to mean both "big" and "large"? There is no distinction in
Spanish.
For this next slide, remember that Spanish has two simple past tense forms: the imperfect, era, used to
talk about things in the past that occurred over a long period of time; and the preterite, fue, used to
refer to events that happened only a specific number of times in the past.
Shoes sizes are always measured in numbers. Therefore in Spanish, when we refer to shoe sizes we
always say número (number) instead of talla (size). For this lesson we will be referring to shoe sizes.
Therefore, when we use "size" in English remember to use número.
Since Spanish uses número instead of talla to refer to shoe sizes, to ask for a size smaller or bigger
you literally ask for a number more or less.
For this next challenge remember how we changed recomendar (to recommend) to recomendarlo (to
recommend it). Ready?!
Do you remember when you were taught, listo para ordenar (ready to order) and algo para tomar
(something to drink)? Para is a preposition that usually indicates purpose or destination, rather than
simply as a translation for "for." Keep this in mind for the next challenge.
There are two ways to say "to send" in Spanish. The verbs mandar and enviar can be used
interchangeably.
Note that depending on the context, ¿De dónde viene? can mean either "Where does it come from?"
or "Where is it coming from?"
You already learned por qué (why). Now, you will learn that you can also use para qué, but there is a
subtle difference between these two words. It is often possible to substitute por qué for para qué, but
it does not always work the other way around. There's an easy rule that will help you use the correct
expression: ¿Por qué? can be translated as "Why?" and ¿Para qué? can be translated as "What for?".
Did you notice that when correo is used to refer to the post office, it is plural? But, generally speaking,
the word correo is singular.
Did you respond correctly with por, or did you use para? Just remember that when dealing with
exchanges or purchases you will use por.
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
334
You will also hear people use the verb sacar or retirar to mean "withdraw." These words can be used
interchangeably.
Ingresar and depositar both mean "to deposit" money in an account and can be used
interchangeably.
Both aquí and acá mean "here." The difference is the preciseness of the area. If the area is specific,
than you would use aquí. If it's not exactly in that spot but around it or near this place or even referring
to a large area, then it would be acá.
You already learned that in Spanish you can use the question ¿Cuánto cuesta? or ¿Cuánto
cuestan? to ask for the cost of something. Now you will learn a different way to ask the same thing.
These two questions can be used interchangeably.
Do you recall the phrase ir a bailar (to go dancing)? When the event is not occurring at that particular
moment in time, you do not change the root form of the verb.
Did you notice that the Spanish word for vacation is plural?
You may also hear people refer to popcorn as pochoclo, palomitas, rosetas or even popcorn!
For this next slide remember that para is used to indicate a goal or target. You can think of "to look
good" as the goal in the sentence.
Did you say, "*Te ves bien en ese vestido."? That's not wrong. But, is more common to hear con
ese vestido (with that dress) or con esos pantalones (with those pants), etc.
Did you say "*¿Estás en vacaciones?" That's almost correct. In Spanish when you are actually on
vacation you always need to use de instead of en.
Anteojos de sol is usually shortened to just anteojos (glasses). Gafas is another word you may
encounter used for sunglasses.
Let's suppose the person you are talking to knows you are referring to sunglasses. Solve the next slide
bearing this in mind!
Did you notice that the Spanish translation didn't include the articles "the" or "a"? It's not wrong if you do
use them. However, this is one of the few times when it is more common to omit the article in Spanish.
You will also hear people refer to bicycles as bici (singular) or bicis (plural). This is the abbreviated form
of bicicleta.
You might have said "*andar en caballo". However, in this particular case, the preposition you need to
use is a. Therefore, to ride a bike is andar en bicicleta, but to ride a horse is andar a caballo. Let's
practice!
Did you notice that we said la tabla (the board) and not mi tabla (my board)? It wouldn't be wrong to
use the possessive pronoun, it's just not that common in Spanish.
Do you recall you learned Se me olvidó? We are now learning a new way to say the same thing without
se. In some cases, just like in the example we mentioned before, se is optional.
You may also hear people use the English word "surf" as a verb and say, for example, ¡Me gusta
surfear!
For this next challenge assume "it" refers to "the ball." Ready?!
Continued on next page
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
335
You may recall that we previously learned todo means "all." Well, if we think about it, "all" and
"everything" carry essentially the same meaning. In Spanish, there is just one word, todo, for both "all"
and "everything."
Did you say, "*Todo que debería"? Lo and que work together here to relate the two parts of this
sentence. To do this in English, we use words like "that," "what," "who," "whom," and "which." Remember
we said todo can be translated as either "everything" or "all." Well, literally you are saying, "All the
thing(s) that I should."
Recall the sentence, Todo lo que debería antes de irme? Remember, lo is combined with que to
mean, "the thing(s) that." Keep this in mind for this next challenge.
Did you say "*Tengo no idea"? Remember that in Spanish "no" goes at the beginning of the
sentence. You are literally saying, "I don't have (an) idea."
Do you remember how we changed conseguir (to get), to consiguió (he got), and llover (to rain) to
llovió (it rained). Changing "-ir" verbs into the past tense for he/she/it subjects is easy! All you do is
remove the "-ir" ending and replace it with -ió. Let's try with this next slide.
Did you notice that the word donde we used here does not need the accent? This is because it is used
to join two ideas and not to ask a question.
You previously learned that unos is "some" and algún is "any." However, these two words are often
used interchangeably in Spanish.
Did you say, "*muchas turistas"? This would be okay if you were referring to a group of female
tourists. Turistas is one of the exceptions to the gender rule. Even though it ends with an -a, turistas
is a masculine noun.
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
336
mangolanguages.com
©2016 MANGO LANGUAGES
All rights reserved.
337